«Ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνή, ὃς ἂν μεγάλως εὔξηται εὐχὴν ἀφαγνίσασθαι ἁγνείαν κυρίῳ, ἀπὸ οἴνου καὶ σίκερα ἁγνισθήσεται· καὶ ὄξος ἐξ οἴνου, καὶ ὄξος ἐκ σίκερα οὐ πίεται.» ἀλλὰ καὶ Σολομῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς δικαστὰς εἴργει τῆς χρήσεως λέγων· «Μετὰ βουλῆς πάντα ποίει, μετὰ βουλῆς οἰνοπότει. οἱ δυνάσται θυμώδεις εἰσίν, οἶνον μὴ πινέτωσαν, ἵνα μὴ πιόντες ἐπιλάθωνται τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῶν πόνων.» καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος δὲ νόσων ἕνεκα ἐπιτρέπει Τιμοθέῳ λέγων· «Ὀλίγῳ οἴνῳ χρῶ διὰ τὸν στόμαχόν σου καὶ τὰς πυκνάς σου ἀσθενείας.»
κ ʹ. ΟΤΙ ΟΥΚ ΗΓΝΟΕΙ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΤΑ ΠΑΡ' ΑΥΤΟΥ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΤΟΥΜΕΝΑ ΠΑΡΑ ΤΙΣΙ ΒΑΡΒΑΡΟΙΣ ΠΟΛΙΤΕΥΕΣΘΑΙ «Εἰ τοίνυν ἄκροις εἰς φιλοσοφίαν πόλεώς τις ἀνάγκη ἐπιμεληθῆναι ἢ γέγονεν ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ τῷ παρεληλυθότι χρόνῳ ἢ καὶ νῦν ἐστιν ἔν τινι βαρβαρικῷ τόπῳ, πόρρω που ἐκτὸς ὄντι τῆς ἡμετέρας ὄψεως, ἢ καὶ ἔπειτα γενήσεται, περὶ τούτου ἕτοιμοι τῷ λόγῳ διαμάχεσθαι, ὡς γέγονεν ἡ εἰρημένη πολιτεία καὶ ἔστι καὶ γενήσεταί γε, ὅταν αὐτὴ ἡ Μοῦσα πόλεως ἐγκρατὴς γένηται. οὐ γὰρ ἀδύνατος γενέσθαι οὐδ' ἡμεῖς ἀδύνατα λέγομεν.»
A man or a woman who has solemnly vowed to purify themselves in chastity for the Lord shall be purified from wine and strong drink; and they shall not drink vinegar from wine or vinegar from strong drink. But Solomon also restrains the rulers and judges from its use, saying: "Do everything with counsel, drink wine with counsel. The powerful are prone to anger; let them not drink wine, lest when they have drunk they forget wisdom and their labors." And the apostle also permits it for the sake of illness, saying to Timothy: "Use a little wine for your stomach and your frequent weaknesses."
20. That Plato was not unaware that what he was legislating was practiced among certain barbarians. "If, then, it is necessary for a city to take care of the heights of philosophy, and this has happened in the infinite past time, or even now exists in some barbarian place, far off and outside our sight, or will come to be in the future, we are ready to contend in argument that this said constitution has come to be, and is, and will come to be, whenever this Muse herself becomes master of a city. For it is not impossible to come to be, nor do we speak of impossibilities.
κζʹ. ΟΤΙ ΠΟΛΕΜΟΣ ΗΜΙΝ ΕΣΤΙ ΠΡΟΣ ΗΜΑΣ ΑΥΤΟΥΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΑ ΕΝ ΗΜΙΝ ΠΑΘΗ
«Αὐτῷ δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν πότερον ὡς πολεμίῳ πρὸς πολέμιον διανοητέον, ἢ πῶς ἔτι λέγομεν; Ὦ ξένε Ἀθηναῖε, οὐ γάρ σε Ἀττικὸν ἐθέλοιμ' ἂν προσαγορεύειν, δοκεῖς γάρ μοι τῆς θεοῦ ἐπωνυμίας ἄξιος εἶναι μᾶλλον ἐπονομάζεσθαι· τὸν γὰρ λόγον ἐπ' ἀρχὴν ὀρθῶς ἀναγαγὼν σαφέστερον ἐποίησας, ὥστε ῥᾷον ἀνευρήσεις ὅτι νῦν δὴ ὀρθῶς ὑφ' ἡμῶν ἐρρέθη τὸ πολεμίους εἶναι πάντας πᾶσι δημοσίᾳ τε καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστους αὐτοὺς σφίσιν αὐτοῖς. Πῶς εἴρηκας, ὦ θαυμάσιε; Κἀνταῦθα, ὦ ξένε, τὸ νικᾶν αὐτὸν ἑαυτὸν πασῶν νικῶν πρώτη τε καὶ ἀρίστη, τὸ δὲ ἡττᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ὑφ' ἑαυτοῦ πάντων αἴσχιστόν τε ἅμα καὶ κάκιστον. ταῦτα γὰρ ὡς πολέμου ἐν ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν ὄντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς σημαίνει.» Καὶ μεθ' ἕτερα τούτοις προστίθησι λέγων· «Οὐκοῦν ἕνα μὲν ἡμῶν ἕκαστον αὐτὸν τιθῶμεν; Ναί. Δύο δὲ κεκτημένον ἐν αὑτῷ ξυμβούλω ἐναντίω τε καὶ ἄφρονε, ὣ προσαγορεύομεν ἡδονὴν καὶ λύπην; Ἔστι ταῦτα. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοιν ἀμφοῖν αὖ δόξας μελλόντων, οἷν κοινὸν μὲν ὄνομα ἐλπίς, ἴδιον δὲ φόβος μὲν ἡ πρὸ λύπης ἐλπίς, θάρρος δὲ ἡ πρὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου. ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι τούτοις λογισμὸς ὅ τί ποτ' αὐτῷ ἄμεινον ἢ χεῖρον· ὃς γενόμενος δόγμα πόλεως κοινὸν νόμος ἐπωνόμασται.» Καὶ ἑξῆς φησιν· «Τόδε δὲ ἴσμεν, ὅτι ταῦτα τὰ πάθη ἐν ἡμῖν οἷον νεῦρα ἢ σμήρινθοί τινες ἐνοῦσαι σπῶσί τε ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀλλήλας ἀνθέλκουσιν ἐναντίαι οὖσαι ἐπ' ἐναντίας πράξεις, οὗ δὴ διωρισμένη ἀρετὴ καὶ κακία κεῖται.
27. That there is a war within us against ourselves and the passions within us
"Now, should we conceive of him in relation to himself as an enemy against an enemy, or how else do we mean it? O stranger from Athens, for I would not wish to address you as an Attic, for you seem to me worthy of being named after the goddess's title; for having correctly traced the argument back to its beginning, you have made it clearer, so that you will easily discover that what we said just now was correct, that all are enemies to all publicly and privately, and each to themselves. How have you spoken, O wondrous one? And here, O stranger, the victory of oneself over oneself is the first and best of all victories, while the defeat of oneself by oneself is the most shameful and worst of all. For these things signify that there is a war within each of us against ourselves." And after other matters he adds, saying: "Therefore, shall we posit each of us as one? Yes. But as possessing within himself two opposing and foolish counselors, which we call pleasure and pain? These are so. And in addition to these two, there are opinions about the future, whose common name is hope, but specifically fear is the expectation of pain, and confidence is the expectation of the opposite. And over all these is reason, which judges what is better or worse for it; and when it becomes a common decree of the city, it is called law." And next he says: "But we know this, that these passions in us are like sinews or cords, which, being present, pull us and draw against each other, being opposite, toward opposite actions, where virtue and vice are distinctly set.
μιᾷ γάρ φησιν ὁ λόγος δεῖν τῶν ἕλξεων ξυνεπόμενον ἀεὶ καὶ μηδαμῆ ἀπολειπόμενον ἐκείνης ἀνθέλκειν τοῖς ἄλλοις μέτροις ἕκαστον, ταύτην δ' εἶναι τὴν τοῦ λογισμοῦ ἀγωγὴν χρυσῆν καὶ ἱεράν, τῆς πόλεως κοινὸν νόμον ἐπικαλουμένην, ἄλλας δὲ σκληρὰς καὶ σιδηρᾶς, τὴν δὲ μαλακὴν ἅτε χρυσῆν οὖσαν, τὰς δὲ ἄλλας παντοδαποῖς εἴδεσιν ὁμοίας. δεῖν δὴ τῇ καλλίστῃ ἀγωγῇ τοῦ νόμου ἀεὶ ξυλλαμβάνειν· ἅτε γὰρ τοῦ λογισμοῦ καλοῦ μένοντος πράου τε καὶ οὐ βιαίου, δεῖσθαι ὑπηρετῶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀγωγήν, ὅπως ἂν ἐν ἡμῖν τὸ χρυσοῦν γένος νικᾷ τὰ ἄλλα γένη. καὶ οὕτω δὴ περὶ θαυμάτων ὡς ὄντων ἡμῶν μῦθος ἀρετῆς σεσωσμένος ἂν εἴη, καὶ τὸ κρείττω ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἥττω εἶναι τρόπον τινὰ φανερὸν ἂν γένοιτο μᾶλλον ὃ νοεῖ, καὶ ὅτι πόλιν καὶ ἰδιώτην, τὸν μὲν λόγον ἀληθῆ λαβόντα ἐν ἑαυτῷ περὶ τῶν ἕλξεων τούτῳ ἑπόμενον δεῖ ζῆν, πόλιν δὲ ἢ παρὰ θεῶν τινος ἢ παρ' αὐτοῦ τούτου γνόντος ταῦτα λόγον παραλαβοῦσαν νόμον θεμένην αὑτῇ τε ὁμιλεῖν καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν· οὕτω κακία δὴ καὶ ἀρετὴ σαφέστερον ἡμῖν διηρθρωμένον ἂν εἴη.» Καὶ παρ' ἡμῖν ὁ θεῖος τὰ ὅμοια διδάσκει λόγος φάσκων· «Συνήδομαι τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου.» καὶ πάλιν· «Μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων» ὅσα τε ἄλλα τούτοις παραπλήσια.
For the argument says that one must always follow one of the attractions and never abandon it, while pulling against the other measures in each case, and that this is the golden and sacred guidance of reason, called the common law of the city, while the others are harsh and iron, and the gentle one, being golden, while the others are like all sorts of forms. One must always assist the best guidance of the law; for since the guidance of reason is good, gentle, and not violent, it needs servants for its guidance, so that the golden race in us may conquer the other races. And thus a myth of virtue preserved about us, as if we were wonders, would be, and the notion of being better or worse than oneself would become more clearly understood, and that a city and a private individual—the one having received the true account within himself about these attractions must live following it, and a city, having received this account either from some god or from one who knows these things, and having established it as law for itself, must associate with itself and with other cities. Thus vice and virtue would be more clearly articulated for us. And among us, the divine word teaches similar things, saying: "I rejoice in the law of God according to the inner man, but I see another law warring against the law of my mind." And again: "Between the reasonings accusing or defending each other," and all other things similar to these.
κηʹ. ΟΤΙ ΟΥ ΤΟ ΣΩΜΑ ΑΛΛ' Η ΨΥΧΗ ΑΙΤΙΑ ΤΥΓΧΑΝΕΙ ΤΩΝ ΚΑΚΩΣ ΥΦ' ΗΜΩΝ ΠΡΑΤΤΟΜΕΝΩΝ «Μεμνήμεθά γε μὴν ὁμολογήσαντες ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ὡς εἰ ψυχὴ φανείη πρεσβυτέρα σώματος οὖσα, καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἔσοιτο πρεσβύτερα. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Τρόποι δὴ καὶ ἤθη καὶ βουλήσεις καὶ λογισμοὶ καὶ δόξαι ἀληθεῖς ἐπιμέλειαί τε καὶ μνῆμαι πρότερα μήκους σωμάτων καὶ πλάτους καὶ βάθους καὶ ῥώμης εἴη γεγονότα ἄν, εἴπερ καὶ ψυχὴ σώματος. Ἀνάγκη. Ἆρ' οὖν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, τῶν τε ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν εἶναι ψυχὴν καὶ τῶν κακῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων, εἴπερ τῶν πάντων γε αὐτὴν θήσομεν
αἰτίαν;» Καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ δεκάτου τῶν Νόμων προκείσθω. συνᾴδει δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ Μωσῆς πολλάκις ἐν τοῖς νόμοις εἰπών· «Καὶ ἐὰν ψυχὴ ἁμάρτῃ καὶ ποιήσῃ πλημμέλημα» καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἐμφερῶς εἴρηται παρ' αὐτῷ.
κθʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΚΑΘΑΡΩΣ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΟΥΝΤΟΣ Τῆς παρ' Ἑβραίοις γραφῆς περὶ τοῦ σπουδῇ φιλοσοφοῦντος φασκούσης· «Ἀγαθὸν ἀνδρὶ ὅταν ἄρῃ ζυγὸν ἐν νεότητι αὐτοῦ· καθήσεται κατὰ μόνας καὶ σιωπήσεται ὅτι ἦρεν ἐφ' ἑαυτῷ» καὶ περὶ τῶν θεοφιλῶν προφητῶν, ὡς ἄρα δι' ἀκρότητα φιλοσοφίας ἐν ἐρημίαις καὶ ὄρεσι καὶ σπηλαίοις διῆγον, πρὸς μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ τὴν διάνοιαν ἔχοντες, ἐπάκουσον τοῦ Πλάτωνος ὅπως καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν τοιόνδε τοῦ βίου τρόπον ἐκθειάζει, ὧδέ πη περὶ τοῦ ἄκρως φιλοσοφοῦντος διεξιών· «Λέγωμεν δή, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐπεὶ σοί γε δοκεῖ, περὶ τῶν κορυφαίων· τί γὰρ ἄν τις τούς γε φαύλως διατρίβοντας ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λέγοι;
28. That the soul, not the body, is the cause of the evils done by us. "We remember, indeed, having agreed in the earlier discussion that if the soul should be shown to be older than the body, then the things of the soul would be older than those of the body. Certainly. Then manners, characters, wishes, reasonings, true opinions, cares, and memories would have come into being before the length, breadth, depth, and strength of bodies, if indeed the soul is prior to the body. Necessarily. Then after this it is necessary to agree that the soul is the cause of goods and of evils, of beautiful and shameful things, of just and unjust things, and of all opposites, if indeed we are to set it down as the cause of all things?" And let these things be set forth from the tenth book of the Laws. And Moses agrees with them, often saying in his laws: "And if a soul sins and commits a transgression," and all that is said by him in a similar manner.
29. Concerning the one who philosophizes purely. Since the scripture of the Hebrews says concerning the one who philosophizes with zeal: "It is good for a man when he takes up a yoke in his youth; he will sit alone and be silent because he has taken it upon himself," and concerning the god-loving prophets, that they lived in deserts and mountains and caves on account of the height of their philosophy, having their mind fixed on God alone, listen to Plato, how he himself extols this manner of life, speaking somewhere about the one who philosophizes to the utmost: "Let us speak, then, as it seems, since it seems good to you, about the leaders; for why would one speak of those who spend their time in philosophy in a vulgar way?
οὗτοι δέ που ἐκ νέων πρῶτον μὲν εἰς ἀγορὰν οὐκ ἴσασι τὴν ὁδὸν οὐδὲ ὅπου δικαστήριον ἢ βουλευ τήριον ἤ τι κοινὸν ἄλλο τῆς πόλεως συνέδριον· νόμους δὲ καὶ ψηφίσματα λεγόμενα ἢ γεγραμμένα οὔτε ὁρῶσιν, οὔτε ἀκούουσι σπουδαί τε ἑταιρειῶν ἐπ' ἀρχὰς καὶ σύνοδοι καὶ δεῖπνα καὶ σὺν αὐλητρίσι κῶμοι οὐδὲ ὄναρ πράττειν προσίσταται αὐτοῖς. εὖ δὲ ἢ κακῶς τί γέγονεν ἐν πόλει ἢ τί τῳ κακόν ἐστιν ἐκ προγόνων γεγονὸς ἢ πρὸς ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν, μᾶλλον αὐτὸν λέληθεν ἢ οἱ τῆς θαλάττης λεγόμενοι χόες. καὶ ταῦτα πάντα οὐδ' ὅτι οὐκ οἶδεν, οἶδεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτῶν ἀπέχεται τοῦ εὐδοκιμεῖν χάριν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι τὸ σῶμα μόνον ἐν τῇ πόλει κεῖται αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιδημεῖ· ἡ δὲ διάνοια, ταῦτα πάντα ἡγησαμένη σμικρὰ καὶ οὐδέν, ἀτιμάσασα πανταχῆ πέταται κατὰ Πίνδαρον, «τά τε γᾶς ὑπένερθε καὶ τὰ ἐπίπεδα γεωμετροῦσα οὐρανοῦ τε ὕπερ ἀστρονομοῦσα» καὶ πᾶσαν πάντη φύσιν ἐρευνωμένη τῶν ὄντων ἑκάστου ὅλου, εἰς τῶν ἐγγὺς οὐδὲν ἑαυτὴν συγκαθιεῖσα. Πῶς τοῦτο λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες; Ὥσπερ καὶ Θαλῆν ἀστρονομοῦντα, ὦ Θεόδωρε, καὶ ἄνω βλέποντα πεσόντα εἰς φρέαρ Θρᾷττά τις ἐμμελὴς καὶ χαρίεσσα θεραπαινὶς ἀποσκῶψαι λέγεται, ὡς τὰ μὲν ἐν οὐρανῷ προθυμοῖτο εἰδέναι, τὰ δὲ ὄπισθεν αὐτοῦ καὶ παρὰ πόδας λανθάνοι αὐτόν. ταὐτὸν δὲ ἀρκεῖ σκῶμμα ἐπὶ πάντας ὅσοι ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ διάγουσι. τῷ γὰρ ὄντι τὸν τοιοῦτον ὁ μὲν πλησίον καὶ ὁ γείτων λέληθεν, οὐ μόνον ὅ τι πράττει, ἀλλ' ὀλίγου καὶ εἰ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν ἤ τι ἄλλο θρέμμα. τί δέ ποτ' ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος καὶ τί τῇ τοιαύτῃ φύσει προσήκει διάφορον τῶν ἄλλων ποιεῖν ἢ πάσχειν·
These men, from their youth, first of all do not know the road to the marketplace, nor where the court-house or council-chamber or any other common meeting-place of the city is; and laws and decrees spoken or written they neither see nor hear, and the eager pursuits of political clubs for offices, and gatherings, and dinners, and revels with flute-girls, never even in a dream occur to them. And whether anything good or bad has happened in the city, or what evil has befallen anyone from his ancestors or from men or women, has escaped him more than the proverbial measures of the sea. And all these things he not only does not know, but he does not even know that he does not know; for he does not abstain from them for the sake of reputation, but in reality only his body lies and sojourns in the city; but his mind, considering all these things as petty and worthless, and disdaining them, flies everywhere, according to Pindar, "measuring the depths of the earth and the plains above, and the heavens above, studying the stars," and investigating every nature of each whole of all that exists, lowering itself to none of the things near at hand. How do you mean this, Socrates? Just as Thales, when studying astronomy, O Theodorus, and looking upwards, fell into a well, and a Thracian maidservant, clever and graceful, is said to have mocked him, saying that he was eager to know the things in the heavens, but what was behind him and at his feet escaped him. The same jest suffices for all who spend their time in philosophy. For in reality such a man is unnoticed by his neighbor and his fellow-citizen, not only as to what he does, but almost as to whether he is a human being or some other creature. But what then is a human being, and what is it appropriate for such a nature to do or suffer different from other beings?
ζητεῖ τε καὶ πράγματ' ἔχει διερευνώμενος. μανθάνεις γάρ που, ὦ Θεόδωρε, ἢ οὔ; Ἔγωγε, καὶ ἀληθῆ λέγεις. Τοιγάρτοι, ὦ φίλε, ἰδίᾳ τε συγγιγνόμενος ὁ τοιοῦτος ἑκάστῳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, ὅπερ ἀρχόμενος ἔλεγον, ὅταν ἐν δικαστηρίῳ ἤ που ἄλλοθι ἀναγκασθῇ περὶ τῶν παρὰ πόδας καὶ τῶν ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς διαλέγεσθαι, γέλωτα παρέχει οὐ μόνον Θρᾴτταις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄχλῳ, εἰς φρέατά τε καὶ πᾶσαν ἀπορίαν ἐμπίπτων ὑπὸ ἀπειρίας, καὶ ἡ ἀσχημοσύνη δεινή, δόξαν ἀβελτερίας παρεχο12.29.7 μένη. ἔν τε γὰρ ταῖς λοιδορίαις ἴδιον ἔχει οὐδὲν οὐδένα λοιδορεῖν, ἅτ' οὐκ εἰδὼς κακὸν οὐδὲν οὐδενὸς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ μεμελετηκέναι· ἀπορῶν οὖν γελοῖος φαίνεται· ἔν τε τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων μεγαλαυχίαις οὐ προσποιήτως, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι γελῶν ἔνδηλος γιγνόμενος ληρώδης δοκεῖ εἶναι· τύραννόν τε γὰρ ἢ βασιλέα ἐγκωμιαζόμενον ἕνα τῶν νομέων, οἷον συβώτην ἢ ποιμένα ἤ τινα βουκόλον, ἡγεῖται ἀκούειν εὐδαιμονιζόμενον πολὺ βδάλλοντα· δυσκολώτερον δὲ ἐκείνων ζῷον καὶ ἐπιβουλότερον ποιμαίνειν τε καὶ βδάλλειν νομίζει αὐτούς· ἄγροικον δὲ καὶ ἀπαίδευτον ὑπὸ ἀσχολίας οὐδὲν ἧττον
he inquires and busies himself investigating. You understand, I suppose, O Theodorus, or not? I do, and you speak truly. Therefore, my friend, when such a man associates privately with each person and publicly, as I was saying at the beginning, when he is compelled in a court of law or elsewhere to speak about matters at hand and before his eyes, he provides laughter not only to Thracian women but also to the rest of the crowd, falling into wells and every perplexity through inexperience, and his awkwardness is terrible, producing a reputation for stupidity. For in abuse he has no particular way of abusing anyone, since he knows no evil of anyone from lack of practice; thus at a loss, he appears ridiculous. And in praises and the boasts of others, being manifestly laughing not feignedly but genuinely, he seems foolish. For he considers a tyrant or a king being praised as one of the herdsmen, like a swineherd or a shepherd or some cowherd, hearing them called happy for milking copiously; and he thinks them to herd and milk a more difficult and more treacherous animal than those. And he is no less rustic and uneducated due to lack of leisure.
τῶν νομέων τὸν τοιοῦτον ἀναγκαῖον γίγνεσθαι, σηκὸν ἐν ὄρει τὸ τεῖχος περιβεβλημένον. γῆς δὲ ὅταν μυρία πλέθρα ἢ ἔτι πλείω ἀκούσῃ, ὅστις ἄρα κεκτημένος θαυμαστὰ πλήθει κέκτηται, πάνσμικρα δοκεῖ ἀκούειν, εἰς ἅπασαν εἰωθὼς τὴν γῆν βλέπειν. τὰ δὲ δὴ γένη ὑμνούντων, ὡς γενναῖός τις ἑπτὰ πάππους πλουσίους ἔχων ἀποφῆναι, παντάπασιν ἀμβλὺ καὶ ἐπὶ σμικρὸν ὁρώντων ἡγεῖται τὸν ἔπαινον, ὑπὸ ἀπαιδευσίας οὐ δυναμένων εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἀεὶ βλέπειν οὐδὲ λογίζεσθαι ὅτι πάππων καὶ προγόνων μυριάδες ἑκάστῳ γεγόνασιν ἀναρίθμητοι, ἐν αἷς πλούσιοι καὶ πτωχοὶ καὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ δοῦλοι βάρβαροί τε καὶ Ἕλληνες πολλάκις μυρίοι γεγόνασιν ὁτῳοῦν, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι καταλόγῳ προγόνων σεμνυνομένων ἢ καὶ ἀναφερόντων εἰς Ἡρακλέα τὸν Ἀμφιτρύωνος ἄτοπα αὐτῷ καταφαίνεται τῆς σμικρολογίας, ὅτι δὲ ὁ Ἀμφιτρύωνος εἰς τὸ ἄνω πεντεκαιεικοστὸς ἦν οἵα συνέβαινεν αὐτῷ τύχη, καὶ ὁ πεντηκοστὸς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, γελᾷ οὐ δυναμένων λογίζεσθαί τε καὶ χαυνότητα ἀνοήτου ψυχῆς ἀπαλλάττειν. ἐν ἅπασι δὴ τούτοις ὁ τοιοῦτος ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν καταγελᾶται, τὰ μὲν ὑπερηφάνως ἔχων, ὡς δοκεῖ, τὰ δ' ἐν ποσὶν ἀγνοῶν τε καὶ ἐν ἑκάστοις ἀπορῶν. Παντάπασι τὰ γιγνόμενα λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες.
of such a man it is necessary that he become a herdsman, having a pen on a mountain with a wall thrown around it. And when he hears of ten thousand plethra of land or even more, whoever possesses such a thing, possessing it in a quantity that is wondrous, he seems to hear of very small things, being accustomed to look at the whole earth. And as for the families that are hymned, when someone declares himself to be a noble man having seven wealthy grandfathers, he considers the praise altogether dull and directed at something small, since from lack of education they are unable always to look at the whole nor to reason that countless myriads of grandfathers and ancestors have come to be for each person, among whom wealthy and poor, kings and slaves, barbarians and Greeks have often come to be in countless numbers for anyone, but they pride themselves on a list of twenty-five ancestors or even trace them back to Heracles the son of Amphitryon—this seems absurd to him because of their pettiness, and that the son of Amphitryon was the twenty-fifth in the upward line, and what fortune befell him, and the fiftieth from him, he laughs at those who are unable to reason and to free themselves from the vanity of a foolish soul. In all these things, then, such a man is laughed at by the many, seeming to be haughty in some respects, but in others ignorant of what lies at his feet and at a loss in each matter. You are describing everything that happens, O Socrates.
Ὅταν δέ γέ τινα αὐτός, ὦ φίλε, ἑλκύσῃ ἄνω καὶ ἐθελήσῃ τις αὐτῷ ἐκβῆναι ἐκ τοῦ «τί ἐγώ σε ἀδικῶ ἢ σὺ ἐμὲ» εἰς σκέψιν αὖ τῆς δικαιοσύνης τε καὶ ἀδικίας τί τε ἑκάτερον αὐτοῖν καὶ τί τῶν πάντων ἢ ἀλλήλων διαφέρετον, ἢ ἐκ τοῦ «εἰ βασιλεὺς εὐδαίμων κεκτημένος πολὺ χρυσίον» ἢ βασιλείας πέρι καὶ ἀνθρωπίνης ὅλως εὐδαιμονίας καὶ ἀθλιότητος ἐπὶ σκέψιν, ποίω τέ τινέ ἐστον καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἀνθρώπου φύσει τὸ μὲν κτήσασθαι αὐτοῖν προσήκει, τὸ δὲ ἀποφυγεῖν· περὶ πάντων τούτων ὅταν αὖ δέῃ λόγον διδόναι τὸν σμικρὸν ἐκεῖνον τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ δριμὺν καὶ δικανικόν, πάλιν αὖ τὰ ἀντίστροφα ἀποδίδωσιν· ἰλιγγιῶν τε ἀπὸ ὑψηλοῦ κρεμασθεὶς καὶ βλέπων μετέωρος ἄνωθεν ὑπὸ ἀηθείας ἀδημονῶν τε καὶ ἀπορῶν καὶ βαρβαρίζων γέλωτα Θρᾴτταις μὲν οὐ παρέχει οὐδ' ἄλλῳ ἀπαιδεύτῳ οὐδενί οὐ γὰρ αἰσθάνονται, τοῖς δ' ἐναντίως ἢ ὡς ἀνδραπόδοις τραφεῖσι πᾶσιν. οὗτος δὴ ἑκατέρου τρόπος, ὦ Θεόδωρε, ὁ μὲν τῷ ὄντι ἐλευθερίᾳ τε καὶ σχολῇ τεθραμμένου, ὃν δὴ φιλόσοφον καλεῖς, ᾧ ἀνεμέσητον εὐήθει δοκεῖν καὶ οὐδενὶ εἶναι, ὅταν εἰς δουλικὰ ἐμπέσῃ διακονήματα, οἷον στρωματόδεσμον μὴ ἐπισταμένου συσκευάσασθαι μηδὲ ὄψον ἡδῦναι ἢ θῶπας λόγους· τοῦ δ' αὖ τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα πάντα δυναμένου ὀρθῶς τε καὶ ὀξέως διακονεῖν, ἀναβάλλεσθαι δὲ οὐκ ἐπισταμένου ἐπιδέξια ἐλευθέρως οὐδ' ἁρμονίαν λόγων λαβόντος ὀρθῶς ὑμνῆσαι θεῶν τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν εὐδαιμόνων βίον ἀληθῆ. Εἰ πάντας, ὦ Σώκρατες, πείθοις ἃ λέγεις ὥσπερ ἐμέ, πλείων ἂν εἰρήνη καὶ κακὰ ἐλάττω κατ' ἀνθρώπους εἴη.
But when he himself, my friend, draws someone upward, and that person wishes to emerge from "what injustice do I do to you, or you to me" into a consideration of justice and injustice—what each of them is and how they differ from all things or from each other—or from "whether a king is happy possessing much gold" into an inquiry concerning kingship and human happiness and misery in general, what each of them is and in what manner it befits human nature to acquire one and to avoid the other—when, concerning all these matters, that small, sharp, and contentious soul must give an account, he again produces the opposite effects: he grows dizzy, suspended from a height, and looking down from above, unaccustomed, distressed, at a loss, and speaking like a barbarian, he provokes laughter not from Thracian women or any other uneducated person—for they do not perceive it—but from all those who have been raised in the opposite way, as slaves. This, then, is the character of each, Theodorus: one is truly raised in freedom and leisure, whom you call a philosopher, and it is not blameworthy for him to seem naive and good for nothing when he falls into servile tasks, such as not knowing how to pack a bedroll or season a dish or flatter with words; the other, on the contrary, is able to perform all such services correctly and quickly, but does not know how to throw a cloak gracefully in a free manner, nor, having grasped the harmony of words, to hymn correctly the true life of gods and blessed men. If, Socrates, you could persuade everyone of what you say as you persuade me, there would be more peace and fewer evils among men.
Ἀλλ' οὔτ' ἀπολέσθαι τὰ κακὰ δυνατόν, ὦ Θεόδωρε ὑπεναντίον γάρ τι τῷ ἀγαθῷ ἀεὶ εἶναι ἀνάγκη οὔτ' ἐν θεοῖς αὐτὰ ἰδρῦσθαι, τὴν δὲ θνητὴν φύσιν καὶ τόνδε τὸν τόπον περιπολεῖ ἐξ ἀνάγκης. διὸ καὶ πειρᾶσθαι χρὴ ἐνθένδε ἐκεῖσε φεύγειν ὅτι τάχιστα. φυγὴ δὲ ὁμοίωσις θεῷ κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν· ὁμοίω σις δὲ δίκαιον καὶ ὅσιον μετὰ φρονήσεως γενέσθαι. ἀλλὰ γάρ, ὦ ἄριστε, οὐ πάνυ τι ῥᾴδιον πεῖσαι ὡς ἄρα οὐχ ὧν ἕνεκα οἱ πολλοί φασι δεῖν πονηρίαν μὲν φεύγειν, ἀρετὴν δὲ διώκειν, τούτων χάριν τὸ μὲν ἐπιτηδευτέον, τὸ δ' οὔ, ἵνα δὴ μὴ κακὸς καὶ ἵνα ἀγαθὸς δοκῇ εἶναι. ταῦτα μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς ὧδε λέγομεν· θεὸς οὐδαμῆ οὐδαμῶς ἄδικος, ἀλλ' ὡς οἷόν τε δικαιότατος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ ὁμοιότερον οὐδὲν ἢ ὃς ἂν ἡμῶν αὖ γένηται ὅτι δικαιότατος. περὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ ὡς ἀληθῶς δεινότης ἀνδρὸς καὶ ἡ οὐδένειά τε καὶ ἀνανδρία. ἡ μὲν γὰρ τούτου γνῶσις σοφία καὶ ἀρετὴ ἀληθινή, ἡ δὲ ἄγνοια ἀμαθία καὶ κακία ἐναργής· αἱ δ' ἄλλαι δεινότητές τε δοκοῦσαι καὶ
But it is not possible for evils to be destroyed, Theodorus, for there must always be something contrary to the good; nor can they be situated among the gods, but they necessarily roam about mortal nature and this place. Therefore one must try to flee from here to there as quickly as possible. Flight is assimilation to God as far as possible; and assimilation is becoming just and holy with wisdom. But, my good friend, it is not at all easy to persuade that it is not for the reasons the many allege that one must flee wickedness and pursue virtue, that one must practice the one and not the other, so as not to seem bad and to seem good. For these things are, as it seems to me, what is called an old wives' tale; but the truth we state thus: God is nowhere and in no way unjust, but is as just as possible, and nothing is more like him than whoever among us becomes as just as possible. Around this lies the true cleverness of a man, and his worthlessness and cowardice. For knowledge of this is wisdom and true virtue, while ignorance is manifest ignorance and vice; and the other so-called clevernesses and
σοφίαι ἐν μὲν πολιτικαῖς δυναστείαις γιγνόμεναι φορτικαί, ἐν δὲ τέχναις βάναυσοι. τῷ οὖν ἀδικοῦντι καὶ ἀνόσια λέγοντι ἢ πράττοντι μακρῷ ἄριστ' ἔχει τὸ μὴ συγχωρεῖν δεινῷ ὑπὸ πανουργίας εἶναι. ἀγάλλονται γὰρ τῷ ὀνείδει καὶ οἴονται ἀκούειν ὅτι οὐ λῆροί εἰσι, γῆς ἄλλως ἄχθη, ἀλλ' ἄνδρες οἵους δεῖ ἐν πόλει τοὺς σωθησομένους. λεκτέον οὖν τἀληθές, ὅτι τοσούτῳ μᾶλλόν εἰσιν οἷοι οὐκ οἴονται, ὅτι οὐχὶ οἴονται. ἀγνοοῦσι γὰρ ζημίαν ἀδικίας, ὃ δεῖ ἥκιστα ἀγνοεῖν. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἣν δοκοῦσι, πληγαί τε καὶ θάνατοι, ὧν ἐνίοτε πάσχουσιν οὐδὲν ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλὰ ἣν ἀδύνατον ἐκφυγεῖν. Τίνα δὴ λέγεις; Παραδειγμάτων, ὦ φίλε, ἐν τῷ ὄντι ἑστώτων, τοῦ μὲν θείου εὐδαιμονεστάτου, τοῦ δὲ ἀθέου ἀθλιωτάτου, οὐχ ὁρῶντες, ὅτι οὕτως ἔχει, ὑπὸ ἠλιθιότητός τε καὶ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἀνοίας λανθάνουσι τῷ μὲν ὁμοιούμενοι διὰ τὰς ἀδίκους πράξεις, τῷ δὲ ἀνομοιούμενοι· οὗ δὴ τίνουσι δίκην, ζῶντες τὸν εἰκότα βίον ᾧ ὁμοιοῦνται. ἐὰν δ' εἴπωμεν ὅτι, ἂν μὴ ἀπαλλαγῶσι τῆς δεινότητος, καὶ τελευτήσαντας αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὁ τῶν κακῶν καθαρὸς τόπος οὐ δέξεται, ἐνθάδε δὲ τὴν αὑτοῖς ὁμοιότητα τῆς διαγωγῆς ἀεὶ ἕξουσι, κακοὶ κακοῖς συνόντες, ταῦτα δὴ καὶ παντάπασιν ὡς δεινοὶ καὶ πανοῦργοι ἀνοήτων τινῶν ἀκούσονται. Καὶ μάλα δή, ὦ Σώκρατες. Οἶδά τοι, ὦ ἑταῖρε.
Wisdoms when they occur in political powers are vulgar, and in the arts they are menial. For the one who does injustice and says or does unholy things, it is far best not to allow him to be clever through villainy. For they exult in the reproach and think they hear that they are not fools, mere burdens of the earth, but men such as must be in a city for it to be saved. So the truth must be spoken, that they are all the more what they do not think they are, precisely because they do not think it. For they are ignorant of the penalty of injustice, which they ought least of all to be ignorant of. For it is not what they suppose—blows and deaths, which sometimes befall those who do no injustice—but the penalty from which it is impossible to escape. What do you mean? Paradigms, my friend, standing in reality, one divine and most blessed, the other godless and most wretched, not seeing that it is so, they are hidden by their stupidity and utter folly, becoming like the one through their unjust actions, and unlike the other; and for this they pay the penalty, living the life that corresponds to that which they resemble. And if we say that, unless they rid themselves of their cleverness, even after death that place pure of evils will not receive them, but here they will always have a mode of life similar to themselves, the evil consorting with the evil, then they will hear these things as altogether the talk of fools, coming from clever and villainous men. Indeed so, Socrates. I know it, my friend.
ἓν μέντοι τι αὐτοῖς συμβέβηκεν, ὅταν ἰδίᾳ λόγον δέῃ δοῦναί τε καὶ δέξασθαι περὶ ὧν ψέγουσι καὶ ἐθελήσωσιν ἀνδρικῶς πολὺν χρόνον ὑπομεῖναι καὶ μὴ ἀνάνδρως φυγεῖν, τότε ἀτόπως, ὦ δαιμόνιε, τελευτῶντες οὐκ ἀρέσκουσιν αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς περὶ ὧν λέγουσι καὶ ἡ ῥητορικὴ ἐκείνη πως ἀπομαραίνεται, ὥστε παίδων μηδὲν δοκεῖν διαφέρειν.»
λʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΠΑΣΗΣ ΤΗΣ ΕΝ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΙΣ ΣΟΦΙΣΤΕΙΑΣ Καὶ παρ' ἡμῖν περὶ πάσης τῆς ἐν ἀνθρώποις σοφιστείας εἴρηται· «Ἡ γὰρ σοφία τοῦ κόσμου τούτου μωρία παρὰ θεῷ ἐστι. γέγραπται γάρ· Ἀπολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω. ποῦ σοφός; ποῦ γραμματεύς; ποῦ συζητητὴς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου;» ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ δεῖν μηδὲν σμικρολόγον φρονεῖν τοὺς κατὰ θεὸν φιλοσοφοῦντας διδασκόμεθα ἐν οἷς εἴρηται· «Σκοπούντων ἡμῶν οὐ τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα· τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα πρόσκαιρα, τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια.» καὶ περὶ τοῦ τὴν κακίαν περὶ γῆν καὶ τὸν θνητὸν βίον εἰλεῖσθαί φησί που ὁ θεῖος λόγος· «Ἐξαγοραζόμενοι τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσι·» καί· «Ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς.» λέγει δὲ καὶ ὁ προφήτης· «Ἀρὰ καὶ κλοπὴ καὶ μοι12.30.4 χεία καὶ φόνος κέχυται ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ αἵματα ἐφ' αἵμασι μίσγουσι.» περὶ δὲ τοῦ φεύγειν ἐνθένδε παρὰ τὸν θεόν φησιν ὁ Μωσῆς· «Ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου πορεύσῃ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν κολληθήσῃ.» ὁ δ' αὐτὸς μιμεῖσθαι τὸν θεὸν διδάσκει λέγων· «Ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἅγιός ἐστι.» δίκαιον δὲ καὶ ὁ Δαβὶδ τὸν θεὸν εἰδὼς ἡμᾶς τε αὐτοὺς μιμητὰς γενέσθαι παρορμῶν φησι·
One thing, however, has happened to them: when it is necessary to give and receive a private account concerning the things they censure, and they are willing to endure manfully for a long time and not flee in a cowardly manner, then, O excellent one, they end up being displeased with themselves concerning what they say, and that rhetoric of theirs somehow withers away, so that they seem to differ in nothing from children.
30. CONCERNING ALL SOPHISTRY AMONG MEN. And among us it has been said concerning all sophistry among men: "For the wisdom of this world is folly before God. For it is written: I will destroy the wisdom of the wise, and I will set aside the understanding of the intelligent. Where is the wise man? Where is the scribe? Where is the disputer of this age?" But also concerning the necessity of thinking nothing petty for those who philosophize according to God, we are taught in the words: "Let us look not at the visible things, but at the invisible things; for the visible things are temporary, but the invisible things are eternal." And concerning the fact that wickedness revolves around the earth and mortal life, the divine word says somewhere: "Redeeming the time, because the days are evil;" and: "Sufficient for the day is its own evil." And the prophet says: "Curse and theft and adultery and murder are poured out upon the earth, and they mingle blood with blood." And concerning fleeing from here to God, Moses says: "You shall go after the Lord your God and cleave to him." And the same teaches us to imitate God, saying: "You shall be holy, because the Lord our God is holy." And David, knowing God to be just and urging us to become imitators of him, says:
«Δίκαιος κύριος καὶ δικαιοσύνας ἠγάπησεν.» ὁ δ' αὐτὸς πλούτου καταφρονεῖν ἐπαίδευσε λέγων· «Πλοῦτος ἐὰν ῥέῃ, μὴ προστίθεσθε καρδίᾳ·» καί· «Μὴ φοβοῦ ὅταν πλουτήσῃ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ὅταν πληθυνθῇ ἡ δόξα τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ· ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ ἀποθνήσκειν αὐτὸν λήψεται τὰ πάντα οὐδὲ συγκαταβήσεται αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ.» ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τὰς ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀρχὰς θαυμάζειν ἐδίδασκεν ἐν τούτοις· «Μὴ πεποίθατε ἐπ' ἄρχοντας, ἐφ' υἱοὺς ἀνθρώπων, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι σωτηρία. ἐξελεύσεται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπελεύσεται εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ· ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἀπολοῦνται πάντες οἱ διαλογισμοὶ αὐτοῦ.»
λαʹ. ΟΤΙ ΔΕΗΣΕΙ ΠΟΤΕ ΤΩΙ ΨΕΥΔΕΙ ΑΝΤΙ ΦΑΡΜΑΚΟΥ ΧΡΗΣΘΑΙ ΕΠ' ΩΦΕΛΕΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΔΕΟΜΕΝΩΝ ΤΟΥ ΤΟΙΟΥΤΟΥ ΤΡΟΠΟΥ «Νομοθέτης δὲ οὗ τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, εἰ καὶ μὴ τοῦτο ἦν οὕτως ἔχον, ὡς καὶ νῦν αὐτὸ ᾕρηχ' ὁ λόγος ἔχειν, εἴπερ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐτόλμησεν ἂν ἐπ' ἀγαθῷ ψεύδεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς νέους, ἔστιν ὅ τι τούτου ψεῦδος λυσιτελέστερον ἂν ἐψεύσατό ποτε καὶ δυνάμενον μᾶλλον ποιεῖν μὴ βίᾳ, ἀλλ' ἑκόντας πάντας πάντα τὰ δίκαια; Καλὸν μὲν ἡ ἀλήθεια, ὦ ξένε, καὶ μόνιμον· ἔοικε μὴν οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἶναι πείθειν.» Μυρία δ' ἂν εὕροις τοιαῦτα καὶ ἐν ταῖς Ἑβραίων γραφαῖς, ὡς ἂν περὶ θεοῦ ζηλοῦντος ἢ ὑπνοῦντος ἢ ὀργιζομένου ἤ τισιν ἄλλοις ἀνθρωποπαθέσιν ἐνεχομένου, ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ τῶν δεομένων τοῦ τοιοῦδε τρόπου παρειλημμένα.
The Lord is just and loved righteousness." And the same one taught to despise wealth, saying: "If wealth flows, do not set your heart upon it;" and: "Do not fear when a man grows rich and when the glory of his house increases; for when he dies he will not take everything, nor will his glory descend with him." But he also taught not to admire human offices in these words: "Do not trust in rulers, in sons of men, who have no salvation. His spirit will depart and go to his own earth; on that day all his thoughts will perish."
31. THAT IT IS SOMETIMES NECESSARY TO USE FALSEHOOD AS A DRUG FOR THE BENEFIT OF THOSE WHO NEED SUCH A MEANS. "But a lawgiver, if he is of any use at all, even if this were not the case as the argument now assumes it to be, if he had dared to tell any other falsehood for the good of the young, is there any falsehood more beneficial than this that he could ever have told, and one more capable of making all men do all just things willingly, not by force? Truth is a fine and stable thing, stranger, but it seems not easy to persuade." You would find countless such things also in the Hebrew scriptures, taken up for the benefit of those who need such a manner, as concerning a jealous or sleeping or angry God, or one subject to other human passions.
λβʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΜΟΝΟΝ ΑΝΔΡΑΣ ΑΛΛΑ ΚΑΙ ΓΥΝΑΙΚΑΣ ΚΑΙ ΠΑΝ ΓΕΝΟΣ ΑΝΘΡΩΠΩΝ ΠΡΟΣΙΕΣΘΑΙ ΧΡΗ ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΕΙΡΗΜΕΝΗΝ ΠΑΙΔΕΙΑΝ «Ἆρ' οὖν ἡμῖν τά γε ἔμπροσθεν ὁμολογεῖται; Τοῦ πέρι; Τὸ δεῖν πάντα ἄνδρα καὶ παῖδα, ἐλεύθερον καὶ δοῦλον, θῆλύν τε καὶ ἄρρενα καὶ ὅλῃ τῇ πόλει ὅλην τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ ἐπᾴδουσαν μὴ παύεσθαί ποτε ταῦτα ἃ διεληλύθαμεν, ἁμωσγέπως ἀεὶ μεταβαλλόμενα καὶ πάντως παρεχόμενα ποικιλίαν, ὥστ' ἀπληστίαν εἶναί τινα τῶν ὕμνων τοῖς ᾄδουσι καὶ ἡδονήν. Πῶς δ' οὐκ ἂν ὁμολογοῖτ' ἂν δεῖν ταῦτα οὕτω πράττεσθαι;» Καὶ ἐν τῷ πέμπτῳ δὲ τῆς Πολιτείας ὅμοια τούτοις γράφει τάδε λέγων· «Οἶσθά τι οὖν ὑπ' ἀνθρώπων μελετώμενον, ἐν ᾧ οὐ πάντα ταῦτα τὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν γένος διαφερόντως ἔχει ἢ τὸ τῶν γυναικῶν; ἢ μακρολογοῦμεν τήν τε ὑφαντικὴν λέγοντες καὶ τὴν τῶν ποπάνων τε καὶ ἑψημάτων θεραπείαν, ἐν οἷς δή τι δοκεῖ τὸ γυναικεῖον γένος εἶναι, οὗ καὶ καταγελαστότατόν ἐστι πάμ12.32.3 πολυ ἡττώμενον; Ἀληθῆ, ἔφη, λέγεις, ὅτι πολὺ κρατεῖται ἐν ἅπασιν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τὸ γένος τοῦ γένους· γυναῖκες μέντοι πολλαὶ πολλῶν ἀνδρῶν βελτίους εἰς πολλά, τὸ δὲ ὅλον ἔχει ὡς σὺ λέγεις. Οὐδὲν ἄρα ἐστίν, ὦ φίλε, ἐπιτήδευμα τῶν πόλιν διοικούντων γυναικὸς διότι γυνὴ οὐδ' ἀνδρὸς διότι ἀνήρ, ἀλλ' ὁμοίως διεσπαρμέναι αἱ φύσεις ἐν ἀμφοῖν τοῖν ζῴοιν καὶ πάντων μὲν μετέχει γυνὴ ἐπιτηδευμάτων κατὰ φύσιν, πάντων δὲ ἀνήρ, ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ ἀσθενέστερον γυνὴ ἀνδρός. Πάνυ γε. Ἢ οὖν ἀνδράσι πάντα προστάξομεν, γυναικὶ δὲ οὐδέν; Καὶ πῶς; Ἀλλ' ἔστι γάρ, οἶμαι, ὡς φήσομεν, καὶ γυνὴ ἰατρική, ἡ δ' οὔ, καὶ μουσική, ἡ δ' ἄμουσος φύσει. Τί μήν;
32. That not only men but also women and every race of people must be admitted to the aforementioned education. "So then, are the things before us agreed upon? What about? That every man and child, free and slave, female and male, and the whole city itself, never ceasing to chant to itself these things we have gone through, somehow always changing them and providing variety in every way, so that there is an insatiability of hymns for those singing and pleasure. How could it not be agreed that these things must be done thus?" And in the fifth book of the Republic he writes similar things, saying: "Do you know any practice among men in which the male race does not excel in all these things, or the female? Or are we making a long speech about weaving and the tending of cakes and boiled dishes, in which the female race seems to be something, and in which it is most ridiculous to be utterly defeated? You speak truly, he said, that the race is greatly surpassed in all, so to speak; yet many women are better than many men in many things, but on the whole it is as you say. There is therefore no pursuit, my friend, of those that administer the city that belongs to a woman because she is a woman, nor to a man because he is a man, but the natures are similarly distributed in both kinds of animals, and woman partakes of all pursuits by nature, and man of all, but woman is weaker than man in all. Very much so. Then shall we assign all to men, and nothing to women? How so? But there is, I think, as we shall say, a woman who is medical, and one who is not, and one who is musical, and one who is unmusical by nature. What then?
Γυμναστικὴ δὲ ἄρα οὔ, οὐδὲ πολεμική, ἡ δὲ ἀπόλεμος καὶ οὐ φιλογυμναστική; Οἶμαι ἔγωγε. Τί δέ; φιλόσοφός τε καὶ μισόσοφος; καὶ θυμοειδής, ἡ δὲ ἄθυμος; Ἔστι καὶ ταῦτα. Ἔστιν ἄρα καὶ φυλακικὴ γυνή, ἡ δ' οὔ· ἢ οὐ τοιαύτην καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν φυλακικῶν φύσιν ἐξελεξάμεθα; Τοιαύτην μὲν οὖν. Καὶ γυναικὸς ἄρα καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἡ αὐτὴ φύσις εἰς φυλακὴν πόλεως, πλὴν ὅσῳ ἀσθενεστέρα, ἡ δὲ ἰσχυροτέρα ἐστί. Φαίνεται. Καὶ γυναῖκες ἄρα αἱ τοιαῦται τοῖς τοιούτοις ἀνδράσιν ἐκλεκτέαι ξυνοικεῖν τε καὶ ξυμφυλάττειν, ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ἱκαναὶ καὶ ξυγγενεῖς αὐτοῖς τὴν φύσιν.» Εἰκότως ἄρα καὶ ὁ παρ' ἡμῖν λόγος ὑποδέχεται πᾶν γένος οὐ μόνον ἀνδρῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναικῶν, οὐδ' ἐλευθέρων καὶ δούλων μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ βαρβάρων καὶ Ἑλλήνων εἰς τὴν κατὰ θεὸν παιδείαν τε καὶ φιλοσοφίαν.
λγʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΧΡΗΝ ΕΚ ΤΩΝ ΟΥ ΚΑΤΑ ΛΟΓΟΝ ΠΑΡ' ΗΜΙΝ ΒΙΟΥΝΤΩΝ
ΤΟ ΠΑΝ ΕΘΝΟΣ ΔΙΑΒΑΛΛΕΣΘΑΙ «Σκεψώμεθα δή πη τῇδε. φέρ', εἴ τις αἰγῶν τροφὴν καὶ τὸ ζῷον αὐτό, κτῆμα ὡς ἔστι καλόν, ἐπαινοῖ, ἄλλος δέ τις ἑωρακὼς αἶγας χωρὶς νεμομένας αἰπόλου ἐν ἐργασίμοις χωρίοις δρώσας κακὰ διαψέγοι καὶ πᾶν θρέμμα ἄναρχον ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων ἰδὼν οὕτω μέμφοιτο, τὸν τοιούτου ψόγον ἡγούμεθα ὑγιὲς ἄν ποτε ψέξαι καὶ ὁτιοῦν; Καὶ πῶς;» Καὶ μετ' ὀλίγα· «Ὅτι δὲ ἐπαινέτην ἢ ψέκτην κοινωνίας ἡστινοσοῦν, ᾗ πέφυκέ τε εἶναι ἄρχων μετ' ἐκείνου τε ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ μήτε ἑωρακὼς εἴη ποτὲ ὀρθῶς αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ κοινωνοῦσαν μετ' ἄρχοντος, ἀεὶ δὲ ἄναρχον ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων ξυνοῦσαν· οἰόμεθα δή ποτε τοὺς τοιούτους θεωροὺς τῶν τοιούτων κοινωνιῶν χρηστόν τι ψέξειν ἢ ἐπαινεῖσθαι;
But gymnastics, then, is not, nor is warfare; but the unwarlike and not fond of gymnastics? I think so. What then? Is one philosophical and the other misosophical? And one high-spirited, the other spiritless? These things also exist. So there is a woman fit for guarding, and one who is not; or did we not select such a nature for the men who are guardians? Such indeed. So the nature of woman and man is the same for the guarding of a city, except that one is weaker and the other stronger. It appears so. And so such women are to be chosen to live with and guard together with such men, since they are capable and akin to them in nature." Reasonably, then, our own teaching admits every race not only of men but also of women, not only of free and slaves but also of barbarians and Greeks into education and philosophy according to God.
33. That one must not slander the whole nation because of those among us who do not live according to reason. "Let us consider then in this way. Come, if someone were to praise the feeding of goats and the animal itself, as a possession how fine it is, and another, having seen goats grazing without a goatherd in cultivated places doing harm, were to disparage and blame every herd without a ruler or with bad rulers, would we ever consider such a blame to be sound and to blame anything at all? And how?" And a little later: "But that a praiser or blamer of any community, which is by nature such that it has a ruler and is beneficial with him, and he has never seen it rightly communing with itself under a ruler, but always without a ruler or with bad rulers; do we think that such observers of such communities will ever blame or praise anything good?
Πῶς δ' ἄν;» Οὐ δὴ χρὴ καὶ παρ' ἡμῖν εἴ τινες φαίνοιντο δίχα προστάτου καὶ ἄρχοντος ἢ μετὰ κακῶν ἀρχόντων δρῶντες κακά, ψέγειν τὸ πᾶν ἡμῶν διδασκαλεῖον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρθῶς μετιόντων τὸ θεοσεβὲς πολίτευμα θαυμάζειν.
λδʹ. ΟΠΩΣ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΜΕΤΕΒΑΛΕΝ ΕΠΙ ΤΟ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΩΤΕΡΟΝ ΤΑ ΕΝ ΠΑΡΟΙΜΙΑΙΣ ΛΟΓΙΑ Ἐν ταῖς Παροιμίας Σολομῶνος συντόμως φερομένου τοῦ «Μνήμη δικαίων μετ' ἐγκωμίων, ὄνομα δὲ ἀσεβῶν σβέννυται» καὶ πάλιν εἰρημένου τοῦ «Μὴ μακαρίσῃς ἄνδρα πρὸ τελευτῆς αὐτοῦ,» ἐπάκουσον ὅπως τὴν διάνοιαν ἑρμηνεύει λέγων ὁ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ τῶν Νόμων· «Τῶν πολιτῶν ὁπόσοι τέλος ἔχοιεν τοῦ βίου κατὰ σώματα ἢ κατὰ ψυχὰς ἔργα ἐξειργασμένοι καλὰ καὶ ἐπίπονα καὶ τοῖς νόμοις εὐπειθεῖς γεγονότες, ἐγκωμίων αὐτοὺς τυγχάνειν πρέπον ἂν εἴη. Πῶς δ' οὔ; Τούς γε μὴν ἔτι ζῶντας ἐγκωμίοις τε καὶ ὕμνοις τιμᾶν οὐκ ἀσφαλές, πρὶν ἂν ἅπαντά τις τὸν βίον διαδραμὼν τέλος ἐπιστήσηται καλόν. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα ἡμῖν ἔστω κοινὰ ἀνδράσι τε καὶ γυναιξὶν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἀγαθαῖς διαφανῶς γενομέναις.»
How could it be? So then, if some among us should appear to do evil without a guardian or ruler, or with evil rulers, we must not blame our whole school, but rather admire the godly polity from those who pursue it correctly.
34. HOW PLATO TRANSFORMED THE SAYINGS IN PROVERBS INTO A MORE GREEK FORM. In the Proverbs of Solomon, where it is briefly stated, "The memory of the just is with praises, but the name of the impious is extinguished," and again where it is said, "Do not call a man happy before his death," listen to how Plato interprets the meaning, saying in the seventh book of the Laws: "Those citizens who have reached the end of life, having accomplished works beautiful and laborious in body or soul, and having been obedient to the laws, it would be fitting for them to receive praises. How not? But to honor those still living with praises and hymns is not safe, until one has run through the whole of life and set a good end. And let all these things be common to us for good men and good women who have become manifestly so.
λεʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΠΛΟΥΤΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΝΙΑΣ «Πλοῦτον δὲ καὶ πενίαν μή μοι δῷς» τοῦ Σολομῶνος φήσαντος ἐν Παροιμίαις ὁ Πλάτων ἐν γʹ Πολιτείας φησίν· «Ἕτερα δή, ὡς ἔοικε, τοῖς φύλαξιν εἰρήκαμεν, ἃ παντὶ τρόπῳ φυλακτέον ὅπως μή ποτε αὐτοὺς λήσῃ εἰς τὴν πόλιν παραδύντα. Τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα; Πλοῦτός τε, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, καὶ πενία· ὡς τοῦ μὲν τρυφὴν καὶ ἀργίαν καὶ νεωτερισμὸν ἐμποιοῦντος, τῆς δ' ἀνελευθερίαν καὶ κακοεργίαν πρὸς τῷ νεωτερισμῷ.» Κακοεργία δέ ἐστι πᾶσα πρᾶξις ἄτιμος.
λς ʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΓΟΝΕΩΝ ΤΙΜΗΣ Πάλιν Μωσέως ἐν τοῖς νόμοις φάντος· «Ἕκαστος πατέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ μητέρα αὐτοῦ φοβείσθω» καί· «Τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα σου, ἵνα εὖ σοι ᾖ,» καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως Μωσεῖ καὶ τιμᾶν καὶ φοβεῖσθαι ὧδέ πως φησὶν ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις· «Πᾶς δὴ νοῦν ἔχων φοβεῖται καὶ τιμᾷ γονέων εὐχάς, εἰδὼς πολλοῖς καὶ πολλάκις ἐπιτελεῖς γενομένας.» Καὶ πάλιν ἐν ἑτέρῳ φησί· «Πᾶς ἡμῖν αἰδείσθω τὸν ἑαυτοῦ πρεσβύτερον
ἔργῳ τε καὶ λόγῳ. τὸν δὲ προέχοντα εἴκοσιν ἡλικίας ἔτεσιν ἄρρενα ἢ θῆλυν νομίζων ὡς πατέρα ἢ μητέρα διευλαβείσθω.»
35. On Wealth and Poverty. Solomon says in Proverbs, "Do not give me wealth and poverty," and Plato in Republic 3 says: "We have said other things, as it seems, for the guardians, which must be guarded in every way so that they never escape their notice and slip into the city. What are these? Wealth, I said, and poverty; since the one produces luxury, idleness, and innovation, and the other illiberality and evil-doing in addition to innovation." Evil-doing is every dishonorable action.
36. On Honor of Parents. Again, Moses says in the laws: "Let each fear his father and his mother," and "Honor your father and your mother, that it may be well with you," and Plato similarly to Moses says in the Laws about honoring and fearing something like this: "Every sensible man fears and honors the prayers of parents, knowing that they have been fulfilled for many and often." And again in another place he says: "Let each of us revere his elder in deed and word. And let him consider the one who is twenty years older in age, whether male or female, as a father or mother, and be scrupulously careful toward him.
λζʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΚΤΗΣΕΩΣ ΟΙΚΕΤΩΝ Μωσέως ἐν τοῖς νόμοις ἀπαγορεύσαντος Ἑβραίους Ἑβραίοις δουλεύειν καὶ φήσαντος· «Ἐὰν κτήσῃ παῖδα Ἑβραῖον, ἓξ ἔτη δουλεύσει σοι· τῷ δὲ ἑβδόμῳ ἔτει ἐξαποστελεῖς αὐτὸν ἐλεύθερον,» καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως ἐν Πολιτείᾳ φησί· «Μηδὲ Ἕλληνα ἄρα δοῦλον ἐκτῆσθαι μήτε αὐτοὺς τοῖς τε ἄλλοις Ἕλλησιν οὕτω ξυμβουλεύειν; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ἔφη· μᾶλλόν τ' ἂν οὖν οὕτω πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους τρέποιντο, ἑαυτῶν δὲ ἀπέχοιντο.»
ληʹ. ΩΣ ΜΕΤΕΒΑΛΕΤΟ «ΜΗ ΜΕΤΑΙΡΕ ΟΡΙΑ ΑΙΩΝΙΑ Α ΕΘΕΝΤΟ ΟΙ ΠΑΤΕΡΕΣ ΣΟΥ»
«Μὴ κινείτω γῆς ὅρια μηδεὶς μήτε οἰκείου πολίτου γείτονος μήτε ὁμοτέρμονος ἐν ἐσχατιαῖς κεκτημένου ἄλλῳ ξένῳ γειτονῶν, νομίσας τὸ τὰ ἀκίνητα κινεῖν ἀληθῶς τοῦτ' εἶναι.» Καὶ ἑξῆς φησιν· «Ὃς δ' ἂν ἐπεργάζηται τὰ τοῦ γείτονος ὑπερβαίνων τοὺς ὅρους, τὸ μὲν βλάβος ἀποτινέτω, τῆς δὲ ἀναιδείας ἅμα καὶ ἀνελευθερίας ἕνεκα ἰατρευόμενος διπλάσιον τοῦ βλάβους ἄλλο ἐκτισάτω τῷ βλαφθέντι.»
λθʹ. ΟΜΟΙΟΝ ΤΩΙ «ΑΠΟΔΙΔΟΥΣ ΑΜΑΡΤΙΑΣ ΠΑΤΕΡΩΝ ΕΠΙ ΤΕΚΝΑ ΕΠΙ ΤΡΙΤΗΝ ΚΑΙ ΤΕΤΑΡΤΗΝ ΓΕΝΕΑΝ ΤΟΙΣ ΜΙΣΟΥΣΙ ΜΕ»
37. On the Possession of Slaves. Moses in his laws forbade Hebrews to enslave Hebrews and said: "If you acquire a Hebrew slave, he shall serve you for six years; in the seventh year you shall send him forth free." And Plato similarly says in the Republic: "So then, no Greek should possess a Greek as a slave, and we should advise the other Greeks likewise? 'Absolutely,' he said; 'thus they would rather turn against the barbarians and keep their hands off their own people.'"
38. How He Changed "Do Not Move the Eternal Boundaries Which Your Fathers Set." "Let no one move the boundaries of the land, neither of a fellow citizen neighbor nor of one who possesses a borderland adjacent to another foreign neighbor, considering that to move immovable things is truly this." And he continues: "Whoever cultivates his neighbor's land by overstepping the boundaries, let him pay the damage, and for the sake of curing his shamelessness and illiberality, let him pay double the damage to the injured party."
39. Similar to "The Sins of the Fathers Are Visited on Their Children to the Third and Fourth Generation to Those Who Hate Me.
«Ἑνὶ δὲ λόγῳ, πατρὸς ὀνείδη καὶ τιμωρίας παίδων μηδενὶ συνέπεσθαι, πλὴν ἐάν τίς τινι πατὴρ καὶ πάππος καὶ πάππου πατὴρ ἐφεξῆς ὄφλωσι θανάτου δίκην.»
μʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΚΛΕΠΤΩΝ Μωσέως νόμου φάντος· «Ἐὰν κλέψῃ τις μόσχον ἢ πρόβατον καὶ σφάξῃ αὐτὸ ἢ ἀποδῶται, πέντε μόσχους ἀποτίσει ἀντὶ τοῦ μόσχου καὶ τέσσαρα πρόβατα ἀντὶ προβάτου· ἐὰν δὲ καταληφθῇ καὶ εὑρεθῇ ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ κλέμμα, ἀπὸ μόσχου καὶ ὄνου ἕως προβάτου ζῶντα διπλᾶ ἀποτίσει» ἐπάκουσον ὡς καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τούτοις ἕπεται λέγων· «Κλέπτῃ δέ, ἐάν τε μέγα ἐάν τε σμικρὸν κλέπτῃ τις, εἷς νόμος ἐπικείσθω καὶ μία δίκης τιμωρία σύμπασι. τὸ μὲν γὰρ δὴ κλαπὲν χρεὼν διπλάσιον πρῶτον ἐκτίνειν, ἐὰν ὄφλῃ τις τὴν τοιαύτην δίκην καὶ ἱκανὴν ἔχῃ τὴν ἄλλην οὐσίαν ἀποτίνειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κλήρου, ἐὰν δὲ μή, δεδέσθαι ἕως ἂν ἐκτίσῃ ἢ πείσῃ τὸν καταδικασάμενον.»
μαʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΚΛΕΠΤΟΥ ΑΝΑΙΡΟΥΜΕΝΟΥ Πάλιν Μωσέως φάντος· «Ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ διορύγματι εὑρεθῇ ὁ κλέπτης καὶ πληγεὶς ἀποθάνῃ, οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ φόνος» συνᾴδει κἀν τούτῳ λέγων ὁ Πλάτων· «Νύκτωρ φῶρα εἰς οἰκίαν ἰόντα ἐπὶ κλοπῇ χρημάτων ἐὰν ἑλὼν κτείνῃ τις, ἔστω καθαρός· καὶ ἐὰν
In a word, no disgrace of a father or punishment of children shall follow any, unless a father, grandfather, and great-grandfather in succession have incurred the penalty of death.
40. On Thieves. Moses' law says: "If anyone steals a calf or a sheep and slaughters it or sells it, he shall pay five calves in place of the calf and four sheep in place of the sheep; but if he is caught and the theft is found in his hand, from a calf and an ass to a sheep, he shall pay double the living animals." Listen how Plato also follows these things, saying: "For a thief, whether one steals something great or small, let one law be imposed and one penalty of judgment for all. For the stolen thing must first be paid back double, if one is convicted of such a crime and has sufficient other property to pay from his estate; but if not, let him be bound until he pays or persuades the one who condemned him."
41. On a Thief Killed. Again, Moses says: "If the thief is found in the breach and is struck and dies, there is no murder for him." Plato agrees also in this, saying: "If anyone catches and kills a thief entering a house by night for the theft of goods, let him be pure; and if
λωποδύτην ἀμυνόμενος ἀποκτείνῃ, καθαρὸς ἔστω.»
μβʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΥΠΟΖΥΓΙΟΥ «Ἐὰν δὲ ἄρα ὑποζύγιον ἢ ζῷον ἄλλο τι φονεύσῃ τινὰ πλὴν τῶν ὅσα ἐν ἀγῶνι τῶν δημοσίᾳ τιθεμένων ἀθλεύοντά τι τοιοῦτον δράσῃ, ἐπεξίτωσαν μὲν οἱ προσήκοντες τοῦ φόνου τῷ κτείναντι, διαδικαζόντων δὲ τῶν ἀγρονόμων οἷσιν ἂν καὶ ὁπόσοις προστάξῃ ὁ προσήκων, τὸ δὲ ὄφλον ἔξω τῶν ὅρων τῆς χώρας ἀποκτείναντας διορίσαι.» Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων. ὁ δὲ Μωσῆς προλαβών φησιν· «Ἐὰν δὲ κερατίσῃ ταῦρος ἄνδρα ἢ γυναῖκα καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, λίθοις λιθοβοληθήσεται ὁ ταῦρος καὶ οὐ βρωθήσεται τὰ κρέα αὐτοῦ· ὁ δὲ κύριος τοῦ ταύρου ἀθῷος ἔσται.»
μγʹ. ΟΤΙ ΤΟΙΣ ΑΥΤΟΙΣ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΟΙΣ ΚΑΙ Η ΠΑΡ' ΕΒΡΑΙΟΙΣ ΓΡΑΦΗ ΚΕΧΡΗΤΑΙ ΠΑΡΑΔΕΙΓΜΑΣΙ Τῆς προφητικῆς γραφῆς λεγούσης· «Υἱὲ ἀνθρώπου, ἰδοὺ γεγόνασί μοι ὁ οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ ἀναμεμιγμένοι πάντες χαλκῷ καὶ κασσιτέρῳ καὶ σιδήρῳ καὶ μολίβδῳ, ἐν μέσῳ καμίνου ἀργύριον ἀναμεμιγμένον εἰσί. διὰ τοῦτο εἰπόν· Τάδε λέγει κύριος· Ἀνθ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε πάντες εἰς σύγκρασιν μίαν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐγὼ εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς, καθὼς εἰσδέχεται ἄργυρος καὶ χαλκὸς καὶ σίδηρος καὶ μόλιβδος καὶ κασσίτερος εἰς μέσον καμίνου, τοῦ ἐκφυσῆσαι εἰς αὐτοὺς πῦρ, τοῦ χωνευθῆναι» καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὡσαύτως ἐπάκουσον ἅ φησιν· «Οὐκοῦν ἀκούετε λοιπὸν τοῦ μύθου. ἐσμὲν γὰρ δὴ πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀδελφοί, ὡς φήσομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς μυθολογοῦντες, ἀλλ' ὁ θεὸς πλάττων, ὅσοι μὲν ὑμῶν ἱκανοὶ ἄρχειν, χρυσὸν ἐν τῇ γενέσει ξυνέμισγεν αὐτοῖς, διότι τιμιώτατοί εἰσιν· ὅσοι δ' ἐπίκουροι, ἄργυρον· σίδηρον δὲ καὶ χαλκὸν τοῖς γεωργοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δημιουργοῖς.
man who kills a thief in self-defense shall be pure."
42. On a Beast of Burden. "But if a beast of burden or any other animal kills someone, except for those which in a public contest while competing do such a thing, the relatives of the slain shall prosecute the killer, and the land commissioners shall adjudicate, to whom and as many as the relative may appoint, and the convicted party shall be removed beyond the borders of the country after being put to death." These are Plato's words. But Moses, anticipating, says: "If an ox gores a man or a woman and they die, the ox shall be stoned with stones and its flesh shall not be eaten; the owner of the ox shall be blameless."
43. That Plato Uses the Same Examples as the Hebrew Scripture. The prophetic scripture says: "Son of man, behold, the house of Israel has become to me all mixed with bronze and tin and iron and lead, like silver mixed in the midst of a furnace. Therefore I said: Thus says the Lord: Because you have all become one mixture, therefore I will receive you, as silver and bronze and iron and lead and tin are received into the midst of a furnace, to blow fire upon them, to be smelted." And Plato likewise—listen to what he says: "Therefore, listen now to the story. For we are all in the city brothers, as we will say to them in telling the story, but the god, in molding, mixed gold into the generation of those of you who are capable of ruling, because they are most precious; silver into the auxiliaries; and iron and bronze into the farmers and the other craftsmen.
ἅτε οὖν ξυγγενεῖς ὄντες ἅπαντες τὸ μὲν πολὺ ὁμοίους ἂν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς γεννῷτε, ἔστι δ' ὅτε ἐκ χρυσοῦ γεννηθείη ἂν ἀργυροῦν καὶ ἐξ ἀργυροῦ χρυσοῦν ἔγγονον καὶ τἄλλα πάντα ἐξ ἀλλήλων οὕτως. τοῖς οὖν ἄρχουσι καὶ πρῶτον καὶ μάλιστα παραγγέλλει ὁ θεὸς ὅπως μηδενὸς οὕτω φύλακες ἀγαθοὶ γένωνται μηδ' οὕτω σφόδρα φυλάξωσι μηδὲν ὡς τοὺς ἐγγόνους, ὅ τι αὐτοῖς τούτων ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς παραμέμικται, καὶ ἐὰν σφέτερος ἔγγονος ὑπόχαλκος ἢ ὑποσίδηρος γένηται, μηδενὶ τρόπῳ κατελεήσωσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν τῇ φύσει προσήκουσαν τιμὴν ἀποδιδόντες ὤσουσιν ἢ εἰς δημιουργοὺς ἢ γεωργούς, καὶ ἐὰν αὖ ἐκ τούτων ἢ ὑπόχρυσος ἢ ὑπάργυρος φυῇ τις, τιμήσαντες ἀνάξουσι τοὺς μὲν εἰς φυλακήν, τοὺς δ' εἰς ἐπικουρίαν, ὡς χρησιμοῦ ὄντος τότε τὴν πόλιν διαφθαρῆναι, ὅταν αὐτὴν ὁ σιδηροῦς φύλαξ ἢ ὁ χαλκοῦς διαφυλάξῃ. τοῦτον οὖν τὸν μῦθον ὅπως ἂν πεισθεῖεν ἔχεις τινὰ μηχανήν;»
μδʹ. ΕΤΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΟΜΟΙΩΝ ΥΠΟΔΕΙΓΜΑΤΩΝ Τῆς παρ' Ἑβραίοις προφητείας φασκούσης πρὸς τοὺς προεστῶτας τοῦ πλήθους· «Ὦ ποιμένες Ἰσραήλ, μὴ βόσκουσι ποιμένες ἑαυτούς; οὐ τὰ πρόβατα βόσκουσιν οἱ ποιμένες; ἰδοὺ τὸ γάλα κατεσθίετε καὶ τὸ παχὺ σφάζετε καὶ τὰ ἔρια περιβάλλεσθε καὶ τὰ πρόβατά μου οὐ βόσκετε καὶ τὸ ἀπολωλὸς οὐκ ἐζητήσατε καὶ τὸ συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεδήσατε καὶ τὸ πλανώμενον οὐκ ἐπεστρέψατε,» ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου
Since all are akin, for the most part you would produce offspring like yourselves, but it sometimes happens that from gold a silver offspring might be born, and from silver a golden one, and all the rest from each other in this way. So the god commands the rulers first and foremost to be such good guardians of nothing, nor to guard anything so strictly, as the offspring, as to what of these is mixed in their souls; and if their own offspring should be base or iron-like, they should not pity them in any way, but, giving the honor appropriate to nature, they should thrust them either among craftsmen or farmers; and if, on the other hand, from these some should be born golden or silver-like, they should honor them and raise them, some to guardianship, others to auxiliary service, since there is an oracle that the city will then be destroyed when the iron guardian or the bronze guardian watches over it. "Do you have any device, then, by which they might be persuaded of this story?"
44. Further on Similar Examples. The prophecy among the Hebrews says to the leaders of the multitude: "O shepherds of Israel, do shepherds feed themselves? Do not shepherds feed the sheep? Behold, you devour the milk, and you slaughter the fat, and you clothe yourselves with the wool, and you do not feed my sheep, and you have not sought the lost one, and you have not bound up the broken one, and you have not turned back the wandering one." And also of the saving word
φάσκοντος· «Ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων, ὁ δὲ μισθωτὸς καὶ οὐκ ὢν ποιμήν, οὗ οὐκ ἔστιν ἴδια τὰ πρόβατα, καταλείπει αὐτά,» ἐπάκουσον καὶ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὅπως ποτὲ ταῦτα διερμηνεύει· «Νῦν δὲ ὁρᾷς, ὦ Θρασύμαχε, ἔτι γὰρ τὰ ἔμπροσθεν ἐπισκεψώμεθα, ὅτι τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἰατρὸν τὸ πρῶτον ὁριζόμενος τὸν ὡς ἀληθῶς ποιμένα, οὐκέτι ᾤου δεῖν ὕστερον ἀκριβῶς φυλάξαι, ἀλλὰ πιαίνειν οἴει αὐτὸν τὰ πρόβατα, καθ' ὅσον ποιμήν ἐστιν, οὐ πρὸς τὸ τῶν προβάτων βέλτιστον βλέποντα, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ δαιτυμόνα τινὰ καὶ μέλλοντα ἑστιᾶσαι πρὸς τὴν εὐωχίαν ἢ αὖ πρὸς τὸ ἀποδόσθαι, ὥσπερ χρηματιστήν, ἀλλ' οὐ ποιμένα. τῇ ποιμενικῇ δ' οὐ δήπου ἄλλου του μέλει ἢ ἐφ' ᾧ τέτακται, ὅπως τούτῳ τὸ βέλτιστον ἐκποριεῖ, ἐπεὶ τά γε αὐτῆς ὥστ' εἶναι βελτίστην ἱκανῶς δήπου ἐκπεπόρισται, ἕως μηδὲν ἐνδέῃ τοῦ ποιμενικὴ εἶναι. οὕτω δὴ ᾤμην ἔγεγε νῦν δὴ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἡμῖν ὁμολογεῖν πᾶσαν ἀρχήν, καθ' ὅσον ἀρχή, μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸ βέλτιστον σκοπεῖσθαι ἢ ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἀρχομένῳ τε καὶ θεραπευομένῳ, ἐν πολιτικῇ καὶ ἰδιωτικῇ ἀρχῇ. σὺ δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄρχοντας, ἑκόντας οἴει ἄρχειν;»
He says: "The good shepherd lays down his life for his sheep, but the hireling, who is not a shepherd, to whom the sheep do not belong, abandons them." Listen also to Plato in the first book of the Republic, how he interprets these matters: "Now do you see, Thrasymachus, that if we examine what was said before, when you were defining the true physician first, and then the true shepherd, you no longer thought it necessary to maintain the distinction accurately afterwards, but you suppose that he fattens the sheep, insofar as he is a shepherd, not looking to what is best for the sheep, but like some banqueter about to feast for the enjoyment, or else for the sake of selling them, like a money-maker, and not a shepherd. For the shepherd's art surely cares for nothing else than that for which it is appointed, namely, how to provide what is best for that object, since the things of the art itself have been sufficiently provided for it to be the best, as long as nothing is lacking for it to be shepherding. Thus I thought it necessary for us now to agree that every rule, insofar as it is rule, looks to what is best for no one else than the one who is ruled and tended, whether in public or private rule. But do you think that the rulers in cities, the true rulers, rule willingly?
μεʹ. ΕΤΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ Τῆς παρ' Ἑβραίοις προφητείας λεγούσης· «Ἐκ τοῦ φόβου σου, κύριε, ἐν γαστρὶ ἐλάβομεν καὶ ὠδινήσαμεν καὶ ἐτέκομεν πνεῦμα σωτηρίας» ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Θεαιτήτῳ τάδε λέγοντα Σωκράτην ποιεῖ· «Πάσχουσι δὴ οἱ ἐμοὶ συγγιγνόμενοι ταὐτὸν ταῖς τικτούσαις· ὠδίνουσι γὰρ καὶ ἀπορίας ἐμπίπλανται νύκτας τε καὶ ἡμέρας πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκεῖναι. ταύτην δὲ τὴν ὠδῖνα ἐγείρειν τε καὶ ἀποπαύειν ἡ ἐμὴ τέχνη δύναται.»
μς ʹ. ΕΤΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ Τοῦ προφήτου Ἰεζεκιὴλ φήσαντος· «Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπ' ἐμὲ χεὶρ κυρίου, καὶ εἶδον, καὶ ἰδοὺ πνεῦμα ἐξαῖρον ἤρχετο ἀπὸ βορρᾶ» καὶ ἑξῆς εἰπόντος· «Καὶ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ὡς ὁμοίωμα τεσσάρων ζῴων. καὶ ἡ ὅρασις αὐτῶν ὁμοίωμα ἀνθρώπου ἐπ' αὐτοῖς καὶ τέσσαρα πρόσωπα τῷ ἑνί. καὶ ὁμοίωσις τῶν προσώπων αὐτῶν πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπου καὶ πρόσωπον λέοντος ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῖς τέσσαρσι καὶ πρόσωπον μόσχου ἐξ ἀριστερῶν τοῖς τέσσαρσι καὶ πρόσωπον ἀετοῦ τοῖς τέσσαρσι,» καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως ἄκουσον ἅ φησι· «Νῦν δή, ἔφην, αὐτῷ διαλεγώμεθα, ἐπειδὴ διωμολογησάμεθα τό τε ἀδικεῖν καὶ τὸ δίκαια πράττειν ἣν ἑκάτερον ἔχει δύναμιν. Πῶς; ἔφη. Εἰκόνα πλάσαντες τῆς ψυχῆς λόγῳ, ἵνα εἰδῇ ὁ ἐκεῖνα λέγων οἵαν ἔλεγε. Ποίαν τινά; ἦ δ' ὅς. Τῶν τοιούτων τινά, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, οἷαι μυθολογοῦνται παλαιαὶ γενέσθαι φύσεις, ἥ τε Χιμαίρας καὶ ἡ Σκύλλης καὶ Κερβέρου καὶ ἄλλαι τινὲς συχναί. Λέγονται γάρ, ἔφη. Πλάττε τοίνυν μίαν μὲν ἰδέαν θηρίου ποικίλου καὶ πολυκεφάλου, ἡμέρων δὲ θηρίων ἔχοντος κεφαλὰς κύκλῳ καὶ ἀγρίων καὶ δυνατοῦ μεταβάλλειν καὶ φύειν ἐξ αὑτοῦ ταῦτα πάντα. Δεινοῦ πλάστου, ἔφη, τὸ ἔργον·
45. Again on the same subject. Of the prophecy among the Hebrews which says: "From fear of you, Lord, we conceived and travailed and gave birth to a spirit of salvation," Plato in the Theaetetus makes Socrates say the following: "Now those who associate with me suffer the same thing as women in childbirth; for they are in travail and filled with perplexity night and day far more than those women. And my art can arouse and allay this travail."
46. Again on the same subject. The prophet Ezekiel said: "And the hand of the Lord came upon me, and I saw, and behold, a spirit lifting up was coming from the north," and further on he says: "And in the midst was like the likeness of four living creatures. And their appearance was the likeness of a man upon them, and four faces to the one. And the likeness of their faces was a face of a man and a face of a lion on the right for the four, and a face of a calf on the left for the four, and a face of an eagle for the four." And Plato likewise—listen to what he says: "'Now then,' I said, 'let us converse with him, since we have agreed what power each of injustice and doing just deeds has.' 'How?' he said. 'By molding an image of the soul in speech, so that the one who says those things may know what sort he was speaking of.' 'What sort?' he said. 'One of those such,' I said, 'as are fabled in ancient times to have existed—the natures of the Chimaera, and of Scylla, and of Cerberus, and many others.' 'They are spoken of,' he said. 'Then mold one form of a many-colored and many-headed beast, having heads of tame and wild beasts around it, and able to change and grow all these from itself.' 'A work of a clever molder,' he said.
ὅμως δ', ἐπειδὴ εὐπλαστότερον κηροῦ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὁ λόγος, πεπλάσθω. Μίαν δὲ τοίνυν ἄλλην ἰδέαν λέοντος, μίαν δὲ ἀνθρώπου· πολὺ δὲ μέγιστον ἔστω τὸ πρῶτον καὶ δεύτερον τὸ δεύτερον. Ταῦτ', ἔφη, ῥᾴω· καὶ πέπλασται. Ξύναπτε τοίνυν αὐτὰ εἰς ἓν τρία ἔχοντα, ὥστε πη ξυμπεφυκέναι ἀλλήλοις. Ξυνῆπται, ἔφη. Περίπλασον δὴ αὐτοῖς ἔξωθεν ἑνὸς εἰκόνα, τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὥστε τῷ μὴ δυναμένῳ τὰ ἐντὸς ὁρᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔξω μόνον ἔλυ12.46.5 τρον ὁρῶντι ἓν ζῷον φαίνεσθαι, ἄνθρωπον. Περιπέπλασται, ἔφη. Λέγωμεν δὴ τῷ λέγοντι ὡς λυσιτελεῖ τούτῳ ἀδικεῖν τῷ
ἀνθρώπῳ, δίκαια δὲ πράττειν οὐ ξυμφέρει, διότι οὐδὲν ἄλλο φήσει ἢ λυσιτελεῖν αὐτῷ τὸ παντοδαπὸν θηρίον εὐωχοῦντι ποιεῖν ἰσχυρὸν καὶ τὸν λέοντα καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν λέοντα, τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον λιμοκτονεῖν παὶ ποιεῖν ἀσθενῆ, ὥστε ἕλκεσθαι ὅπη ἂν ἐκείνων ὁπότερον ἄγῃ, καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἑτέρῳ ξυνεθίζειν μηδὲ φίλον ποιεῖν, ἀλλ' ἐᾶν αὐτὰ ἐν αὑτοῖς δάκνεσθαί τε καὶ μαχόμενα ἐσθίειν ἄλληλα. Παντάπασι γάρ, ἔφη, ταῦτ' ἂν λέγοι ὁ τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἐπαινῶν. Οὐκοῦν αὖ ὁ τὰ δίκαια λέγων λυσιτελεῖν φαίη ἂν δεῖν ταῦτα πράττειν καὶ ταῦτα λέγειν, ὅθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὁ ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπος ἔσται ἐγκρατέστατος καὶ τοῦ πολυκεφάλου θρέμματος ἐπιμελήσεται ὥσπερ γεωργός, τὰ μὲν ἥμερα τρέφων καὶ τιθασσεύων, τὰ δὲ ἄργια ἀποκωλύων φύεσθαι, ξύμμαχον ποιησάμενος τὴν τοῦ λέοντος φύσιν καὶ κοινῇ πάντων κηδόμενος ἀλλήλοις τε καὶ αὑτῷ οὕτω θρέψει; Κομιδῇ γὰρ αὖ λέγει ταῦτα ὁ τὸ δίκαιον ἐπαινῶν.»
Nevertheless, since argument is more malleable than wax and suchlike, let it be moulded. Let there be one other form of a lion, and one of a man; and let the first be very much the largest, and the second the second. These, he said, are easy; and they are moulded. Now join them together into one, having three, so that they grow together with each other. They are joined, he said. Now mould around them externally the image of one, that of a man, so that to one who cannot see the inside, but sees only the outer shell, a single animal appears, a man. It is moulded around, he said. Let us then say to the one who claims that it is profitable for this man to do injustice, and that doing just things is not advantageous, because he will assert nothing else than that it is profitable for him to feast the manifold beast and make it strong, and the lion and the things around the lion, and to starve the man and make him weak, so that he is dragged wherever either of those leads, and to accustom nothing to anything else nor make it friendly, but to allow them within themselves to bite and fight and devour each other. Absolutely, he said, would the one who praises injustice say these things. Then again, the one who says that just things are advantageous would affirm that it is necessary to do and say these things, whereby the inner man of the human will be most self-controlled and will care for the many-headed creature like a farmer, nurturing and taming the tame parts, preventing the wild from growing, making the lion's nature an ally, and caring for all together, both for each other and for himself, and thus will nourish them. For indeed, the one who praises justice says these things.
μζʹ. ΟΤΙ ΚΑΙ ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΕΙΣ ΔΩΔΕΚΑ ΦΥΛΑΣ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΤΕΙ ΔΙΕΛΕΙΝ ΤΟΥΣ ΠΟΛΙΤΑΣ ΚΑΤΑ ΜΙΜΗΣΙΝ ΤΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΕΒΡΑΙΩΝ ΕΘΝΟΥΣ Τοῦ παντὸς Ἑβραίων ἔθνους εἰς δώδεκα φυλὰς διεσταλμένου καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ὁμοίως τοῦτο χρῆναι δεῖν ἐπὶ τῶν αὑτοῦ πολιτῶν φυλάξαι νομοθετεῖ, λέγων ὧδε· «Δώδεκα μὲν ἡμῖν ἡ χώρα πᾶσα εἰς δύναμιν ἰσομοιρίᾳ νενεμήσθω, φυλὴ δὲ μία τῷ μορίῳ ἑκάστῳ ἐπικληρωθεῖσα κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν παρεχέτω πέντε οἷον ἀγρονόμους τε καὶ φρουράρχους.» Καὶ πάλιν φησί· «Ταξιάρχους αὐτοῖσι προβάλλεσθαι μὲν τοὺς αἱρεθέντας στρατηγοὺς δώδεκα, ἑκάστῃ φυλῇ ταξίαρχον.»
μηʹ. ΕΝ ΠΟΤΑΠΩΙ ΤΗΝ ΠΟΛΙΝ ΚΑΤΟΙΚΙΖΕΙΝ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΝΟΜΟΘΕΤΕΙ ΤΟΠΩΙ· ΔΙΑΓΡΑΦΕΙ ΔΕ ΕΟΙΚΟΤΑ ΤΙΝΑ ΤΩΙ ΕΝ ΙΕΡΟΣΟΛΥΜΟΙΣ Τῆς παρὰ παισὶν Ἑβραίων πάλαι πρότερον συνεστώσης βασιλικῆς μητροπόλεως, ἄπωθεν μὲν θαλάσσης οὔσης, ἐν ὄρεσι δὲ κατῳκισμένης πάμφορόν τε γῆν κεκτημένης, καὶ ὁ Πλάτων τοιαύτην τινὰ εἶναι δεῖν φησι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοῦ κατοικιζομένην ἐν τοῖς Νόμοις. λέγει δὲ ὧδε· «Τόδε δὲ περὶ αὐτῆς ἐστιν ὃ βουλόμενος μᾶλλον ἐπερωτάτω, πότερον ἐπιθαλαττίδιος ἔσται τις ἢ χερσαία. Σχεδόν, ὦ ξένε, ἀπέχει θαλάττης γε ἡ πόλις, ἧς πέρι τὰ νῦν δὴ λεχθέντα ἡμῖν, εἴς τινας ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους. Τί δέ; λιμένες ἆρ' εἰσὶ κατ' αὐτῆς, ἢ τὸ παράπαν ἀλίμενος; Εὐλίμενος μὲν οὖν ταύτη γε, ὡς δυνατόν ἐστι μάλιστα, ὦ ξένε. Παπαῖ, οἷον λέγεις. τί δέ; περὶ αὐτὴν ἡ χώρα πότερα πάμφορος ἢ καί τινων ἐπιδεής; Σχεδὸν οὐδενὸς ἐπιδεής. Γείτων δὲ αὐτῆς πόλις ἆρ' ἔσται τις πλησίον; Οὐ πάνυ, διὸ κατοικίζεται·
47. That Plato also legislates to divide the citizens into twelve tribes in imitation of the nation of the Hebrews. The whole nation of the Hebrews being divided into twelve tribes, Plato likewise legislates that this should be observed for his own citizens, saying thus: "Let the whole country be divided into twelve portions as equal as possible, and one tribe assigned to each portion shall provide each year five, so to speak, agronomoi and phrouarchoi." And again he says: "The elected generals shall propose twelve taxiarchs for them, one taxiarch for each tribe."
48. In what kind of place Plato legislates to establish the city; and he describes something similar to that in Jerusalem. The royal metropolis of the Hebrews, which was established long ago, being far from the sea, situated among mountains, and possessing land productive of all things, Plato says that the city he establishes in the Laws must be of such a kind. He speaks thus: "But this about it is what he who wishes should rather ask: whether it will be on the sea or inland. The city about which we have just now spoken, stranger, is nearly eighty stades from the sea. What then? Are there harbors near it, or is it altogether without a harbor? It is well provided with harbors, as much as possible, stranger. Ah! What a thing you say. What then? Is the land around it productive of all things, or lacking in some? It is lacking in almost nothing. And will there be any neighboring city near it? Not at all, which is why it is being founded.
παλαιὰ γάρ τις ἐξοίκησις ἐν τῷ τόπῳ γενομένη τὴν χώραν ταύτην ἔρημον ἀπείργασται χρόνον ἀμήχανον ὅσον. Τί δέ; πεδίων τε καὶ ὀρῶν καὶ ὕλης πῶς μέρος ἑκάστων ἡμῖν εἴληχε; Προσέοικε τῇ τῆς ἄλλης Κρήτης φύσει ὅλη. Τραχυτέραν αὐτὴν ἢ πεδινωτέραν ἂν λέγοις; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Οὐ τοίνυν ἀνίατος ἂν εἴη πρὸς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπιθαλαττία τε ἔμελλεν εἶναι καὶ εὐλίμενος καὶ μὴ πάμφορος, ἀλλ' ἐπιδεὴς πολλῶν, μεγάλου τινὸς ἔδει σωτῆρός γε αὐτῇ καὶ νομοθετῶν θείων τινῶν, εἰ μὴ πολλά τε ἔμελλεν ἤθη καὶ ποικίλα καὶ φαῦλα ἕξειν τοιαύτη φύσει γενομένη· νῦν δὲ παραμύθιον ἔχει τὸ τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίων. ἐγγύτερον μέντοι τοῦ δέοντος κεῖται τῆς θαλάττης, σχεδὸν ὅσον εὐλιμενωτέραν φῂς αὐτὴν εἶναι· ὅμως δὲ ἀγαπητὸν καὶ τοῦτο. πρόσοικος γὰρ θάλαττα χώρᾳ τὸ μὲν παρ'
ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ, μάλα γε μὴν ὄντως ἁλμυρὸν καὶ πικρὸν γειτόνημα· ἐμπορίας γὰρ καὶ χρηματισμοῦ διὰ καπηλείας ἐμπιπλᾶσα αὐτὴν ἤθη παλίμβολα καὶ ἄπιστα ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐντίκτουσα, αὐτὴν πρὸς αὑτὴν τὴν πόλιν ἄπιστον καὶ ἄφιλον ποιεῖ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ὡσαύτως. παραμύθιον δὲ δὴ πρὸς ταῦτα καὶ τὸ πάμφορος εἶναι κέκτηται τραχεῖα τε οὖσα δῆλον ὡς οὐκ ἂν πολυφόρος τ' εἴη καὶ πάμφορος ἅμα· τοῦτο γὰρ ἔχουσα, πολλὴν ἐξαγωγὴν ἂν παρεχομένη νομίσματος ἀργυροῦ καὶ χρυσοῦ πάλιν ἀντεμπίπλαιτ' ἄν·
An ancient emigration once occurred in that place, rendering this land desolate for an immeasurable time. What then? How has he allotted to us a portion of plains, mountains, and forests? It resembles the nature of the rest of Crete as a whole. Would you call it rougher or more level? Very much so. Therefore, it would not be incurable for the acquisition of virtue. For if it were to be maritime, well-harbored, and not all-producing, but lacking in many things, it would need some great savior and divine lawgivers, lest it have many varied and base characters, being of such a nature; but as it is, it has the consolation of the eighty stades. Yet it lies nearer to the sea than is proper, almost as much as you say it is more well-harbored; nevertheless, even this is acceptable. For a sea neighboring a land, while pleasant day by day, is indeed a truly salty and bitter neighbor; for filling it with commerce and money-making through retail trade, it engenders fickle and untrustworthy characters in souls, making the city itself untrustworthy and unfriendly towards itself and likewise towards other men. As a consolation for these things, it also possesses being all-producing; but being rough, it is clear that it would not be both productive and all-producing at once; for having this, if it provided a great export of silver and gold coinage, it would again be filled in return.
οὗ μεῖζον κακόν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, πόλει ἀνθ' ἑνὸς ἓν οὐδὲν ἂν γένοιτο εἰς γενναίων καὶ δικαίων ἠθῶν κτῆσιν.» Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοσούτων ἡμῖν καὶ μέχρι τοῦδε ἀποδεδειγμένων σκεψώμεθα ὅπως τὸν τῆς παρ' Ἑβραίοις παιδείας τρόπον δι' ὧν εἰρήκαμεν ἀποδεξάμενος τὸν Ἑλληνικὸν παραιτεῖται, γράφων ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὧδε·
μθʹ. ΟΠΩΣ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΤΑ ΤΗΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗΣ ΠΡΟΠΑΙΔΕΙΑΣ ΩΣ ΕΠΙΒΛΑΒΗ ΤΥΓΧΑΝΟΝΤΑ ΠΑΡΑΙΤΕΙΤΑΙ «Ὡς μὲν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰρήσθω οὐ γάρ μου κατερεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς τῆς τραγῳδίας ποιητὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας τοὺς μιμητικούς, λώβη ἔοικεν εἶναι πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα τῆς τῶν ἀκουόντων διανοίας, ὅσοι μὴ ἔχουσι φάρμακον τὸ εἰδέναι αὐτὰ οἷα τυγχάνει ὄντα. Πῇ δή, ἔφη, διανοούμενος λέγεις; Ῥητέον, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, καίτοι φιλία γέ τίς με καὶ αἰδὼς ἐκ παιδὸς ἔχουσα περὶ Ὁμήρου ἀποκωλύει λέγειν. ἔοικε γὰρ τῶν καλῶν ἁπάντων τούτων τῶν τραγικῶν πρῶτος διδάσκαλός τε καὶ ἡγεμὼν γενέσθαι. ἀλλ' οὐ γὰρ πρό γε τῆς ἀληθείας τιμητέος ἀνήρ, ἀλλ' ὃ λέγω ῥητέον. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ἔφη.» Εἶθ' ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει· «Τῶν μὲν τοίνυν ἄλλων πέρι μὴ ἀπαιτῶμεν λόγον Ὅμηρον μηδὲ ἄλλον ὁντινοῦν τῶν ποιητῶν ἐρωτῶντες, εἰ ἰατρικὸς ἦν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ μὴ μιμητὴς μόνον ἰατρικῶν λόγων, τίνας ὑγιεῖς ποιητής τις τῶν παλαιῶν ἢ τῶν νέων λέγεται πεποιηκέναι, ὥσπερ Ἀσκληπιός, ἢ τίνας μαθητὰς ἰατρικῆς κατελίπετο, ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνος τοὺς ἐγγόνους. μηδ' αὖ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας τέχνας αὐτὸν ἐρωτῶμεν, ἀλλ' ἐῶμεν.
There is no greater evil, so to speak, that could happen to a city for the acquisition of noble and just characters than a single one of these. But after so many demonstrations up to this point, let us consider how he, having accepted the manner of education among the Hebrews through what we have said, rejects the Greek one, writing in the tenth book of the Republic as follows:
49. HOW PLATO REJECTS THE ELEMENTS OF GREEK EDUCATION AS HARMFUL. "Let it be said as between ourselves, for you will not denounce me to the tragic poets and all other imitators, all such things seem to be a mutilation of the minds of the hearers, as many as do not have the remedy of knowing what they really are. 'How so?' he said, 'what do you mean?' 'I must speak,' I said, 'although a certain love and reverence for Homer, which I have had from childhood, prevents me from speaking. For he seems to have been the first teacher and leader of all these beautiful tragic things. But a man is not to be honored before the truth, but what I say must be said.' 'Certainly,' he said." Then he adds next: "Concerning the others, then, let us not demand an account from Homer or any other poet, asking whether they were physicians, and not merely imitators of medical language, what healthy men any poet, ancient or modern, is said to have made, as Asclepius did, or what disciples of medicine he left behind, as that one left his descendants. Nor again let us question him about the other arts, but let us dismiss it.
περὶ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων τε καὶ καλλίστων, ὧν ἐπιχειρεῖ λέγειν Ὅμηρος, πολέμων τε πέρι καὶ στρατηγιῶν καὶ διοικήσεων πόλεων καὶ παιδείας πέρι ἀνθρώπων, δίκαιόν που ἐρωτᾶν αὐτὸν πυνθανομένους· Ὦ φίλε Ὅμηρε, εἴπερ μὴ τρίτος ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶ ἀρετῆς πέρι εἰδώλου δημιουργός, ὃν δὴ μιμητὴν ὡρισάμεθα, ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερος καὶ οἷός τε ἦσθα γινώσκειν ποῖα ἐπιτηδεύματα βελτίους ἢ χείρους ἀνθρώπους ποιεῖ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, λέγε ἡμῖν τίς τῶν πόλεων διὰ σὲ βέλτιον ᾤκησεν, ὥσπερ διὰ Λυκοῦργον Λακεδαίμων καὶ δι' ἄλλους πολλοὺς πολλαὶ μεγάλαι τε καὶ σμικραί. σὲ δὲ τίς αἰτιᾶται πόλις ἀγαθὸν νομοθέτην γεγονέναι καὶ σφᾶς ὠφεληκέναι; Χαρώνδαν μὲν γὰρ Ἰταλία καὶ Σικελία, καὶ ἡμεῖς Σόλωνα· σὲ δὲ τίς; ἕξει τινὰ εἰπεῖν; Οὐκ οἴομαι, ἔφη ὁ Γλαύκων· οὔκουν λέγεταί γε οὐδ' ὑπ' αὐτῶν Ὁμηριδῶν. Ἀλλὰ δὴ τίς πόλεμος ἐπὶ Ὁμήρου ὑπ' ἐκείνου ἄρχοντος ἢ συμβουλεύοντος εὖ πολε12.49.6 μηθεὶς μνημονεύεται; Οὐδείς. Ἀλλ' οἷα δὴ εἰς τὰ ἔργα σοφοῦ ἀνδρὸς πολλαὶ ἐπίνοιαι καὶ εὐμήχανοι εἰς τέχνας ἤ τινας ἄλλας πράξεις λέγονται, ὥσπερ αὖ Θάλεώ τε πέρι τοῦ Μιλησίου καὶ Ἀναχάρσιδος τοῦ Σκύθου; Οὐδα12.49.7 μῶς τοιοῦτον οὐθέν. Ἀλλὰ δὴ εἰ μὴ δημοσίᾳ, ἰδίᾳ τισὶν ἡγεμὼν παιδείας αὐτὸς ζῶν λέγεται Ὅμηρος γενέσθαι, οἳ ἐκεῖνον ἠγάπων ἐπὶ συνουσίᾳ καὶ τοῖς ὕστερον ὁδόν τινα παρέδοσαν βίου Ὁμηρικὴν ἄν, ὥσπερ Πυθαγόρας αὐτός τε διαφερόντως ἐπὶ τούτων ἠγαπήθη καὶ οἱ ὕστεροι ἔτι καὶ νῦν Πυθαγόρειον τρόπον ἐπονομάζοντες τοῦ βίου διαφανεῖς πη δοκοῦσιν εἶναι ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις;
But concerning the greatest and finest matters which Homer undertakes to speak of—wars, generalships, administrations of cities, and the education of men—it is just to question him, asking: "Dear Homer, if you are not third from the truth, a maker of an image concerning virtue, which we have defined as a mimetic artist, but rather second, and such as to know what pursuits make men better or worse in private and in public, tell us which city has been better governed because of you, as Lacedaemon was because of Lycurgus, and as many great and small cities have been because of many others. But what city accuses you of having been a good lawgiver and of having benefited them? For Charondas is claimed by Italy and Sicily, and we claim Solon; but who claims you? Can anyone say?" "I do not think so," said Glaucon; "indeed, it is not even said by the Homeridae themselves. "But then what war under Homer is remembered as having been well waged under his command or counsel?" "None." "But are there not many inventions and contrivances attributed to a wise man in the realm of arts or other actions, as indeed is said of Thales of Miletus and Anacharsis the Scythian?" "Nothing of the sort at all." "But if not publicly, is Homer said to have been, while alive, a private guide of education for certain individuals who loved him for his company, and to have handed down to later generations a certain way of life, a Homeric one, as Pythagoras himself was exceptionally loved for these things, and his followers, even now calling their way of life Pythagorean, are considered distinguished among others?
Οὐδ' αὖ, ἔφη, τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν λέγεται. ὁ γὰρ Κρεώφυλος, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὁ τοῦ Ὁμήρου ἑταῖρος, τοῦ ὀνόματος ἂν γελοιότερος ἔτι πρὸς παιδείαν φανείη, εἰ τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ Ὁμήρου ἀληθῆ ἐστι. λέγεται γάρ που ὡς πολλὴ ἀμέλεια περὶ αὐτὸν ἦν ἐπ' αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου, ὅτε ἔζη. Λέγεται γὰρ οὖν, ἦν δ' ἐγώ. ἀλλ' οἴει, ὦ Γλαύκων, εἰ τῷ ὄντι οἷός τε ἦν παιδεύειν ἀνθρώπους καὶ βελτίους ἀπεργάζεσθαι Ὅμηρος, ἅτε περὶ τούτων οὐ μιμεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ γινώσκειν δυνάμενος, οὐκ ἄρ' ἂν πολλοὺς ἑταίρους ἐποιήσατο καὶ ἐτιμᾶτο καὶ ἠγαπᾶτο ὑπ' αὐτῶν; ἀλλὰ Πρωταγόρας μὲν ἄρα ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης καὶ Πρόδικος ὁ Κεῖος καὶ ἄλλοι πάμπολλοι δύνανται τοῖς ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν παρεστάναι ἰδίᾳ συγγιγνόμενοι, ὡς οὔτε οἰκίαν οὔτε πόλιν τὴν αὑτῶν οἰκεῖν οἷοί τε ἔσονται, ἐὰν μὴ σφεῖς αὐτῶν τῆς παιδείας ἐπιστατήσωσι, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ σοφίᾳ οὕτω σφόδρα φιλοῦνται, ὥστε μόνον οὐκ ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς περιφέρουσιν αὐτοὺς οἱ ἑταῖροι. Ὅμηρον δὲ ἄρα οἱ ἐπ' ἐκείνου, εἴπερ οἷός τε ἦν πρὸς ἀρετὴν ὀνινάναι ἀνθρώπους, ἢ Ἡσίοδον ῥαψῳδεῖν ἂν περιιόντας εἴων καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἂν αὐτῶν ἀντείχοντο ἢ τοῦ χρυσοῦ καὶ ἠνάγκαζον παρὰ σφίσιν οἴκοι εἶναι, ἢ εἰ μὴ ἔπειθον, αὐτοὶ ἂν ἐπαιδαγώγουν, ὅπη ᾔεσαν, ἕως ἱκανῶς παιδείας μεταλάβοιεν; Παντάπασιν, ἔφη, δοκεῖς μοι, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀληθῆ λέγειν. Οὐκοῦν τιθῶμεν ἀπὸ Ὁμήρου ἀρξάμενοι πάντας τοὺς ποιητικοὺς μιμητὰς εἰδώλων ἀρετῆς εἶναι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων περὶ ὧν ποιοῦσι, τῆς δ' ἀληθείας οὐχ ἅπτεσθαι;
Nor again, he said, is anything of that sort said. For Creophylus, Socrates, the companion of Homer, would appear even more ridiculous than his name in respect to education, if what is said about Homer is true. For it is said somewhere that there was great neglect concerning him during his own lifetime, when he lived. So it is said, I replied. But do you think, Glaucon, that if Homer had truly been able to educate men and make them better, not merely by imitating these matters but by knowing them, he would not have made many companions and been honored and loved by them? Yet Protagoras of Abdera and Prodicus of Ceos and many others are able, by associating privately with their contemporaries, to persuade them that they will not be able to manage their own households or cities unless they themselves take charge of their education, and on account of this wisdom they are so intensely loved that their companions almost carry them about on their heads. But would Homer, if he had been able to benefit men toward virtue, or Hesiod, have been allowed to go about rhapsodizing, and would not men rather have clung to them more than to gold and compelled them to stay in their homes, or if they could not persuade them, would they not themselves have followed them wherever they went, until they had sufficiently partaken of their education? Entirely, he said, you seem to me, Socrates, to speak the truth. Shall we then set down, beginning with Homer, that all poetic imitators are imitators of images of virtue and of the other things about which they compose, and that they do not touch the truth?
ἀλλ' ὥσπερ νῦν δὴ ἐλέγομεν, ὁ ζωγράφος σκυτοτόμον ποιήσει δοκοῦντα εἶναι αὐτός τε οὐκ ἐπαΐων περὶ σκυτοτομίας καὶ τοῖς μὴ ἐπαΐουσιν, ἐκ τῶν χρωμάτων δὲ καὶ σχημάτων θεωροῦσι; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Οὕτω δή, οἶμαι, καὶ τὸν ποιητικὸν φήσομεν χρώματα ἄττα ἑκάστῳ τῶν τεχνῶν τοῖς ὀνόμασι καὶ ῥήμασιν ἐπιχρωματίζειν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπαΐοντα ἀλλ' ἢ μιμεῖσθαι, ὥστε ἑτέροις τοιούτοις ἐκ τῶν λόγων θεωροῦσι δοκεῖν, ἐάν τε περὶ σκυτοτομίας τι λέγῃ ἐν μέτρῳ καὶ ῥυθμῷ καὶ ἁρμονίᾳ, πάνυ εὖ δοκεῖν λέγεσθαι ἐάν τε περὶ στρατηγίας ἐάν τε περὶ ἄλλου ὁτουοῦν· οὕτω φύσει αὐτὰ ταῦτα μεγάλην τινὰ κήλησιν ἔχειν· ἐπεὶ γυμνωθέντα γε τῶν τῆς μουσικῆς χρωμάτων τὰ τῶν ποιητῶν, αὐτὰ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν τὰ λεγόμενα οἶμαί σε εἰδέναι οἷα φαίνεται. τεθέασαι γὰρ ἢ οὔ; Ἔγωγ', ἔφη.» Καὶ τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων εὖ μοι ἔχειν δοκεῖ βραχέα ἄττα τῶν Πλάτωνος διελθεῖν, δι' ὧν λογικώτερον τὸν περὶ θεοῦ καὶ προνοίας συνίστησι λόγον, τοῖς Ἑβραίων κἀν τούτῳ παριστάμενος δόγμασι. πρῶτα δὲ θεασώμεθα ὅπως τὰς δόξας τῶν ἀθέων ἐκτίθησι·
But as we were just saying, the painter will represent a shoemaker who appears to be one, while he himself knows nothing about shoemaking, and those who observe from the colors and figures know nothing either? Certainly. So then, I think, we will say that the poet applies certain colors to each of the arts by means of names and verbs, without understanding them, but only imitating, so that to others who observe such things from the words, whether he speaks about shoemaking in meter and rhythm and harmony, or about generalship, or about anything else, it seems to be very well said; for these things themselves have by nature a great power of enchantment. Since, when stripped of the colors of music, the sayings of the poets, taken by themselves, I think you know what they appear to be. For you have seen it, or have you not? I have, he said. And these things being so, it seems good to me to go through a few passages of Plato, by which he more rationally establishes the argument concerning God and providence, in this also aligning with the doctrines of the Hebrews. First, let us see how he sets forth the opinions of the atheists.
νʹ. ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΘΕΩΝ ΔΟΞΗΣ· ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ ΔΕΚΑΤΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΝΟΜΩΝ «Λέγουσί πού τινες ὡς πάντα ἐστὶ τὰ πράγματα γιγνόμενα καὶ γενόμενα καὶ γενησόμενα τὰ μὲν φύσει, τὰ δὲ τέχνῃ, τὰ δὲ διὰ τέχνην. Οὐκοῦν καλῶς; Εἰκός γέ τοί που σοφοὺς ἄνδρας ὀρθῶς λέγειν. ἑπόμενοί γε μὴν αὐτοῖς σκεψώμεθα, τί ποτε καὶ τυγχάνουσι διανοούμενοι. Πάντως. Ἔοικε, φασί, τὰ μὲν μέγιστα αὐτῶν καὶ κάλλιστα ἀπεργάζεσθαι φύσιν καὶ τύχην, τὰ δὲ σμικρότερα τέχνην, ἣν δὴ παρὰ φύσεως λαμβάνουσαν τὴν τῶν μεγάλων καὶ πρώτων γένεσιν ἔργων πλάττειν καὶ τεκταίνεσθαι πάντα τὰ σμικρότατα, ἃ δὴ τεχνικὰ πάντες προσαγορεύομεν. Πῶς λέγεις; Ὧδ' ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐρῶ· πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἀέρα φύσει πάντα εἶναι καὶ τύχῃ φασί, τέχνῃ δὲ οὐδὲν τούτων. καὶ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα αὖ σώματα, γῆς τε καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης ἄστρων τε πέρι, διὰ τούτων γεγονέναι παντελῶς ὄντων ἀψύχων· τύχῃ δὲ φερόμενα τῇ τῆς δυνάμεως ἑκάστων, ᾗ συμπέπτωκεν ἁρμόττοντα οἰκείως πως, θερμὰ ψυχροῖς ἢ ξηρὰ πρὸς ὑγρὰ καὶ μαλακὰ πρὸς σκληρὰ καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα τῇ τῶν ἐναντίων κράσει κατὰ
50. On the doctrine of the atheists, from the tenth book of the Laws: "Some say that all things which are, have come to be, and will come to be, are partly by nature, partly by art, and partly through art. Is that correct? It is likely, I suppose, that wise men speak correctly. Let us then follow them and consider what exactly they mean. By all means. They say that the greatest and most beautiful of them are produced by nature and chance, while the smaller ones are produced by art, which, receiving from nature the generation of the great and primary works, fashions and constructs all the smallest things, which we all call artificial. How do you mean? I will state it more clearly: they say that fire, water, earth, and air all exist by nature and chance, and none of these by art. And the bodies that come after these, concerning the earth, the sun, the moon, and the stars, have come into being entirely through these soulless things; and being carried by chance according to the power of each, as they happen to fit together in a suitable way—hot with cold, or dry with moist, and soft with hard, and all such as by the blending of opposites according to
τύχην ἐξ ἀνάγκης συνεκεράσθη, ταύτη καὶ κατὰ ταῦτα οὕτως γεγεννηκέναι τόν τε οὐρανὸν ὅλον καὶ πάντα, ὁπόσα ἂν κατ' οὐρανόν, καὶ ζῷα αὖ καὶ φυτὰ ξύμπαντα, ὡρῶν πασῶν ἐκ τούτων γενομένων, οὐ διὰ νοῦν, φασίν, οὐδὲ διά τινα θεὸν οὐδὲ διὰ τέχνην, ἀλλὰ ὃ λέγομεν, φύσει καὶ τύχῃ. τέχνην δὲ ὕστερον ἐκ τούτων ὑστέραν γενομένην, θνητὴν ἐκ θνητῶν, ὕστερα γεγεννηκέναι παιδιάς τινας ἀληθείας οὐ σφόδρα μετεχούσας, ἀλλ' εἴδωλ' ἄττα ξυγγενῆ ἑαυτῶν, οἷα γραφικὴ γεννᾷ καὶ μουσικὴ καὶ ὅσαι ταύταις εἰσὶ συνέριθοι τέχναι. αἱ δ' εἴ τι καὶ σπουδαῖον ἄρα γεννῶσι τῶν τεχνῶν, εἶναι ταύτας ὁπόσαι τῇ φύσει ἐκοίνωσαν τὴν αὑτῶν δύναμιν, οἷον αὖ ἰατρικὴ καὶ γεωργικὴ καὶ γυμναστική. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὴν πολιτικὴν σμικρόν τι μέρος εἶναί φασι κοινωνοῦν φύσει, τέχνῃ δὲ πολύ· οὕτω καὶ τὴν νομοθεσίαν πᾶσαν οὐ φύσει, τέχνῃ δέ, ἧς οὐκ ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς θέσεις. Πῶς λέγεις; Θεούς, ὦ μακάριε, πρῶτον εἶναί φασιν οὗτοι τέχνῃ, οὐ φύσει, ἀλλά τισι νόμοις, καὶ τούτους ἄλλους ἄλλῃ, ὅπη ἕκαστοι ἑαυτοῖς συνωμολόγησαν νομοθετούμενοι. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ καλὰ φύσει μὲν ἄλλα εἶναι, νόμῳ δὲ ἕτερα, τὰ δὲ δὴ δίκαια οὐδ' εἶναι τὸ παράπαν φύσει, ἀλλ' ἀμφισβητοῦντας διατελεῖν ἀλλήλοις καὶ μετατιθεμένους ἀεὶ ταῦτα· ἃ δ' ἂν μετάθωνται καὶ ὅταν, τότε κύρια ἕκα12.50.6 στα εἶναι, γιγνόμενα τέχνῃ καὶ νόμοις, ἀλλ' οὐ δή τινι φύσει. ταῦτ' ἐστίν, ὦ φίλοι, ἅπαντα ἀνδρῶν σοφῶν παρὰ νέοις ἀνθρώποις, ἰδιωτῶν τε καὶ ποιητῶν, φασκόντων εἶναι τὸ δικαιότατον, ὅ τί τις ἂν νικᾷ βιαζόμενος.
... chance was mixed with necessity, and in this way and according to these principles they say that the whole heaven and everything in the heaven, and all animals and plants, and all the seasons came into being from these, not through mind, they say, nor through any god nor through art, but through what we call nature and chance. And art, they say, arose later from these, being mortal from mortals, and later gave birth to certain playthings that do not much partake of truth, but to certain images akin to themselves, such as painting and music produce, and all the arts that are their fellow workers. And if any of the arts do produce something serious, these are those which have shared their power with nature, such as medicine, agriculture, and gymnastics. And indeed they say that politics is a small part sharing in nature, but a large part in art; and so all legislation is not by nature but by art, and its enactments are not true. How do you mean? They say, O blessed one, that gods first exist by art, not by nature, but by certain laws, and these differ in different places, according to the agreements each people have made among themselves in their legislation. And indeed they say that what is noble is one thing by nature and another by law, and that what is just does not exist at all by nature, but people continually dispute with one another and always change these things; and whatever they change and whenever they change, then each thing is authoritative, coming into being by art and laws, but not by any nature. These, O friends, are all the teachings of wise men among young people, both private individuals and poets, who say that the most just is whatever one can achieve by force.
ὅθεν ἀσέβειαί τε ἀνθρώποις ἐμπίπτουσι νέοις, ὡς οὐκ ὄντων θεῶν οἵους ὁ νόμος προστάττει διανοεῖσθαι δεῖν, στάσεις τε διὰ ταῦτα ἑλκόντων πρὸς τὸν κατὰ φύσιν ὀρθὸν βίον, ὅς ἐστι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ κρατοῦντα ζῆν τῶν ἄλλων καὶ μὴ δουλεύοντα ἑτέροισι κατὰ νόμον. Οἷον διελήλυθας, ὦ ξένε, λόγον καὶ ὅσην λώβην ἀνθρώπων νέων δημοσίᾳ πόλεσί τε καὶ ἰδίοις οἴκοις.» Καὶ μεθ' ἕτερά φησιν· «Ἀλλά γε δὴ πάλιν λέγε μοι, Κλεινία, καὶ σύ· κοινωνὸν γὰρ δεῖ σε εἶναι τῶν λόγων· κινδυνεύει γὰρ ὁ λέγων ταῦτα πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ γῆν καὶ ἀέρα πρῶτα τῶν πάντων ἡγεῖσθαι εἶναι καὶ τὴν φύσιν ὀνομάζειν ταῦτα αὐτά, ψυχὴν δ' ἐκ τούτων ὕστερον. ἔοικε δὲ οὐ κινδυνεύειν, ἀλλ' ὄντως σημαίνειν ταῦτα ἡμῖν τῷ λόγῳ. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Ἆρ' οὖν πρὸς Διὸς οἷον πηγήν τινα ἀνοήτου δόξης ἀνευρήκαμεν ἀνθρώπων ὁπόσοι πώποτε τῶν περὶ φύσεως ἐφήψαντο ζητημάτων; σκόπει πάντα λόγον ἐξετάζων· οὐ γὰρ δὴ σμικρόν γε τὸ διαφέρον, εἰ φανεῖεν οἱ λόγων ἁπτόμενοι ἀσεβῶν ἄλλως τε ἐξάρχοντες μηδὲ εὖ τοῖς λόγοις, ἀλλ' ἐξημαρτημένως χρώμενοι. δοκεῖ τοίνυν μοι οὐ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν. Εὖ λέγεις· ἀλλ' ὅπη δή, πειρῶ φράζειν. Ἔοικε τοίνυν ἀηθεστέρων ἁπτέον λόγων.» Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει· «Ψυχήν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, ἠγνοηκέναι κινδυνεύουσι μὲν ὀλίγου ξύμπαντες οἷόν τε ὂν τυγχάνει καὶ δύναμιν ἣν ἔχει, τῶν τε ἄλλων αὐτῆς πέρι καὶ δὴ καὶ γενέσεως, ὡς ἐν πρώτοις ἐστὶ σωμάτων ἔμπροσθεν πάντων γενομένη καὶ μεταβολῆς τε αὐτῶν καὶ μετακοσμήσεως ἁπάσης ἄρχει παντὸς μᾶλλον.
Hence impieties fall upon young men, as if there are no gods such as the law prescribes they must conceive, and factions are drawn by these things toward the life that is right according to nature, which is in truth to live ruling over others and not being enslaved to others according to law. "What a discourse you have gone through, O stranger, and how great a ruin of young men in public, in cities, and in private homes." And after other things he says: "But come now, tell me again, Cleinias, and you too; for you must be a partner in the discourse. For the one who says these things seems to consider fire, water, earth, and air to be the first of all things, and to call nature these very things, and soul to come from them later. And he seems not merely to seem, but actually to signify these things to us in his argument. 'Very much so.' 'Then, by Zeus, have we discovered some fountain of foolish opinion among all those who have ever taken up inquiries concerning nature? Consider, examining every argument; for the difference is not small, if those who take up arguments appear to be instigators of impiety in other respects, and not using arguments well, but erroneously. It seems to me, then, that these things are not so. 'You speak well; but wherever it is, try to explain.' 'It seems, then, that we must take up rather unfamiliar arguments.'" And after a little he adds: "Soul, O comrade, all men are in danger of being ignorant of what sort it is and what power it has, and of its other aspects, and especially of its generation, that it is first, born before all bodies, and that it rules over all their change and reordering more than anything else.
εἰ δ' ἔστι ταῦτα οὕτως, ἆρ' οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τὰ ψυχῆς συγγενῆ πρότερα ἂν εἴη γεγονότα τῶν σώματι προσηκόντων, οὔσης γε αὐτῆς πρεσβυτέρας ἢ σώματος; Ἀνάγκη. Δόξα δὴ καὶ ἐπιμέλεια καὶ νοῦς καὶ τέχνη καὶ νόμος σκληρῶν καὶ μαλακῶν καὶ βαρέων καὶ κούφων πρότερα ἂν εἴη· καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ πρῶτα ἔργα καὶ πράξεις τέχνης ἂν γίγνοιτο, ὄντα ἐν πρώτοις, τὰ δὲ φύσει καὶ φύσις, ἣν οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὶ ἐπονομάζουσι, τούτου ὕστερα καὶ ἀρχόμενα ἂν ἐκ τέχνης εἴη καὶ νοῦ. Πῶς οὐκ ὀρθῶς; Φύσιν βούλονται λέγειν γένεσιν τὴν περὶ τὰ πρῶτα. εἰ δὲ φανήσεται ψυχὴ πρῶτον, οὐ πῦρ οὐδὲ ἀήρ, ψυχὴ δ' ἐν πρώτοις γεγενημένη, σχεδὸν ὀρθότατα λέγοιτ' ἂν εἶναι διαφερόντως φύσει. ταῦτ' ἔσθ' οὕτως ἔχοντα, ἂν ψυχήν τις ἐπιδείξῃ πρεσβυτέραν οὖσαν σώματος, ἄλλως δὲ οὐδαμῶς. Ἀληθέστατα
λέγεις.»
ναʹ. ΩΣ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΤΟΝ ΠΕΡΙ ΘΕΟΥ ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΖΕΙ ΛΟΓΟΝ «Ἄγε δή, θεὸν εἴ ποτε παρακλητέον ἡμῖν, νῦν ἔστω τοῦτο οὕτω γενόμενον· ἐπί γε ἀπόδειξιν τὴν αὑτῶν ὥστ' εἰσὶ σπουδῇ παντάπασι παρακεκλήσθων· ἐχόμενοι δὲ ὥς τινος ἀσφαλοῦς πείσματος ἐπεισβαίνωμεν εἰς τὸν νῦν λόγον. καί μοι ἐλεγχομένῳ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐρωτήσεσι τοιαῖσδε ἀσφαλέστατα ἀπο12.51.2 κρίνεσθαι φαίνεται κατὰ τάδε· ὦ ξένε, ὁπόταν φῇ τις, ἆρα ἕστηκε πάντα, κινεῖται δὲ οὐδέν, ἢ τούτῳ πᾶν τοὐναντίον; ἢ τὰ μὲν αὐτῶν κινεῖται, τὰ δὲ μένει; τὰ μὲν κινεῖταί που, φήσω, τὰ δὲ μένει. μῶν οὖν οὐκ ἐν χώρᾳ τινὶ τά τε ἑστῶτα ἕστηκε καὶ τὰ κινούμενα κινεῖται; πῶς γὰρ οὔ; καὶ τὰ μέν γε ἐν μιᾷ ἕδρᾳ που τοῦτο ἂν δρῴη, τὰ δὲ ἐν πλείοσι.
If this is so, must not the things akin to soul have come into being before those belonging to body, since soul itself is older than body? Necessarily. Then opinion, care, mind, art, and law would be prior to hard and soft, heavy and light; and indeed the great and primary works and actions of art would come to be, being among the first, while nature and that which they incorrectly call nature would be posterior to this and would begin from art and mind. How is it incorrect? They wish to call nature the generation concerning the first things. But if soul is shown to be first—not fire nor air—and soul has come into being among the first things, it would be most correctly said to be preeminently by nature. These things are so, if one can demonstrate that soul is older than body, but not otherwise. You speak most truly.
51. How Plato Constructs the Argument Concerning God. "Come then, if we are ever to invoke god, let this now be so done; for the demonstration of their own that they exist, let them be invoked with all earnestness. And holding on as to some secure cable, let us embark upon the present argument. And it seems to me most safe to answer when examined about such matters with questions of this kind: O stranger, when one says, do all things stand still, and nothing moves, or the complete opposite? Or do some of them move, while others remain? Some move, I will say, and some remain. Then do not the things that stand still stand in some place, and the things that move move in some place? How could they not? And some would do this in one seat, others in more.
τὰ τὴν τῶν ἑστώτων ἐν μέσῳ λαμβάνοντα δύναμιν λέγεις, φήσομεν, ἐν ἑνὶ κινεῖσθαι, καθάπερ ἡ τῶν ἑστάναι λεγομένων κύκλων στρέφεται περιφορά; ναί.» Καὶ ἑξῆς ἐπιλέγει· «Ἔτι δὴ καὶ τῇδε εἴπωμεν καὶ ἀποκρινώμεθα πάλιν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖσιν· εἰ σταίη πως τὰ πάντα ὁμοῦ γενόμενα, καθάπερ πλεῖστοι τῶν τοιούτων τολμῶσι λέγειν, τίνα ἄρα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀνάγκη πρώτην κίνησιν γενέσθαι τῶν εἰρημένων; Τὴν αὐτὴν ἑαυτὴν δήπου κινοῦσαν· ὑπ' ἄλλης γὰρ οὐ μή ποτε ἔμπροσθεν μεταπέσῃ, μηδεμιᾶς γ' ἐν αὐτοῖς οὔσης ἔμπροσθεν μεταπτώσεως. Ἀρχὴν ἄρα κινήσεων πασῶν καὶ πρώτην ἔν τε ἑστῶσι γενομένην καὶ ἐν κινουμένοις οὖσαν, τὴν αὐτὴν ἑαυτὴν κινοῦσαν, φήσομεν ἀναγκαίως εἶναι πρεσβυτάτην καὶ κρατίστην μεταβολῶν πασῶν, τὴν δὲ ἀλλοιουμένην ὑφ' ἑτέρου, κινοῦσαν δὲ ἕτερα, δευτέραν. Ἀληθέστατα λέγεις. Ὁπότε δὴ τοίνυν ἐνταῦθά ἐσμεν τοῦ λόγου, τόδε ἀποκρινώμεθα. Τὸ ποῖον; Ἐὰν ἴδωμέν που ταύτην γενομένην ἐν τῷ γηΐνῳ ἢ ἐνύδρῳ ἢ πυροειδεῖ, κεχωρισμένῳ ἢ καὶ ξυμμιγεῖ, τί ποτε φήσομεν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ πάθος ἐνεῖναι; Μῶν ἆρά με ἐρωτᾷς εἰ ζῆν αὐτὸ προσεροῦμεν, ὅταν αὐτὸ αὑτὸ κινῇ; Ναί. Ζῆν· πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Τί δέ; ὅταν ψυχὴν ἔν τισιν ὁρῶμεν, μῶν ἄλλο ἢ ταὐτὸν τούτῳ ζῆν ὁμολογητέον; Οὐκ ἄλλο. Ἔχε δὴ πρὸς Διός· ἆρ' οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλοις περὶ ἕκαστον τρία νοεῖν; Πῶς λέγεις; Ἓν μὲν τὴν οὐσίαν, ἓν δὲ τῆς οὐσίας τὸν λόγον, ἓν δὲ τὸ ὄνομα· καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐρωτήσεις εἶναι περὶ τὸ ὂν ἅπαν δύο. Πῶς; Τοτὲ μὲν ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τοὔνομα προτεινόμενον αὐτὸ τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτεῖν, τοτὲ δὲ τὸν λόγον αὐτὸν προτεινόμενον ἐρωτᾶν αὖ τοὔνομα.
lid things, we shall say, that which receives the power of things standing in the middle moves in one, just as the revolution of the so-called stationary circles turns? Yes." And then he adds: "Further, let us say and answer again to ourselves: if all things were somehow to stand still together, as most of such men dare to say, what first motion among them must necessarily arise from those mentioned? The one that moves itself, presumably; for it could never be changed from before by another, since there is no prior change in them. Therefore, we shall say that the beginning of all motions and the first, occurring in things at rest and existing in things in motion, the self-moving one, is necessarily the oldest and mightiest of all changes, while that which is altered by another and moves other things is second. You speak most truly. Since, then, we are at this point in the argument, let us answer this. What? If we should see this occurring somewhere in the earthy, or watery, or fiery, whether separate or mixed, what shall we say is the affection present in such a thing? Do you ask me whether we shall call it living when it moves itself? Yes. Living; how could it not be? What then? When we see soul in some things, must we not agree that it is other than or the same as this living? Not other. Now, by Zeus, would you not wish to conceive three things about each? How do you mean? One is the essence, one is the definition of the essence, and one is the name; and indeed there are two questions concerning every being. How? Sometimes each of us, when the name is presented, demands the definition itself; sometimes, when the definition itself is presented, asks again for the name.
ἆρά γε τοιόνδε αὖ βουλόμεθα νῦν λέγειν; Τὸ ποῖον; Ἔστι που δίχα διαιρούμενον εἰς ἴσα μέρη ἐν ἄλλοισί τε καὶ ἐν ἀριθμῷ. τούτῳ δὴ τῷ κατ' ἀριθμὸν ὄνομα μὲν ἄρτιον, λόγος δὲ «ἀριθμὸς διαιρούμενος εἰς ἴσα δύο μέρη.» Ναί. Τὸ τοιοῦτον φράζω. Μῶν οὖν οὐ ταὐτὸν ἑκατέρως προσαγορεύομεν, ἐάν τε τὸν λόγον ἐρωτώμενοι τοὔνομα ἀποδιδῶμεν ἐάν τε τοὔνομα τὸν λόγον, ἄρτιον ὀνόματι καὶ λόγῳ «δίχα διαιρούμενον ἀριθμὸν» προσαγορεύοντες, ταὐτὸν ὄν; Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν. Ὧι δὴ ψυχὴ τοὔνομα, τίς τούτου λόγος; ἔχομεν ἄλλον πλὴν τὸν νῦν δὴ ῥηθέντα, τὴν δυναμένην αὐτὴν ἑαυτὴν κινεῖν κίνησιν; «Τὸ ἑαυτὸ κινεῖν» φῂς λόγον ἔχειν τὴν αὐτὴν οὐσίαν ἥνπερ τοὔνομα, ὃ δὴ πάντες ψυχὴν προσαγορεύομεν; Φημί γε. εἰ δ' ἔστι τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχον, ἆρ' ἔτι ποθοῦμεν μὴ ἱκανῶς δεδεῖχθαι ψυχὴν ταὐτὸν ὂν καὶ τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν καὶ κίνησιν τῶν τε ὄντων καὶ γεγονότων καὶ ἐσομένων καὶ πάντων αὖ τῶν ἐναντίων τούτοις, ἐπειδή γε ἀνεφάνη μεταβολῆς τε καὶ κινήσεως ἁπάσης αἰτία ἅπασιν; Οὔκ, ἀλλὰ ἱκανώτατα δέδεικται ψυχὴ τῶν πάντων πρεσβυτάτη, γενομένη γε ἀρχὴ κινήσεως. Ἆρ' οὖν οὐχ ἡ δι' ἕτερον ἐν ἄλλῳ γιγνομένη κίνησις, αὐτὸ δὲ ἐν αὑτῷ μηδέποτε παρέχουσα κινεῖσθαι μηδέν,
Is it then something of this sort that we now wish to say? What sort? There is something divided in two into equal parts both in other things and in number. To this thing according to number the name is "even," and the definition is "a number divided into two equal parts." Yes. That is what I mean. Then do we not address it the same in either way, whether when asked for the definition we give the name, or when asked for the name we give the definition, calling it "even" by name and by definition "a number divided in two," it being the same? Absolutely. Now to that to which the name is "soul," what is the definition of this? Do we have any other than the one just now spoken, the motion that is able to move itself? Do you say that "to move itself" has a definition that is the same substance as the name, which we all call "soul"? I do. If this is so, do we still lack that it has not been sufficiently shown that soul is the same as the first generation and motion of things that are, have come to be, and will be, and also of all the opposites to these, since it has been revealed as the cause of all change and motion for all things? No, but it has been most sufficiently shown that soul is the most ancient of all things, having become the origin of motion. Then is not the motion that occurs in another through something else, never providing that anything move itself in itself,
δευτέρα τε καὶ ὁπόσων ἀριθμῶν βούλοιτο ἄν τις ἀριθμεῖν αὐτὴν πολλοστὴν τοσούτων, σώματος οὖσα ὄντως ἀψύχου μεταβολή; Ὀρθῶς. Ὀρθῶς ἄρα καὶ κυρίως ἀληθέστατά τε καὶ τελεώτατα εἰρηκότες ἂν εἴημεν ψυχὴν μὲν προτέραν γεγονέναι σώματος ἢ μή;, σῶμα δὲ δεύτερόν τε καὶ ὕστερον ψυχῆς ἀρχούσης, ἀρχόμενον κατὰ φύσιν. Ἀληθέστατα μὲν οὖν. Μεμνήμεθά γε μὴν ὁμολογήσαντες ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ὡς εἰ ψυχὴ φανείη πρεσβυτέρα σώματος οὖσα, καὶ τὰ ψυχῆς τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἔσοιτο πρεσβύτερα. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Τρόποι δὴ καὶ ἤθη καὶ βουλήσεις καὶ λογισμοὶ καὶ δόξαι ἀληθεῖς ἐπιμέλειαί τε καὶ μνῆμαι πρότερα μήκους σωμάτων καὶ πλάτους καὶ βάθους καὶ ῥώμης εἴη γεγονότα ἄν, εἴπερ καὶ ψυχὴ σώματος. Ἀνάγκη. Ἆρ' οὖν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ὁμολογεῖν ἀναγκαῖον τῶν τε ἀγαθῶν αἰτίαν εἶναι ψυχὴν καὶ τῶν κακῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ αἰσχρῶν δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐναντίων, εἴπερ τῶν πάντων γε αὐτὴν θήσομεν αἰτίαν; Πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Ψυχὴν δὴ διοικοῦσαν καὶ ἐνοικοῦσαν ἐν ἅπασι τοῖς πάντη κινουμένοις μῶν οὐ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγκη διοικεῖν φάναι; Τί μήν; Μίαν ἢ πλείους; Πλείους· ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σφῶν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. δυοῖν μέν γέ που ἔλαττον μηδὲν τιθῶμεν, τῆς τε εὐεργέτιδος καὶ τῆς τἀναντία δυναμένης ἐξεργάζεσθαι. Σφόδρα ὀρθῶς εἴρηκας. Εἶεν.
second and as many times as one might wish to count it, being truly a change of a soulless body? Correctly. Then would we be correct and properly, most truly and most perfectly speaking, if we said that soul has come to be prior to body or not, and body second and later than soul which rules, being ruled by nature? Most truly indeed. For we remember having agreed in the earlier discussion that if soul should appear to be older than body, then the things of soul would also be older than those of body. Certainly. Then ways, characters, wishes, reasonings, true opinions, cares, and memories would have come to be prior to length, breadth, depth, and strength of bodies, if indeed soul is prior to body. Necessarily. Then after this is it necessary to agree that soul is the cause of goods and evils, of beautiful and shameful things, of just and unjust, and of all opposites, if indeed we are to set it down as the cause of all things? How could it not be? Since soul governs and dwells in all things that are in every way moved, must we not also say that it governs the heaven? Why not? One or more? More; I will answer for you both. Let us posit at least two, the beneficent one and the one capable of producing the opposite. Very rightly said. So be it.
ἄγει μὲν δὴ ψυχὴ πάντα τὰ κατ' οὐρανὸν καὶ γῆν καὶ θάλατταν ταῖς αὑτῆς κινήσεσιν, αἷς ὀνόματά ἐστι βούλεσθαι, σκοπεῖσθαι, ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, βουλεύεσθαι, δοξάζειν ὀρθῶς, ἐψευσμένως, χαίρουσαν, λυπουμένην, θαρροῦσαν, φοβουμένην, μισοῦσαν, στέργουσαν καὶ πάσαις, ὅσαι τούτων ξυγγενεῖς πρωτουργοὶ κινήσεις δευτερουργοὺς αὖ παραλαμβάνουσαι κινήσεις σωμάτων ἄγουσι πάντα εἰς αὔξησιν καὶ φθίσιν καὶ διάκρισιν καὶ σύγκρισιν καὶ τούτοις ἑπομένας θερμότητας ψύξεις, βαρύτητας κουφότητας, σκληρὸν καὶ μαλακόν, λευκὸν καὶ μέλαν, αὐστηρὸν καὶ γλυκὺ καὶ πᾶσιν οἷς ψυχὴ χρωμένη, νοῦν μὲν προσλαμβάνουσα αἰεὶ θεῖον ὀρθῶς θεοῖς ὀρθὰ καὶ εὐδαίμονα παιδαγωγεῖ πάντα, ἀνοίᾳ δὲ ξυγγενομένη πάντα αὖ τἀναντία τούτοις ἀπεργάζεται. τιθῶμεν ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν; ἢ ἔτι διστάζομεν εἰ ἑτέρως πως ἔχει; Οὐδαμῶς. Πότερον οὖν δὴ ψυχῆς τὸ γένος ἐγκρατὲς οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ πάσης τῆς περιόδου γεγονέναι φῶμεν τὸ φρόνιμον καὶ ἀρετῆς πλῆρες, ἢ τὸ μηδέτερα κεκτημένον; βούλεσθε οὖν πρὸς ταῦτα ὧδε ἀποκρινώμεθα· εἰ μέν, ὦ θαυμάσιε, φῶμεν, ἡ ξύμπασα οὐρανοῦ ὁδὸς ἅμα καὶ φορὰ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ ὄντων πάντων νοῦ κινήσει καὶ περιφορᾷ καὶ λογισμοῖς ὁμοίαν φύσιν ἔχει καὶ ξυγγενῶς ἔρχεται, δῆλον ὡς τὴν ἀρίστην ψυχὴν φατέον ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τοῦ κόσμου παντὸς καὶ ἄγειν αὐτὸν τὴν τοιαύτην ὁδὸν ἐκείνην. Ὀρθῶς. Εἰ δὲ μανικῶς τε καὶ ἀτάκτως ἔρχεται, τὴν κακήν. Καὶ ταῦτα ὀρθότατα. Τίνα οὖν δὴ νοῦ κίνησις φύσιν ἔχει; τοῦτο ἤδη χαλεπόν, ὦ φίλοι, ἐρώτημα ἀποκρινόμενον εἰπεῖν ἐμφρόνως. διὸ δὴ καὶ ἐμὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ὑμῖν δίκαιον τὰ νῦν προσλαμβάνειν.
Soul indeed moves all things in heaven, earth, and sea by its own motions, which are named willing, considering, caring, deliberating, opining rightly, opining falsely, rejoicing, grieving, being confident, fearing, hating, loving, and all such kindred primary motions, which in turn take up secondary motions of bodies and lead everything to growth and decay, separation and combination, and the consequent heatings, coolings, heavinesses, lightnesses, hard and soft, white and black, harsh and sweet, and all things which soul, using them, when it takes on divine intellect always, rightly guides all things rightly and blessedly for the gods, but when it consorts with folly, it produces all the opposites of these. Shall we set these things down as so? Or do we still doubt whether it is otherwise? Not at all. Then shall we say that the kind of soul which is prudent and full of virtue has become master of heaven and earth and the whole revolution, or that which possesses neither? Do you wish that we answer thus to these things: if, O admirable one, we say that the whole path and motion of heaven and of all things in it has a nature similar to the motion, revolution, and reasonings of intellect and proceeds in a kindred manner, it is clear that we must say the best soul cares for the whole cosmos and leads it on that path. Correctly. But if it proceeds madly and disorderly, the bad soul. And these things most correctly. What nature does the motion of intellect have? This is already a difficult question, O friends, to answer sensibly. Therefore it is just that you now take me as a partner in the answer.
Εὖ λέγεις. Μὴ νῦν ἐξ ἐναντίας οἷον εἰς ἥλιον ἀποβλέποντες νύκτα ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ ἐπαγόμενοι, ποιησώμεθα τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, ὡς νοῦν ποτε ἤδη τοῖς ὄμμασιν ὀψόμενοί τε καὶ γνωσόμενοι ἱκανῶς· πρὸς δὲ εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐρωτωμένου βλέποντας ἀσφαλέστερον ὁρᾶν. Πῶς λέγεις; Ἧι προσέοικε κινήσει νοῦς τῶν δέκα ἐκείνων κινήσεων τὴν εἰκόνα λάβωμεν, ἣν συναναμνησθεὶς ὑμῖν ἐγὼ κοινῇ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ποιήσομαι. Κάλλιστα ἂν λέγοις. Μεμνήμεθα τοίνυν τοῦτό γε τοσοῦτον τῶν τότε, ὅτι τῶν πάντων τὰ μὲν κινεῖσθαι, τὰ δὲ μένειν ἔθεμεν. Ναί. Τῶν δ' αὖ κινουμένων τὰ μὲν ἐν ἑνὶ τόπῳ κινεῖσθαι, τὰ δ' ἐν πλείοσι φερόμενα. Ἔστι ταύτη. Τούτοιν δὴ τοῖν κινήσεοιν τὴν ἐν ἑνὶ φερομένην ἀεὶ περὶ γέ τι μέσον ἀνάγκη κινεῖσθαι τῶν ἐντόρνων μίμημά τι κύκλων εἶναί τε αὐτὴν τῇ τοῦ νοῦ περιόδῳ πάντως ὡς δυνατὸν οἰκειοτάτην τε καὶ ὁμοίαν. Πῶς λέγεις; Τὸ
κατὰ ταὐτὰ δήπου καὶ ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ περὶ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ἕνα λόγον καὶ τάξιν μίαν ἄμφω κινεῖσθαι λέγοντες νοῦν τήν τε ἐν ἑνὶ φερομένην κίνησιν, σφαίρας ἐντόρνου ἀπεικασμένα φοραῖς, οὐκ ἄν ποτε φανείημεν φαῦλοι δημιουργοὶ λόγῳ καλῶν εἰκόνων. Ὀρθότατα λέγεις. Οὐκοῦν αὕτη γε ἡ μηδέποτε ὡσαύτως μηδὲ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ μηδ' ἐν ταὐτῷ μηδὲ περὶ ταὐτὰ μηδὲ πρὸς τὰ αὐτὰ μηδ' ἐν ἑνὶ φερομένη μηδ' ἐν κόσμῳ μηδ' ἐν τάξει μηδ' ἔν τινι λόγῳ κίνησις ἀνοίας ἂν αὖ πάσης εἴη ξυγγενής. Εἴη γὰρ ἂν ἀληθέστατα.
You speak well. Let us not now, as if looking opposite to the sun and bringing on night at midday, make our answer as though we would at some time see and know the mind sufficiently with our eyes; but rather, looking at an image of what is asked, we see more safely. What do you mean? By which motion is the mind like? Let us take the image from those ten motions, which I, recalling it to you in common, will make the answer. You would speak most excellently. We remember, then, at least this much from that time, that we set some things as moving, others as remaining. Yes. And of the moving things, some move in one place, others are carried through many. That is so. Of these two motions, the one carried in one place must always move about some center, being an imitation of circular motions, and it is entirely as possible most akin and similar to the revolution of the mind. What do you mean? That which is according to the same, and in the same manner, and in the same place, and about the same things, and towards the same things, and with one reason and one order—both the mind and the motion carried in one place, likened to the revolutions of a well-turned sphere, we would never appear as poor craftsmen of beautiful images in speech. You speak most correctly. Therefore, this motion which is never in the same manner, nor according to the same, nor in the same place, nor about the same things, nor towards the same things, nor carried in one place, nor in order, nor in any reason, would be akin to all folly. For it would be most truly so.
Τὰ νῦν δὴ χαλεπὸν οὐδὲν ἔτι διαρρήδην εἰπεῖν ὡς, ἐπειδὴ ψυχὴ μέν ἐστιν ἡ περιάγουσα ἡμῖν πάντα, τὴν δὲ οὐρανοῦ περιφορὰν ἐξ ἀνάγκης περιάγειν φατέον ἐπιμελουμένην καὶ κοσμοῦσαν ἤτοι τὴν ἀρίστην ψυχὴν ἢ τὴν ἐναντίαν. Ὦ ξένε, ἀλλ' ἔκ γε τῶν νῦν εἰρημένων οὐδ' ὅσιον ἄλλως λέγειν ἢ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἔχουσαν ψυχὴν μίαν ἢ πλείους περιάγειν αὐτά. Κάλλιστα, ὦ Κλεινία, ὑπήκουσας τοῖς λόγοις. τόδε δὲ προσυπάκουσον ἔτι. Τὸ ποῖον; Ἥλιον καὶ σελήνην καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα, εἴπερ ψυχὴ περιάγει πάντα, ἆρ' οὐ καὶ ἓν ἕκαστον; Τί μήν; Περὶ ἑνὸς δὴ ποιησώμεθα λόγους, οἳ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα ἁρμόττοντες ἡμῖν τὰ ἄστρα φανοῦνται. Τίνος; Ἡλίου πᾶς ἄνθρωπος σῶμα μὲν ὁρᾷ, ψυχὴν δὲ οὐδείς· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλου σώματος οὐδενὸς οὔτε ζῶντος οὔτε ἀποθανόντος τῶν ζῴων οὐδενός, ἀλλὰ ἐλπὶς πολλὴ τὸ παράπαν τὸ γένος ἡμῖν τοῦτο ἀναίσθητον πάσαις ταῖς τοῦ σώματος αἰσθήσεσι περιπεφυκέναι, νοητὸν δὲ εἶναι. μόνῳ νῷ δὴ καὶ νοήματι λάβωμεν αὐτοῦ πέρι τὸ τοιόνδε. Ποῖον; Ἥλιον εἰ περιάγει ψυχή, τριῶν αὐτὴν ἓν λέγοντες δρᾶν σχεδὸν οὐκ ἀποτευξόμεθα. Τίνων; Ὡς ἢ ἐνοῦσα ἐντὸς τῷ περιφερεῖ τούτῳ φαινομένῳ σώματι πάντη διακομίζει τὸ τοιοῦτον, καθάπερ ἡμᾶς ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν ψυχὴ πάντη περιφέρει· ἥ ποθεν ἔξωθεν σῶμα αὑτῇ πορισαμένη πυρὸς ἤ τινος ἀέρος, ὡς λόγος ἐστί τινων, ὠθεῖ βίᾳ σώματι σῶμα· ἢ τρίτον αὐτὴ ψιλὴ σώματος οὖσα, ἔχουσα δὲ δυνάμεις ἄλλας τινὰς ὑπερβαλλούσας θαύματι ποδηγεῖ. Ναί, τοῦτο μὲν ἀνάγκη, τούτων ἕν γέ τι δρῶσαν ψυχὴν πάντα διάγειν.» Ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων εἴρηται τῷ φιλοσόφῳ.
Now then, it is no longer difficult to say outright that, since it is soul that guides everything for us, and the revolution of the heavens must necessarily be said to be guided by a soul that cares for and orders it, either the best soul or its opposite. Stranger, but from what has now been said, it is not even holy to speak otherwise than that a soul possessing every virtue, whether one or more, guides these things. Most excellent, Cleinias, you have followed the argument well. But hear this further as well. What? The sun, moon, and the other stars, if soul guides everything, does it not also guide each one individually? Why not? Let us then make arguments concerning one, which will appear to us to apply to all the stars. Which one? Every man sees the body of the sun, but no one sees its soul; nor indeed of any other body, whether of any living or dead animal, but there is great hope that this whole race is altogether imperceptible to all the body's senses, and is intelligible. Let us then grasp with mind and thought alone something like this concerning it. What? If a soul guides the sun, we will almost not fail in saying that it does so in one of three ways. Which? Either it dwells within this visible spherical body and entirely conveys such a thing, just as our soul entirely carries us about; or it procures for itself a body from outside, of fire or some air, as some say, and pushes body with body by force; or third, being itself without body, but possessing some other powers surpassing wonder, it guides. Yes, it is necessary that soul guides everything by doing one of these things. These things, then, have been said by the philosopher in the tenth book of the Laws.
καὶ ἐν τῷ Φιλήβῳ δὲ ἐπάκουσον ὅπως τὴν αὐτὴν κατασκευάζει διάνοιαν· «Πάντες γὰρ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ σοφοί, ὄντως ἑαυτοὺς σεμνύνοντες, ὡς νοῦς ἐστι βασιλεὺς ἡμῖν οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς. καὶ ἴσως εὖ λέγουσι· διὰ μακροτέρων δ', εἰ βούλει, τὴν σκέψιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ γένους ποιησώμεθα. Λέγε ὅπως βούλει, μηδὲν μῆκος ἡμῖν ὑπολογιζόμενος, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς οὐκ ἀπεχθησόμενος. Καλῶς εἶπας. ἀρξώμεθα δέ πως ὧδε ἐπανερωτῶντες. Πῶς; Πότερον, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τὰ ξύμπαντα καὶ τόδε τὸ καλούμενον ὅλον ἐπιτροπεύειν φῶμεν τὴν τοῦ ἀλόγου καὶ εἰκῆ δύναμιν καὶ τὸ ὅπη ἔτυχεν, ἢ τἀναντία, καθάπερ οἱ πρόσθεν ἡμῶν ἔλεγον, νοῦν καὶ φρόνησίν τινα θαυμαστὴν συντάττουσαν διακυβερνᾶν; Οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν, ὦ θαυμάσιε Σώκρατες. ὃ μὲν γὰρ δὴ σὺ λέγεις, οὐδ' ὅσιον εἶναί μοι φαίνεται· τὸ δὲ νοῦν πάντα διακοσμεῖν αὐτὰ φάναι καὶ τῆς ὄψεως τοῦ κόσμου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἄστρων καὶ πάσης τῆς περιφορᾶς ἄξιον, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως ἔγωγ' ἄν ποτε περὶ αὐτῶν εἴποιμι οὐδ' ἂν δόξαιμι. Βούλει δή τι καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ὁμολογούμενον ξυμφήσωμεν, ὡς ταῦθ' οὕτως ἔχει; καὶ μὴ μόνον οἰώμεθα δεῖν τὰ ἀλλότρια ἄνευ κινδύνου λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγκινδυνεύσωμεν καὶ μετέχωμεν τοῦ ψόγου, ὅταν ἀνὴρ δεινὸς φῇ ταῦτα μὴ οὕτως, ἀλλ' ἀτάκτως ἔχειν; Πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν βουλοίμην; Ἴθι δή, τὸν ἐπιόντα περὶ τούτων λόγον νῦν ἡμῖν ἄθρει. Λέγε μόνον. Τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων φύσιν ἁπάντων τῶν ζῴων, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ πνεῦμα, καθορῶμέν που καὶ γῆν, καθάπερ οἱ χειμαζόμενοί φασιν, ἐνόντα ἐν τῇ συστάσει; Καὶ μάλα. χειμαζόμεθα γὰρ ὄντως ὑπὸ ἀπορίας ἐν τοῖς νῦν λόγοις.
and in the Philebus, listen to how he constructs the same thought: "For all the wise agree, truly exalting themselves, that mind is king of heaven and earth for us. And perhaps they speak well; but if you wish, let us examine this matter at greater length. Speak as you wish, Socrates, reckoning no length as burdensome to us, for I will not be offended. Well said. Let us begin somehow by questioning anew. How? Shall we say, Protarchus, that the whole and this so-called universe is governed by the power of the irrational and random and chance, or the opposite, as those before us said, that mind and some marvelous wisdom orders and steers it? Nothing of the sort, wonderful Socrates. For what you say seems to me not even pious; but to say that mind arranges all these things—the sight of the cosmos, the moon, the stars, and the entire revolution—is worthy, and I would never speak or think otherwise about them. Do you then wish that we also agree with what was affirmed by our predecessors, that these things are so? And that we not only think it right to speak of others' views without risk, but also share the danger and partake of the blame, when a clever man says these things are not so, but disordered? How could I not wish it? Come then, consider the argument that now comes upon us concerning these matters. Just speak. Do we not see somewhere, in the nature of all bodies of living things, fire, water, air, and earth, as those who are storm-tossed say, present in their composition? Indeed we do. For we are truly storm-tossed by perplexity in our present arguments.
Φέρε δὴ περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν παρ' ἡμῖν λαβὲ τὸ τοιόνδε.
Ποῖον; Ὅτι σμικρόν τε τούτων ἕκαστον παρ' ἡμῖν ἔνεστι καὶ φαῦλον καὶ οὐδαμῆ οὐδαμῶς εἰλικρινὲς ὂν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν οὐκ ἀξίαν τῆς φύσεως ἔχον. ἐν ἑνὶ δὲ λαβὼν περὶ πάντων νόει ταὐτόν· οἷον πῦρ ἔστι μὲν παρ' ἡμῖν, ἔστι δ' ἐν τῷ παντί. Τί μήν; Οὐκοῦν σμικρὸν μέν τι τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν καὶ ἀσθενὲς καὶ φαῦλον, τὸ δ' ἐν τῷ παντὶ πλήθει τε θαυμαστὸν καὶ κάλλει καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει τῇ περὶ τὸ πῦρ οὔσῃ. Καὶ μάλα ἀληθὲς ὃ λέγεις. Τί δέ; τρέφεται καὶ γίγνεται ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἄρχεται τὸ τοῦ παντὸς πῦρ ὑπὸ τοῦ παρ' ἡμῖν πυρός, ἢ τοὐναντίον ὑπ' ἐκείνου τό τε ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σὸν καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἅπαντ' ἴσχει ταῦτα; Τοῦτο μὲν οὐδ' ἀποκρίσεως ἄξιον ἐρωτᾷς. Ὀρθῶς. ταὐτὰ γὰρ ἐρεῖς, οἶμαι, περί τε τῆς ἐν τοῖς ζῴοις γῆς τῆς ἐνθάδε καὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ παντὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὴ ὅσων ἠρώτησα ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθεν, οὕτως ἀποκρινῇ. Τίς γὰρ ἀποκρινόμενος ἄλλως ὑγιαίνων ἄν ποτε φανείη; Σχεδὸν οὐδ' ὁστισοῦν. ἀλλὰ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἑξῆς ἕπου. πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα ἡμεῖς τὰ νῦν δὴ λεχθέντα ἆρ' οὐκ εἰς ἓν συγκείμενα ἰδόντες ἐπωνομάσαμεν σῶμα; Τί μήν; Ταὐτὸν δὴ λαβὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦδε ὃν κόσμον λέγομεν· διὰ τὸν αὐτὸν γὰρ τρόπον ἂν εἴη που σῶμα, σύνθετον ὂν ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν. Ὀρθότατα λέγεις. Πότερον οὖν ἐκ τούτου τοῦ σώματος ὅλως τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα, ἢ ἐκ τοῦ παρ' ἡμῖν τοῦτο τρέφεταί τε καὶ ὅσα νῦν δὴ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐπείπομεν εἴληφέ τε καὶ ἔχει; Καὶ τοῦθ' ἕτερον, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐκ ἄξιον ἐρωτήσεως. Τί δέ; τόδε ἆρα ἄξιον ἐρωτήσεως, ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς; Λέγε τὸ ποῖον. Τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα ἆρ' οὐ ψυχὴν φήσομεν ἔχειν;
Take then, concerning each of the things among us, something like this.
What sort? That each of these among us is small and mean and in no way pure, and possesses a power not worthy of its nature. But taking one, understand the same concerning all: for example, fire exists among us, and it exists in the universe. What then? Is not that among us small and weak and mean, while that in the universe is marvelous in quantity and beauty and in every power that pertains to fire? What you say is very true. What then? Is the fire of the universe nourished and generated from this and does it begin from the fire among us, or on the contrary does that fire sustain my fire and yours and all those of the other animals? This question you ask is not even worthy of an answer. Rightly. For you will say the same, I think, concerning the earth in animals here and that in the universe, and concerning all the other things I asked about a little while ago, and you will answer thus. For who, answering otherwise, could ever appear sound of mind? Hardly anyone. But follow what comes next after this. For all these things we have just mentioned, when we see them combined into one, do we not call them body? What then? Take the same concerning that which we call the cosmos; for in the same way it would be a body somewhere, being composed of the same elements. You speak most correctly. Then is our body entirely from this body, or does this body from ours get nourished and receive and possess all that we have just said about them? This too, Socrates, is not worthy of a question. What then? Is this worthy of a question, or how will you say? Tell me what sort. Shall we not say that the body among us has a soul?
Δῆλον ὅτι φήσομεν. Πόθεν, ὦ φίλε Πρώταρχε, λαβόν, εἴπερ μὴ τό γε τοῦ παντὸς σῶμα ἔμψυχον ὂν ἐτύγχανε, ταὐτά γε ἔχον τούτῳ καὶ ἔτι πάντη καλλίονα; Δῆλον ὡς οὐδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν, ὦ Σώκρατες. Οὐ γάρ που δοκοῦμέν γε, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τὰ τέτταρα ἐκεῖνα, πέρας καὶ ἄπειρον καὶ κοινὸν καὶ τὸ τῆς αἰτίας γένος, ἐν ἅπασι τέταρτον ἐνόν, τοῦτ' ἐν μὲν τοῖς παρ' ἡμῖν ψυχήν τε παρέχον καὶ σωμασκίαν ἐμποιοῦν καὶ πταίσαντος σώματος ἰατρικὴν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις ἄλλα συντιθὲν καὶ ἀκούμενον πᾶσαν καὶ παντοίαν σοφίαν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι, τῶν δὲ αὐτῶν τούτων ὄντων ἐν ὅλῳ τε οὐρανῷ καὶ κατὰ μεγάλα μέρη καὶ προσέτι καλῶν καὶ εἰλικρινῶν, ἐν τούτοις δὲ οὐκ ἄρα μεμηχανῆσθαι τὴν τῶν καλλίστων καὶ τιμιωτάτων φύσιν. Ἀλλ' οὐδαμῶς τοῦτό γ' ἂν λόγον ἔχοι. Οὐκοῦν εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, μετ' ἐκείνου τοῦ λόγου ἂν ἑπόμενοι βέλτιον λέγοιμεν, ὡς ἔστιν, ἃ πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν, ἄπειρόν τε ἐν τῷ παντὶ πολὺ καὶ πέρας ἱκανὸν καί τις ἐπ' αὐτοῖς αἰτία οὐ φαύλη, κοσμοῦσά τε καὶ συντάττουσα ἐνιαυτούς τε καὶ ὥρας καὶ μῆνας, σοφία καὶ νοῦς λεγομένη δικαιότατα. Δικαιότατα δῆτα. Σοφία μὴν καὶ νοῦς ἄνευ ψυχῆς ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε γενοίσθην. Οὐ γὰρ οὖν. Οὐκοῦν ἐν μὲν τῇ τοῦ Διὸς ἐρεῖς φύσει βασιλικὴν μὲν ψυχήν, βασιλικὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐγγίγνεσθαι διὰ τὴν τῆς αἰτίας δύναμιν, ἐν δὲ ἄλλοις ἄλλα καλά, καθότι φίλον ἑκάστοις λέγεσθαι.»
We shall say so, clearly. From where, dear Protarchus, could we have taken it, if the body of the universe were not ensouled, possessing the same things as this and even better in every way? Clearly from nowhere else, Socrates. For surely we do not think, Protarchus, that those four kinds—limit, the unlimited, the mixture, and the class of cause, which is present as a fourth in all things—that this, while providing soul in things among us and producing bodily training and healing for a body that has stumbled, and in other things composing and curing other things, and calling upon every kind of wisdom, yet in the whole heaven and in its great parts, which are also beautiful and pure, the nature of the most beautiful and most honorable things has not been contrived by these same elements. But this would have no reason at all. Therefore, if not this, then following that argument we would speak better, saying that, as we have often said, there is in the universe much of the unlimited, sufficient limit, and a cause that is not mean, ordering and arranging years and seasons and months, most justly called wisdom and mind. Most justly indeed. But wisdom and mind could never come to be without soul. Certainly not. Therefore you will say that in the nature of Zeus a kingly soul and a kingly mind come to be through the power of the cause, and in other things other beauties, according to what it is pleasing to call each.
νβʹ. ΟΠΩΣ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΠΡΟΝΟΕΙΝ ΤΟΥ ΠΑΝΤΟΣ ΤΟΝ ΘΕΟΝ ΔΙΕΞΕΙΣΙΝ ΕΝ ΤΩΙ ΔΕΚΑΤΩΙ ΤΩΝ ΝΟΜΩΝ «Τὸν δὲ ἡγούμενον μὲν θεοὺς εἶναι, μὴ φροντίζειν δὲ αὐτοὺς τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων παραμυθητέον. ὦ ἄριστε δή, φῶμεν, ὅτι μὲν ἡγῇ θεούς, συγγένειά τις ἴσως σε θεία πρὸς τὸ ξύμφυτον ἄγει τιμᾶν καὶ νομίζειν εἶναι· κακῶν δὲ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀδίκων τύχαι ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ, ἀληθείᾳ μὲν οὐκ εὐδαίμονες, δόξαις δὲ εὐδαιμονιζόμεναι σφόδρα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐμμελῶς, ἄγουσί σε πρὸς ἀσέβειαν, ἔν τε Μούσαις οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑμνούμεναι ἅμα καὶ ἐν παντοίοις λόγοις. ἢ καὶ πρὸς τέλος ἴσως ἀνθρώπους ὁρῶν ἐλθόντας γηραιούς, παῖδας παίδων καταλιπόντας ἐν τιμαῖς ταῖς
μεγίσταις, ταράττῃ τὰ νῦν ὅταν ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις ἰδών ἢ δι' ἀκοῆς αἰσθόμενος ἢ καὶ παντάπασιν αὐτὸς αὐτῶν τινι προστυχής πολλῶν ἀσεβημάτων καὶ δεινῶν γενομένων τισὶ δι' αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἐκ σμικρῶν εἰς τυραννίδας τε καὶ τὰ μέγιστα ἀφικομένους· τότε διὰ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα δῆλος εἶ μέμφεσθαι μὲν θεοὺς ὡς αἰτίους ὄντας τῶν τοιούτων διὰ ξυγγένειαν οὐκ ἂν ἐθέλων, ἀγόμενος δὲ ὑπό τε ἀλογίας ἅμα καὶ οὐ δυνάμενος δυσχεραίνειν θεοὺς εἰς τοῦτο νῦν τὸ πάθος ἐλήλυθας, ὥστ' εἶναι μὲν δοκεῖν αὐτούς, τῶν δ' ἀνθρωπίνων καταφρονεῖν καὶ ἀμελεῖν πραγμάτων. ἵνα οὖν μὴ ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἔλθῃ σοι πάθος πρὸς ἀσέβειαν τὸ νῦν παρὸν δόγμα, ἀλλ' ἐάν πως οἷον ἀποδιοπομπήσασθαι λόγοις αὖ τὸ προσιὸν γενώμεθα δυνατοί, πειρώμεθα, συνάψαντες τὸν ἑξῆς λόγον ᾧ πρὸς τὸν παράπαν οὐχ ἡγούμενον θεοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς διεπερανάμεθα, τούτῳ τὰ νῦν προσχρήσασθαι.
52. How the Tenth Book of the Laws Discusses the Providence of God over the Universe. "The one who believes that gods exist but that they do not care for human affairs must be persuaded. 'My good man,' we shall say, 'that you believe in gods is perhaps due to some divine kinship leading you to honor and acknowledge their existence; but the fortunes of wicked and unjust men, both private and public, which in truth are not happy but are greatly celebrated in opinion, though not fittingly, lead you to impiety, being incorrectly hymned both in the Muses and in all kinds of discourses. Or perhaps, seeing men who have reached old age and have left behind children's children in the highest honors, you are now troubled when, in all these things, having seen or heard or even yourself encountered some of them, many impious and terrible deeds have occurred to some through these very things, from small beginnings to tyrannies and the greatest heights; then through all such things you are clearly unwilling to blame the gods as being the causes of such things because of kinship, but being led by unreason and unable to express displeasure toward the gods, you have now come to this state, so as to think that they exist but that they despise and neglect human affairs. In order, then, that the present opinion may not lead you to a greater passion toward impiety, but that we may become able, if possible, to avert the approaching evil with words, let us try, by joining the following argument to the one we previously completed against the one who did not believe in gods at all, to use this now.
σὺ δ', ὦ Κλεινία καὶ Μέγιλλε, ὑπὲρ τοῦ νέου, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν, ἀποκρινόμενοι διαδέχεσθε· ἐὰν δέ τι δύσκολον ἐγγίγνηται τοῖς λόγοις, ἐγὼ σφῷν, ὥσπερ νῦν, δεξάμενος διαβιβῶ τὸν ποταμόν. Ὀρθῶς λέγεις· καὶ σύ τε οὕτω ταῦτα δρᾶ ποιήσομέν τε ἡμεῖς εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἃ λέγεις. Ἀλλ' οὐδὲν τάχ' ἂν ἴσως εἴη χαλεπὸν ἐνδείξασθαι τοῦτό γε, ὡς ἐπιμελεῖς σμικρῶν εἰσὶ θεοὶ οὐχ ἧττον, μᾶλλον δὲ ἢ τῷ μεγέθει διαφερόντων. ἤκουε γάρ που καὶ παρῆν τοῖς νῦν δὴ λεγομένοις ὡς ἀγαθοί γε ὄντες πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν τὴν τῶν πάντων ἐπιμέλειαν, οἰκειοτάτην αὐτῶν οὖσαν, κέκτηνται. ἦ γάρ; Καὶ σφόδρα γε ἐπήκουε. Τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο τοίνυν κοινῇ συνεξεταζόντων, τίνα λέγοντες ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν ὁμολογοῦμεν ἀγαθοὺς αὐτοὺς εἶναι. φέρε, τὸ σωφρονεῖν νοῦν τε κεκτῆσθαι φαμὲν ἀρετῆς, τὰ δὲ ἐναντία κακίας; Φαμέν. Τί δέ; ἀρετῆς μὲν ἀνδρίαν εἶναι, δειλίαν δὲ κακίας; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν αἰσχρὰ τούτων, τὰ δὲ καλὰ φήσομεν; Ἀνάγκη. Καὶ τῶν μὲν προσήκειν ἡμῖν, εἴπερ, ὁπόσα φλαῦρα, θεοῖς δὲ οὔτε μέγα οὔτε σμικρὸν τῶν τοιούτων μετὸν ἐροῦμεν; Καὶ ταῦθ' οὕτως ὁμολογοῖ πᾶς ἄν. Τί δέ; ἀμέλειάν τε καὶ ἀργίαν καὶ τρυφὴν εἰς ἀρετὴν ψυχῆς θήσομεν; ἢ πῶς λέγεις; Καὶ πῶς; Ἀλλ' εἰς τοὐναντίον; Ναί. Τἀναντία ἄρα τούτοις εἰς τἀναντία· τρυφῶν δὴ καὶ ἀμελὴς ἀργός τε, ὃν ὁ ποιητὴς κηφῆσι κοθούροισι μάλιστα εἴκελον ἔφασκεν εἶναι, γίγνοιτ' ἂν ὁ τοιοῦτος πᾶς ἡμῖν; Ὀρθότατά γε εἰπών. Οὐκοῦν τόν γε θεὸν οὐ ῥητέον ἔχειν ἦθος τοιοῦτον ὅ γε αὐτὸς μισεῖ· τῷ δέ τι τοιοῦτον φθέγγεσθαι πειρωμένῳ οὐκ ἐπιτρεπτέον. Οὐ μὲν δή· πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
You, Cleinias and Megillus, on behalf of the young man, as before, answer in turn; but if any difficulty arises in the arguments, I, as now, will take you up and carry you across the river. You speak rightly; and do you thus act, and we will do as you say as far as possible. But perhaps it would not be at all difficult to show this, that the gods are no less, but rather more, careful of small things than of those which differ in magnitude. For he heard, I suppose, and was present at what was just now said, that being good and possessing every virtue, they have acquired the care of all things, which is most proper to them. Is it not so? And he listened very attentively. Then let us next consider together, what virtue we mean when we agree that they are good. Come, do we say that temperance and the possession of intellect belong to virtue, and the opposites to vice? We do. What then? Do we say that courage is virtue, and cowardice vice? Certainly. And shall we say that some of these are shameful, others noble? Necessarily. And shall we say that, if any of the base things pertain to us, the gods have no share, either great or small, in such things? Everyone would agree to this also. What then? Shall we place neglect, idleness, and luxury in the virtue of the soul? Or how do you say? How indeed? But in the opposite? Yes. Then the opposites are opposite to these; and would not every such man become, as the poet said, most like unto lazy drones, one who is luxurious, neglectful, and idle? You speak most correctly. Then we must not say that the god has such a character, since he himself hates it; nor must we permit anyone who tries to utter such a thing. Certainly not; for how could he?
Ὧι δὴ προσήκει μὲν πράττειν καὶ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι διαφερόντως τινός, ὁ δὲ τούτου τοῦ γένους τῶν μὲν μεγάλων ἐπιμελεῖται, τῶν σμικρῶν δὲ ἀμελεῖ, κατὰ τίνα οὖν ἐπαινοῦντες τὸν τοιοῦτον λόγον οὐκ ἂν παντάπασι πλημμελοῖμεν; σκοπῶμεν δὲ ὧδε· ἆρ' οὐ κατὰ δύο εἴδη τὸ τοιοῦτον πράττει ὁ πράττων, εἴτε θεὸς εἴτε ἄνθρωπος; Ποίω λέγομεν; Ἢ διαφέρον οὐδὲν οἰόμενος εἶναι τῷ ὅλῳ ἀμελουμένων τῶν σμικρῶν, ἢ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ καὶ τρυφῇ, εἰ διαφέρει, ὁ δὲ ἀμελεῖ· ἢ ἔστιν ἄλλως πως γιγνομένη ἀμέλεια; οὐ γάρ που, ὅταν γε ἀδύνατος ᾖ τῶν πάντων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, τότε ἀμέλεια ἔσται τῶν σμικρῶν ἢ μεγάλων μὴ ἐπιμελουμένῳ, ὧν ἂν δυνάμει φαῦλος ᾖ τις ὢν ἐλλιπὴς καὶ μὴ δυνατὸς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι γίγνηται. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν; Νῦν δύο ὄντες τρισὶν ἡμῖν οὖσιν ἀποκρινάσθωσαν, οἱ θεοὺς μὲν ἀμφότεροι ὁμολογοῦντες εἶναι, παραιτητοὺς δὲ ἕτερος, ὁ δὲ ἀμελεῖς τῶν σμικρῶν. πρῶτον μὲν θεὸν ἀμφότεροί φατε γινώσκειν καὶ ὁρᾶν καὶ ἀκούειν πάντα, λαθεῖν δὲ αὐτὸν οὐδὲν δυνατὸν εἶναι τῶν ὁπόσων εἰσὶν αἰσθήσεις τε καὶ ἐπιστῆμαι. ταύτη λέγετε ἔχειν ταῦτα, ἢ πῶς; Οὕτως. Τί δέ; δύνασθαι πάντα ὁπόσων δύναμίς ἐστι θνητοῖς τε καὶ ἀθανάτοις; Πῶς γὰρ οὐ συγχωρήσονται καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν; Καὶ μὴν ἀγαθούς τε καὶ ἀρίστους ὡμολογήκαμεν αὐτοὺς εἶναι, πέντε ὄντες. Σφόδρα γε. Ἆρ' οὖν οὐ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ μὲν καὶ τρυφῇ ἀδύνατον
To whom it is fitting to act and to care especially for something, but he of this kind cares for the great things but neglects the small—by what argument, then, praising such a one, would we not be altogether in error? Let us consider thus: does not such a one act according to two forms, whether god or man? Which two do we mean? Either thinking that the neglect of small things makes no difference to the whole, or through indolence and luxury, if it does make a difference and he neglects; or is there some other way in which neglect occurs? For there is no case, when one is unable to care for all things, that neglect of small or great will arise for one not caring for those things which he is by nature deficient and unable to care for. How could it? Now, since we are three, let the two answer, who both agree that gods exist, but one says they are to be entreated, the other that they neglect small things. First, you both say that god knows and sees and hears all things, and that it is possible for nothing to escape him of all that are objects of perception and knowledge. Do you say that this is so, or how? Thus. What then? That he can do all things that are within the power of mortals and immortals? How will they not also agree that this is so? And indeed we have agreed that they are good and best, being five. Very much so. Is it not then impossible through indolence and luxury
αὐτοὺς ὁμολογεῖν πράττειν ὁτιοῦν τὸ παράπαν, ὄντας γε οἵους λέγομεν; δειλίας γὰρ ἔγγονοι ἔν γε ἡμῖν ἀργία, ῥᾳθυμίας δὲ ἀργία καὶ τρυφή. Ἀληθέστατα λέγεις. Ἀργίᾳ μὲν δὴ καὶ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ οὐδεὶς ἀμελεῖ θεῶν, οὐ γὰρ μέτεστιν αὐτῷ που δειλίας. Ὀρθότατα λέγεις. Οὐκοῦν τὸ λοιπόν, εἴπερ ἀμελοῦσι τῶν σμικρῶν καὶ ὀλίγων τῶν περὶ τὸ πᾶν, ἢ γινώσκοντες ὡς τὸ παράπαν οὐδενὸς τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖ, δρῷεν ἂν τοῦτο· ἢ τί τὸ λοιπὸν πλὴν τῷ γινώσκειν τοὐναντίον; Οὐδέν. Πότερον οὖν, ὦ ἄριστε καὶ βέλτιστε, θῶμέν σε λέγοντα ὡς ἀγνοοῦντάς τε καί, δέοντας ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, δι' ἄγνοιαν ἀμελοῦντας, ἢ γινώσκοντας ὅτι δεῖ, καθάπερ οἱ φαυλότατοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων λέγονται ποιεῖν εἰδότες ἄλλ' εἶναι βέλτιον πράττειν ὧν πράττουσι, διά τινας ἥττας ἡδονῶν ἢ λυπῶν οὐ ποιεῖν; Πῶς γὰρ ἄν; Οὐκοῦν δὴ τά γε ἀνθρώπινα πράγματα τῆς τε ἐμψύχου μετέχει φύσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ θεοσεβέστατον αὐτό ἐστι πάντων ζῴων ἄνθρωπος. Ἔοικε γοῦν. Θεῶν γε μὴν κτήματά φαμεν εἶναι πάντα, ὁπόσα θνητὰ ζῷα ἢ νοερά, καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ὅλον. Πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Ἤδη τοίνυν ἢ σμικρὰ ἢ μεγάλα τις φάτω ταῦτα εἶναι τοῖς θεοῖς· οὐδετέρως γὰρ τοῖς κεκτημένοις ἡμᾶς ἀμελεῖν ἂν εἴη προσῆκον, ἐπιμελεστάτοις τε οὖσι καὶ ἀρίστοις. σκοπῶμεν γὰρ δὴ καὶ τόδε ἔτι πρὸς τούτοις· Τὸ ποῖον; Τὸ περί τε αἰσθήσεως καὶ δυνάμεως ἆρ' οὐκ ἐναντίως ἀλλήλοις πρὸς ῥᾳστώνην καὶ χαλεπότητά ἐστον πεφυκότες; Πῶς λέγεις; Ὁρᾶν μέν που καὶ ἀκούειν τὰ σμικρὰ χαλεπώτερον ἢ τὰ μεγάλα, φέρειν δὲ αὖ καὶ κρατεῖν καὶ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι τῶν σμικρῶν καὶ ὀλίγων παντὶ ῥᾷον ἢ τῶν ἐναντίων. Πολύ γε.
...they themselves admit to doing absolutely nothing at all, being the sort we describe? For idleness is born of cowardice in us, and laziness and luxury are born of idleness. You speak most truly. No one neglects the gods through idleness and laziness, for he has no share in cowardice. You speak most correctly. Therefore, the remaining possibility is this: if they neglect the small and insignificant matters concerning the whole, either they do so knowing that one ought not to care for any such things at all, or what else remains but that they know the opposite? Nothing. Which then, O best and most excellent one, shall we suppose you to say: that they are ignorant and, though they ought to care, neglect through ignorance, or that they know they ought to care, just as the basest of men are said to act, knowing that it would be better to do what they do not, but due to certain defeats by pleasures or pains they do not act? How could it be otherwise? Then indeed human affairs partake of animate nature, and man is the most god-fearing of all animals. So it seems. And we say that all things are possessions of the gods—all mortal animals, whether rational or not, and the whole heaven. How could it not be so? Now then, whether one calls these things small or great to the gods, in neither case would it be fitting for those who possess us to neglect us, since they are most careful and best. For let us also consider this further point: What is it? The matter concerning perception and power—are they not by nature opposed to each other with respect to ease and difficulty? What do you mean? To see and hear small things is more difficult than large ones, but to bear, hold, and care for small and insignificant things is easier for everyone than the opposite. Indeed.
Ἰατρῷ δὴ προστεταγμένον ὅλον τι θεραπεύειν βουλομένῳ καὶ δυναμένῳ τῶν μὲν μεγάλων ἐπιμελὲς ἔσται, τῶν μορίων δὲ καὶ σμικρῶν ἀμελές· εἶθ' ἕξει ποτὲ καλῶς αὐτῷ τὸ πᾶν; Οὐδαμῶς. Οὐ μὴν οὐδέ γε κυβερνήταις οὐδὲ στρατηγοῖς οὐδ' οἰκονόμοις οὐδ' αὖ τισι πολιτικοῖς οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τῶν τοιούτων οὐδενὶ χωρὶς τῶν ὀλίγων ἢ σμικρῶν πολλὰ ἢ μεγάλα· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄνευ τῶν σμικρῶν τοὺς μεγάλους φασὶ λιθολόγοι λίθους εὖ κεῖσθαι. Πῶς γὰρ ἄν; Μὴ τοίνυν τὸν θεὸν ἀξιώσωμέν ποτε θνητῶν δημιουργῶν φαυλότερον, οἳ τὰ προσήκοντα αὐτοῖς ἔργα, ὅσῳπερ ἂν ἀμείνους ὦσι, τόσῳ ἀκριβέστερα καὶ τελεώτερα μιᾷ τέχνῃ σμικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἀπεργάζονται· τὸν δὲ θεὸν ὄντα τε σοφώτατον βουλόμενόν τε ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δυνατὸν εἶναι καὶ δυνάμενον, ὧν μὲν ῥᾷον ἐπιμεληθῆναι, σμικρῶν ὄντων, μηδαμῆ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, καθάπερ ἀργὸν ἢ δειλόν τινα διὰ πόνους ῥᾳθυμοῦντα, τῶν δὲ μεγάλων. Μηδαμῶς δόξαν τοιαύτην περὶ θεῶν, ὦ ξένε, ἀποδεχώμεθα· οὐδαμῆ γὰρ οὔτε ὅσιον οὔτε ἀληθὲς τὸ διανόημα διανοοίμεθ' ἄν. δοκοῦμεν δέ μοι νῦν ἤδη καὶ μάλα μετρίως διειλέχθαι τῷ φιλαιτίῳ τῆς ἀμελείας πέρι θεῶν. Ναί, τῷ γε βιάζεσθαι τοῖς λόγοις ὁμολογεῖν αὐτὸν μὴ λέγειν ὀρθῶς. ἐπῳδῶν γε μὴν προσδεῖσθαί μοι δοκεῖ μύθων ἔτι τινῶν. Ποίων, ὦ 'γαθέ; Πείσωμεν τὸν νεανίαν τοῖς λόγοις, ὡς τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιμελουμένῳ πρὸς τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ ἀρετὴν τοῦ ὅλου πάντ' ἐστὶ συντεταγμένα, ὧν καὶ τὸ μέρος εἰς δύναμιν ἕκαστον τὸ προσῆκον πάσχει καὶ ποιεῖ. τούτοις δέ εἰσιν ἄρχοντες προστεταγμένοι ἑκάστοις ἐπὶ τὸ σμικρότατον ἀεὶ πάθης καὶ πράξεως, εἰς μερισμὸν τὸν ἔσχατον τέλος ἀπειργασμένοι·
To a physician who is appointed and wishes and is able to heal a whole body, the large parts will be a concern, but the small and tiny parts will be neglected; will the whole then ever be in good condition for him? Not at all. Nor indeed for pilots, nor generals, nor stewards, nor any political figures, nor any other such person, without the few or small things, are the many or great things; for not even without the small stones, say the stone-cutters, do the large stones lie well. How could they? Let us not, then, ever deem the god inferior to mortal craftsmen, who, the better they are, produce their appropriate works more precisely and perfectly, both small and great, by a single art; but the god, being most wise, and wishing to care for and being able to care for, while it is easier to care for small things, does not care for them at all, like some idle or cowardly person shirking labors, but cares for the great things. Let us by no means accept such an opinion about the gods, O stranger; for we would be thinking a thought that is neither pious nor true. It seems to me that we have now already discussed quite sufficiently with the fault-finder concerning the neglect of the gods. Yes, for he is compelled by the arguments to admit that he does not speak correctly. Yet it seems to me that he still needs some incantatory tales. What kind, my good friend? Let us persuade the young man by arguments that for the one who cares for the whole, all things are ordered toward the preservation and virtue of the whole, of which each part, to the best of its ability, suffers and does what is appropriate. And over these there are rulers appointed for each, down to the smallest affection and action, wrought to the final division as an end.
ὧν ἓν καὶ τὸ σόν, ὦ σχέτλιε, μόριον εἰς τὸ πᾶν ξυντείνει βλέπον ἀεί, καίπερ πάνσμικρον ὄν. σὲ δὲ λέληθε περὶ τοῦτο αὐτὸ ὡς γένεσις ἕνεκα ἐκείνου γίνεται πᾶσα, ὅπως ᾖ τῷ τοῦ παντὸς βίῳ ὑπάρχουσα εὐδαίμων οὐσία, οὐχ ἕνεκα σοῦ γινομένη, σὺ δ' ἕνεκα ἐκείνου. πᾶς γὰρ ἰατρὸς καὶ πᾶς ἔντεχνος δημιουργὸς παντὸς μὲν ἕνεκα πάντα ἐργάζεται πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ ξυντεῖνον βέλτιστον· μέρος μὴν ἕνεκα ὅλου καὶ οὐχὶ ὅλον μέρους ἕνεκα ἀπεργάζεται. σὺ δὲ ἀγανακτεῖς ἀγνοῶν ὅπη τὸ περὶ σὲ ἄριστον τῷ παντὶ ξυμβαίνει καὶ σοὶ κατὰ δύναμιν τὴν τῆς κοινῆς γενέσεως. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀεὶ ψυχὴ συντεταγμένη σώματι τοτὲ
μὲν ἄλλῳ, τοτὲ δ' ἄλλῳ, μεταβάλλει παντοίας μεταβολὰς δι' ἑαυτὴν ἢ δι' ἑτέραν ψυχήν, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἔργον τῷ πεττευτῇ πλὴν μετατιθέναι τὸ μὲν ἄμεινον γιγνόμενον ἦθος εἰς βελτίω τόπον, χεῖρον δὲ εἰς τὸν χείρονα, ἵνα τὸ πρέπον ἕκαστον τῆς μοίρας λαγχάνῃ. Πῇ λέγεις; Ἧιπερ ἂν ἔχοι ῥᾳστώνη ἐπιμελείας θεοῖς τῶν πάντων, ταύτη μοι δοκεῖ φράζειν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ ὅλον ἀεὶ βλέπων πλάττοι τις μετασχηματίζων τὰ πάντα, οἷον ἐκ πυρὸς ὕδωρ ἔμψυχον καὶ μὴ ξύμπολλα ἐξ ἑνὸς ἢ ἐκ πολλῶν ἕν, πρώτης ἢ δευτέρας ἢ καὶ τρίτης γενέσεως μετειληφότα πλήθεσιν ἂν ὁρᾶν εἴη τῆς μετατιθεμένης κοσμήσεως. νῦν δ' ἐστὶ θαυμαστὴ ῥᾳστώνη τῷ τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιμελουμένῳ. Πῶς αὖ λέγεις; Ὧδε·
Of which your own, O wretched one, is one part, always looking toward the whole, even though it is very small. But you have failed to notice that concerning this very thing, every generation occurs for the sake of that whole, so that there may exist for the life of the universe a blessed substance, not coming into being for your sake, but you for its sake. For every physician and every skilled craftsman works all things for the sake of the whole, toward the common best; he produces a part for the sake of the whole, and not the whole for the sake of a part. But you are indignant, ignorant of how what is best concerning you contributes to the whole and to you according to the capacity of the common generation. Since the soul, always coordinated with a body, at one time with one, at another time with another, undergoes all sorts of changes through itself or through another soul, there is no other task for the draught-player than to move the character that becomes better to a better place, and the worse to a worse place, so that each may obtain the portion that befits it. "How do you mean?" In the way that there is ease of care for the gods concerning all things, so it seems to me he speaks. For if someone, always looking toward the whole, were to shape and transform all things, such as from fire to living water and not many from one or one from many, having partaken of a first or second or even third generation, one would see multitudes of the transposed ordering. But as it is, there is a wonderful ease for the one who cares for the whole. "How do you mean again?" Thus:
ἐπειδὴ κατεῖδεν ἡμῶν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐμψύχους οὔσας τὰς πράξεις ἁπάσας καὶ πολλὴν μὲν ἀρετὴν ἐν αὐταῖς οὖσαν, πολλὴν δὲ κακίαν, ἀνώλεθρον δὲ ὂν γενόμενον, ἀλλ' οὐκ αἰώνιον ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα, καθάπερ οἱ κατὰ νόμον ὄντες θεοί γένεσις γὰρ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἦν ζῴων ἀπολομένου τούτοιν θατέρου καὶ τὸ μὲν ὠφελεῖν ἀεὶ πεφυκός, ὂν ἀγαθὸν ψυχῆς, διενοήθη, τὸ δὲ κακὸν βλάπτειν· ταῦτα πάντα ξυνιδὼν ἐμηχανήσατο, ποῦ κείμενον ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν νικῶσαν ἀρετήν, ἡττωμένην δὲ κακίαν ἐν τῷ παντὶ παρέχοι μάλιστ' ἂν καὶ ῥᾷστα καὶ ἄριστα. μεμηχάνηται δὴ πρὸς πᾶν τοῦτο τὸ ποῖον γιγνόμενον ἀεὶ ποίαν ἕδραν δεῖ μεταλαμβάνον οἰκίζεσθαι καὶ τίνας ποτὲ τόπους· τῆς δὲ γενέσεως τοῦ ποίου τινὸς ἀφῆκε ταῖς βουλήσεσιν ἑκάστων ἡμῶν τὰς αἰτίας. ὅπη γὰρ ἂν ἐπιθυμῇ καὶ ὁποῖός τις ὢν τὴν ψυχήν, ταύτη σχεδὸν ἑκάστοτε καὶ τοιοῦτος γίγνεται ἅπας ἡμῶν ὡς τὸ πολύ. Τὸ γοῦν εἰκός. Μεταβάλλει μὲν τοίνυν πάνθ' ὅσα μέτοχά ἐστι ψυχῆς, ἐν αὑτοῖς κεκτημένα τὴν τῆς μεταβολῆς αἰτίαν· μεταβάλλοντα δὲ φέρεται κατὰ τῆς εἱμαρμένης τάξιν καὶ νόμον. σμικρότερα μὲν τῶν ἠθῶν μεταβάλλοντα ἐλάττω κατὰ τὸ τῆς χώρας ἐπίπεδον μεταπορεύεται, πλείω δὲ καὶ ἀδικώτερα μεταπεσόντα εἰς βάθος τά τε κάτω λεγόμενα τῶν τόπων, ὅσα Ἅιδην τε καὶ τὰ τούτων ἐχόμενα τῶν ὀνομάτων ἐπονομάζοντες σφόδρα φοβοῦνται καὶ ὀνειροπολοῦσι ζῶντες διαλυθέντες τε τῶν σωμάτων.
Since our king saw that all our actions are ensouled, and that in them there is much virtue and much vice, and that the soul and body, once generated, are indestructible but not eternal—just as the gods who exist according to law are not eternal, for generation of living beings would never occur if either of these two perished—and since he conceived that what is always by nature beneficial is the good of the soul, and what is harmful is evil, having observed all this he contrived where each of the parts should be placed so that virtue would be victorious and vice defeated in the whole, in the best, easiest, and most excellent way possible. And indeed he has contrived for all this what kind of thing, when it comes to be, should always occupy what kind of seat, and what places it should inhabit; and he has left the causes of the generation of a particular kind to the wishes of each of us. For wherever one desires and whatever one is in soul, each of us for the most part becomes that and such. At least that is likely. So all things that partake of soul change, having within themselves the cause of change; and as they change, they are borne according to the order and law of fate. Those that change in smaller matters of character move over a lesser area of the earth's surface, while those that fall into greater and more unjust changes move into depth and the so-called lower places—all those which, by naming Hades and the names associated with these, people greatly fear and dream about while living, and after being released from their bodies.
μείζω δὴ ψυχὴ κακίας ἢ ἀρετῆς ὁπόταν μεταβάλλῃ διὰ τὴν αὑτῆς βούλησίν τε καὶ ὁμιλίαν γενομένην ἰσχυράν, ὁπόταν μὲν ἀρετῇ θείᾳ προσμίξασα γίνηται διαφερόντως τοιαῦτα, διαφέροντα καὶ μετέβαλε τόπον ἅγιον ὅλον, μετακομισθεῖσα εἰς ἀμείνω τινὰ τόπον ἕτερον· ὅταν δὲ τἀναντία, ἐπὶ τἀναντία μεθιδρύσατο τὸν αὑτῆς βίον. αὕτη τοι δίκη ἐστὶ βροτῶν οἳ Ὄλυμπον ἔχουσιν, ὦ παῖ καὶ νεανίσκε ἀμελεῖσθαι δοκῶν ὑπὸ θεῶν, κακίω μὲν γινόμενον πρὸς τὰς κακίους ψυχάς, ἀμείνω δὲ πρὸς τὰς ἀμείνους πορευόμενον ἔν τε ζωῇ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι θανάτοις πάσχειν τε, ἃ προσῆκον δρᾶν ἐστι τοῖς προσφυέσι τοὺς προσ12.52.29 φερεῖς, καὶ ποιεῖν. ταύτης τῆς δίκης οὔτε σὺ μήποτε οὔτε ἄλλος ἀτυχὴς γενόμενος ἐπεύξεται περιγενέσθαι θεῶν, ἣν πασῶν δίκην διαφερόντως ἔταξάν τε οἱ τάξαντες χρεών τε ἐξευλαβεῖσθαι παρὰ τὸ πᾶν. οὐ γὰρ ἀμεληθήσῃ ποτὲ ὑπ' αὐτῆς. οὐχ οὕτω σμικρὸς ὢν δύσῃ κατὰ τὸ τῆς γῆς βάθος οὐδ' ὑψηλὸς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναπτήσῃ, τίσεις δὲ αὐτῷ τὴν προσήκουσαν τιμωρίαν εἴτ' ἐνθάδε μένων εἴτε καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου διαπορευθεὶς εἴτε καὶ τούτων εἰς ἁγιώτερον ἔτι διακομισθεὶς τόπον. ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος σοι καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων ἂν εἴη τῶν οὓς σὺ κατιδὼν ἐκ σμικρῶν μεγάλους γεγονότας ἀνοσιουργήσαντας ἤ τι τοιοῦτον πράξαντας ᾠήθης ἐξ ἀθλίων εὐδαίμονας γεγονέναι καὶ ὡς ἐν κατόπτροις αὐτῶν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἡγήσω καθεωρακέναι τὴν πάντων ἀμέλειαν θεῶν, οὐκ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν συντέλειαν ὅπη ποτὲ τῷ παντὶ ξυμβάλλεται. γινώσκειν δὲ αὐτήν, ὦ πάντων ἀνδρειότατε, πρὸς οὐδὲν δοκεῖς;
The soul becomes greater in vice or virtue whenever it changes through its own will and association that has become strong. Whenever it mingles with divine virtue, it becomes preeminently such, and having become preeminent, it changes its entire holy place, being transported to some better place. But when the opposite occurs, it settles its own life in the opposite direction. This, then, is the justice of mortals who hold Olympus, O child and youth who seem to be neglected by the gods: becoming worse toward worse souls, and better toward better souls, journeying both in life and in all deaths, and suffering what it is fitting to do for those akin to the like, and to act. Of this justice neither you nor any other who becomes unfortunate will ever pray to overcome the gods, which justice those who ordained it ordained preeminently, and it must be scrupulously avoided throughout the whole. For you will never be neglected by it. Not so small will you sink into the depth of the earth, nor so high will you fly into the heaven, but you will pay the fitting penalty to it, whether remaining here or passing through Hades or being transported to an even holier place than these. The same account would hold for you concerning those whom you, observing that they have become great from small beginnings while committing unholy acts or doing something of the sort, thought had become happy from wretched, and as in mirrors you thought you had seen in their actions the neglect of all the gods, not knowing how their consummation contributes to the whole. And do you think it is for nothing to know this, O most courageous of all?
ἥν τις μὴ γινώσκων οὐδ' ἂν τύπον ἴδοι ποτὲ οὐδὲ λόγον ξυμβάλλεσθαι περὶ βίου δυνατὸς ἂν γένοιτο εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν τε καὶ δυσδαίμονα τύχην. ταῦτα εἰ μέν σε πείθει Κλεινίας ὅδε καὶ ξύμπασα ἡμῶν ἥδε ἡ γερουσία,
περὶ θεῶν ὡς οὐκ οἶσθα ὅ τι λέγεις, καλῶς ἄν σοι θεὸς αὐτὸς ξυλλαμβάνοι· εἰ δ' ἐπιδεὴς ἔτι λόγου ἂν εἴης, λεγόντων ἡμῶν πρὸς τὸν τρίτον ἐπακούσῃ, εἰ νοῦν καὶ ὁπωσοῦν ἔχεις.» Τούτων ὁ νοῦς, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὰ ῥήματα, ἐν τοῖς Ἑβραίων λογίοις προκαταβέβληται συντομώτατα καὶ δι' ὀλίγων τῆς διανοίας περιεχομένης. τό τε γὰρ «οὐχ οὕτω μικρὸς ὢν δύσῃ κατὰ τὸ τῆς γῆς βάθος οὐδ' ὑψηλὸς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναπτήσῃ» ὅμοιον ἂν εἴη τῷ παρὰ τῷ Δαβὶδ τοῦτον ἔχοντι τὸν τρόπον· «Ποῦ πορευθῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός σου, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου σου ποῦ φύγω; ἐὰν ἀναβῶ εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, σὺ ἐκεῖ εἶ· ἐὰν καταβῶ εἰς τὸν Ἅιδην, πάρει·
One who does not know this would never even see a trace of it, nor would he be able to form any account concerning life, whether for happiness or for ill fortune. If these things persuade you, Cleinias, and this entire council of ours, concerning the gods, that you do not know what you are saying, then god himself would well assist you. But if you should still be in need of argument, listen to us as we speak to the third, if you have any understanding at all. The sense of these words, even if not the exact phrasing, has been laid down beforehand in the writings of the Hebrews, most concisely and with the thought contained in few words. For the saying, "Being so small, you will not set beneath the depth of the earth, nor, having become high, will you fly up into heaven," would be similar to that in David, which runs thus: "Where shall I go from your spirit, and from your face where shall I flee? If I go up into heaven, you are there; if I go down into Hades, you are present.
εἰ ἀναλάβοιμι πτέρυγας καὶ κατασκηνώσαιμι εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ ἡ χείρ σου ὁδηγήσει με·» ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ «οἱ οὐρανοὶ διηγοῦνται δόξαν θεοῦ, καὶ ποίησιν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἀναγγέλλει τὸ στερέωμα·» καὶ πάλιν ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ τὸ «ἀναβλέψατε εἰς ὕψος τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ ἴδετε τίς κατέδειξε ταῦτα πάντα·» καὶ τὸ «ἐκ μεγέθους καὶ καλλονῆς κτισμάτων ἀναλόγως ὁ γενεσιουργὸς θεωρεῖται·» καὶ τὸ «τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως κόσμου τοῖς ποιήμασι νοούμενα καθορᾶται ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης.» ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ «ἐζήλωσα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνόμοις, εἰρήνην ἁμαρτωλῶν θεωρῶν» μεταπεφράσθαι μοι δοκεῖ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος διὰ τοῦ «ὁ αὐτὸς δὲ λόγος σοι καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων ἂν εἴη τῶν οὓς σὺ κατιδὼν ἐκ σμικρῶν μεγάλους γεγονότας ἀνοσιουργήσαντας ἤ τι τοιοῦτον πράξαντας ᾠήθης ἐξ ἀθλίων εὐδαίμονας γεγονέναι.» καὶ τἄλλα δὲ ὅσα τούτοις ὁμοίως εἴρηται προὔλαβε τὴν εἰς πλάτος ἐκτεθεῖσαν τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἑρμηνείαν ἐν τοῖς Ἑβραίων λόγοις. ἕκαστον δ' οὖν αὐτῶν κατὰ μέρος εὕροις ἂν ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζων τοῖς Ἑβραίων συμφερόμενον γράμμασιν. Ἑβραίων δὲ εἶναι λόγους οὐ μόνα τὰ παρὰ Μωσεῖ λόγιά φημι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων μετὰ Μωσέα θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν, εἴτε προφητῶν εἴτε καὶ ἀποστόλων τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, ὧν ἡ τῶν δογμάτων συμφωνία μιᾶς εἰκότως αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς προσηγορίας ἀξιώσειεν.
If I should take up wings and settle in the farthest reaches of the sea, even there your hand will guide me;” and also, “The heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament announces the work of his hands;” and again in Isaiah, “Lift up your eyes to the height and see who has ordained all these things;” and, “From the magnitude and beauty of created things the creator is analogously perceived;” and, “For his invisible attributes, from the creation of the world, are perceived through his works, his eternal power and divinity being beheld.” Moreover, “I envied the lawless, seeing the peace of sinners” seems to me to have been paraphrased by Plato through the words, “The same argument would apply to those whom you, observing that they have become great from small beginnings after committing unholy acts or something of that sort, thought to have become happy from wretched.” And all the other things similarly said to these anticipated the interpretation of Plato set forth at length in the writings of the Hebrews. Each of them, then, you would find, if you examined them in detail, to agree precisely with the Hebrew texts. By the words of the Hebrews I mean not only the oracles of Moses, but also those of other God-beloved men after Moses, whether prophets or even apostles of our Savior, whose harmony of doctrines would rightly entitle them to a single designation.
13. ΙΓ ΤΑΔΕ ΤΟ ΙΓ ΠΕΡΙΕΧΕΙ ΣΥΓΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΤΗΣ ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΚΗΣ ΠΡΟΠΑΡΑΣΚΕΥΗΣ 13. αʹ. Ὅπως ὁ Πλάτων τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς θεολογίας ἀπήλεγχε τὴν ἀτοπίαν. Ἐκ τοῦ Τιμαίου βʹ. Ἔτι ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου Ἐπινομίδος περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ γʹ. Ἔτι ἀπὸ τοῦ δευτέρου τῆς Πολιτείας περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ δʹ. Ὅτι πλέον οὐδὲν τῶν αἰσχρῶν μύθων αἱ περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν θεῶν διηγήσεις περιέχουσιν, αἷς μὴ πειθόμενον Σωκράτην ἔκτειναν Ἀθηναῖοι. Ἀπὸ τοῦ Εὐθύφρονος εʹ. Νουμηνίου ἐκ τῶν παρὰ Πλάτωνι ἀπορρήτων περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ʹ. Ὅτι μὴ δεῖ ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν προσέχειν δόξαις μηδὲ τῆς ἰδίας μετατίθεσθαι προαιρέσεως δαὶ θανάτου φόβον. Ἀπὸ τοῦ Κρίτωνος ζʹ. Ὅτι μὴ δεῖ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ἀδικεῖν ἡμᾶς παρεσκευσαμένους. Ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ηʹ. Ὅτι μὴ δεῖ τὰ ἅπαξ ὀρθῶς κριθέντα ἀθετεῖν μηδ' εἰ θάνατόν τις ἐπάγοι. ἁρμόσει δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν καιροῖς διωγμῶν ἐξομνυμένους τὴν εὐσέβειαν θʹ. Ὁποῖός ποτε ἔσται τὴν διάθεσιν ὁ διὰ θανάτου φόβον ἐξομνύμενος τὴν οἰκείαν πρόθεσιν ιʹ. Ὅτι μὴ δέοι φεύγειν τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θάνατον. Ἀπὸ τῆς Σωκράτους ἀπολογίας ιαʹ. Ὅπως δέοι τιμᾶν τὸν θάνατον τῶν εὐκλεῶς μεταλλαξάντων τὸν βίον. Ἐκ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ιβʹ. Ὅπως φιλοσοφίας καὶ πρὸ ἡμῶν ἐξ Ἑβραίων Ἀριστόβουλος ὁ Περιπατητικὸς ἐκ τῆς παρ'Ἑβραίοις φιλοσοφίας ὁμολογεῖ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὡρμῆσθαι ιγʹ. Ὡς καὶ Κλήμης ὁμοίως τὰ καλῶς Ἕλλησιν εἰρημένα σύμφωνα τυγχάνειν τοῖς Ἑβραίων παρίστησι δόγμασιν. Ἀπὸ τοῦ εʹ Στρωματέως ιδʹ. Ὅτι μὴ πάντα ἐπιτυχῶς εἴρηται τῷ Πλάτωνι· διὸ οὐκ ἀλόγως τὴν κατ' αὐτὸν παρῃτήμεθα
13. The thirteenth book of the Preparation for the Gospel contains the following: 1. How Plato refuted the absurdity of Greek theology. From the Timaeus. 2. Further from the Epinomis on the same subject. 3. Further from the second book of the Republic on the same subject. 4. That the narratives concerning the Greek gods contain nothing more than shameful myths, for not being persuaded by which the Athenians put Socrates to death. From the Euthyphro. 5. From Numenius, from his work on the secret doctrines in Plato, on the same subject. 6. That one ought not to heed the opinions of the many nor change one's own purpose through fear of death. From the Crito. 7. That one ought not to retaliate against those who have prepared to wrong us. From the same work. 8. That one ought not to annul what has once been rightly decided, even if death is threatened. This will be applicable to those who in times of persecution abjure piety. 9. What the disposition will be like of one who abjures his own purpose through fear of death. 10. That one ought not to flee from death for the sake of truth. From the Apology of Socrates. 11. How one ought to honor the death of those who have ended life gloriously. From Plato. 12. How philosophy, even before our time, from the Hebrews, Aristobulus the Peripatetic acknowledges that the Greeks derived their philosophy from that of the Hebrews. 13. How Clement similarly demonstrates that the things well said by the Greeks are in agreement with the doctrines of the Hebrews. From the fifth Stromateus. 14. That not everything has been said successfully by Plato; therefore we have not unreasonably declined his authority.
φιλοσοφίαν, τὰ δὲ Ἑβραίων ἀποδεχόμεθα λόγια ιεʹ. Ὅτι μὴ καθόλου ὀρθῶς ὁ Πλάτων τὸν περὶ τῶν νοητῶν οὐσιῶν ἐφώδευσε λόγον, ἀλλ' Ἑβραῖοι ι ʹ. Ὅτι μὴ Ἑβραίοις ὁμοίως κατὰ πάντα ὀρθῶς ἐδόξαζε περὶ ψυχῆς ὁ Πλάτων ιζʹ. Ὅτι κατὰ Πλάτωνα μὴ ἐξ ἀπαθοῦς καὶ παθητῆς οὐσίας ἡ τῆς ψυχῆς συνέστηκε φύσις. Ἀπὸ τῶν Σευήρου τοῦ Πλατωνικοῦ περὶ ψυχῆς ιηʹ. Περὶ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ φωστήρων ὅτι μὴ καθόλου ὀρθῶς ἐδόξασεν ὁ Πλάτων ιθʹ. Ὁποῖα περὶ γυναικῶν οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὁ Πλάτων διετάξατο κʹ. Ὁποῖα περὶ ἔρωτος ἐκθέσμου ὁ αὐτὸς διετάξατο ἐν Φαίδρῳ, οἷς ὁ Μωσῆς ἀντινομοθετεῖ καʹ. Περὶ τῶν παρὰ Πλάτωνι φονικῶν νόμων, οὐκ ἀξίων ὄντων τῆς μεγαλονοίας αὐτοῦ, οἷς τοὺς Μωσέως ἀντιπαραβλητέον ΙΓ Ἐπειδὴ πέφηνεν ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου συγγράμμασιν ἡ κατὰ Πλάτωνα φιλοσοφία κατὰ πλεῖστα Μωσέως καὶ τῶν παρ' Ἑβραίοις ἱερῶν λόγων ἑρμηνείαν ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα φωνὴν περιέχουσα, ἔρχομαι νῦν ὁμοῦ καὶ τὰ λείποντα προσαποδοῦναι τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τὰ τοῖς πρὸ ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς τόπους εἰρημένα διελθεῖν, ὁμοῦ καὶ διαβολῆς εὐλόγου αἰτίαν ἀπολυσόμενος, εἰ δή τις ἡμῖν ἐπικαλῶν φαίη, τί δή ποτ' οὖν Μωσέως καὶ Πλάτωνος τὰ συνῳδὰ πεφιλοσοφηκότων οὐχὶ τὰ Πλάτωνος, ἀλλὰ τὰ Μωσέως μέτιμεν, τοὔμπαλιν δέον, ὅτι δὴ πρὸς τοῖς ἴσοις δόγμασι προσήκων ἡμῖν γένοιτ' ἂν Ἕλλησιν οὖσιν ὁ Ἑλληνικὸς μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ βάρβαρος. ὀκνῶν δὲ ἀπαντῆσαι πρὸς τοῦτο αἰδοῖ τῇ πρὸς τὸν φιλόσοφον, τοῦτον μὲν εἰς ὕστερον ἀνατίθεμαι τὸν λόγον, τὰ δέ γε πρῶτά μοι λεχθέντα πρῶτα διασκέψομαι.
philosophy, but we accept the Hebrew oracles. 15. That Plato did not entirely correctly expound the doctrine concerning the intelligible substances, but the Hebrews did. 16. That Plato did not hold the same correct opinions as the Hebrews in all respects concerning the soul. 17. That according to Plato the nature of the soul is not composed of an impassive and a passive substance. From Severus the Platonist on the soul. 18. Concerning the heaven and the luminaries in it, that Plato did not hold entirely correct opinions. 19. What things concerning women Plato incorrectly ordained. 20. What things concerning lawless love the same ordained in the Phaedrus, to which Moses gives contrary laws. 21. Concerning the penal laws in Plato, not worthy of his magnanimity, to which the laws of Moses are to be compared. 13. Since it has been shown in the preceding treatises that the philosophy according to Plato contains in very many respects an interpretation of Moses and the sacred writings among the Hebrews, as it were translated into the Greek tongue, I now proceed both to supply what is still lacking to the argument and to review what has been said by our predecessors on these topics, at the same time clearing myself of the charge of reasonable slander, if someone should accuse us, saying, why then, since Moses and Plato have philosophized in harmony, do we not follow the teachings of Plato, but those of Moses, when the opposite would be proper, because, given the equal doctrines, the Greek one would be more suitable to us, being Greeks, than the barbarian. But hesitating to reply to this out of respect for the philosopher, I defer this argument to a later time, and will first examine what I first said.
λαβὼν οὖν ἀνάγνωθι ὁποίαν ἐπήγετο δόξαν ὁ Πλάτων περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν θεολόγων τε καὶ ποιητῶν ὅπως τε πάσας τὰς πατρίους περὶ τῶν θεῶν ὑπολήψεις ἠθέτει καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀτοπίαν διήλεγχεν·
αʹ. ΟΠΩΣ Ο ΠΛΑΤΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗΣ ΘΕΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ ΑΠΗΛΕΓΧΕ ΤΗΝ ΑΤΟΠΙΑΝ· ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΤΙΜΑΙΟΥ «Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων εἰπεῖν τε καὶ γνῶναι τὴν γένεσιν μεῖζον ἢ καθ' ἡμᾶς, πειστέον δὲ τοῖς εἰρηκόσιν ἔμπροσθεν, ἐκγόνοις μὲν θεῶν οὖ σιν, ὡς ἔφασαν, σαφῶς γέ που τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδότων. ἀδύνατον οὖν θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν, καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσιν, ἀλλ' ὡς οἰκεῖα φασκόντων ἀπαγγέλλειν ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστευ13.1.2 τέον. οὕτως οὖν κατ' ἐκείνους ἡμῖν ἡ γένεσις περὶ τούτων τῶν θεῶν ἐχέτω καὶ λεγέσθω. Γῆς τε καὶ Οὐρανοῦ παῖδες Ὠκεανός τε καὶ Τηθὺς ἐγενέσθην, τούτων δὲ Φόρκυς Κρόνος τε καὶ Ῥέα, ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου καὶ Ῥέας Ζεὺς Ἥρα τε καὶ πάντες, ὅσους ἴσμεν ἀδελφοὺς λεγομένους αὐτῶν, ἔτι τε τούτων ἄλλους ἐκγόνους.» Διὰ τούτων πιστεύειν τοῖς περὶ θεῶν μύθοις καὶ αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς τῶν μύθων ποιηταῖς ὡς δὴ θεῶν ἐκγόνοις οὖσι παρακελευσάμενος, πρῶτα μὲν διὰ τοῦ φάναι ἐκγόνους εἶναι τῶν θεῶν τοὺς ποιητὰς χλευάζειν μοι δοκεῖ, ὡς καὶ τῶν θεῶν ἀνθρώπων γεγονότων καὶ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις ὁμοίων τὴν φύσιν.
Take then and read what opinion Plato held concerning the Greek theologians and poets, and how he rejected all the ancestral conceptions about the gods and refuted the absurdity in them.
1. How Plato refuted the absurdity of Greek theology. From the Timaeus: "Concerning the other daemons, to tell and know their generation is too great for us; but we must trust those who have spoken before, who were, as they said, offspring of gods, and clearly knew their own ancestors. It is impossible, then, to disbelieve the children of gods, even if they speak without probable and necessary demonstrations, but as they claim to report their own affairs, we must follow the law and believe. So then, according to them, let the generation of these gods be and be told as follows. Oceanus and Tethys were children of Earth and Heaven; from these were Phorcys, Cronus, and Rhea; and from Cronus and Rhea came Zeus, Hera, and all whom we know as their siblings, and further other descendants of these." Through these words, having urged us to believe the myths about the gods and the very poets of the myths as being offspring of gods, first by saying that the poets are offspring of the gods he seems to me to mock, as if the gods were born of men and similar in nature to their offspring.
διαβάλλει δ' ἑξῆς ἄντικρυς τοὺς θεολόγους, οὓς ἐκγόνους ἔφησεν εἶναι θεῶν, δι' ὧν ἐπάγει φάσκων «καίπερ ἄνευ εἰκότων καὶ ἀναγκαίων ἀποδείξεων λέγουσι» δι' ὧν τε προστίθησι τὸ «ὡς ἔφασαν.» παίζειν δ' ἔοικε λέγων «σαφῶς γέ που τοὺς ἑαυτῶν προγόνους εἰδότων» καὶ τὸ «ἀδύνατον θεῶν παισὶν ἀπιστεῖν.» καὶ τὸ παρὰ γνώμην δὲ ταῦτα λέγειν τῶν νόμων ἕνεκα διαρρήδην παρίστησιν, ὁμολογήσας ὅτι δέοι ἑπομένους τῷ νόμῳ πιστεύειν αὐτοῖς. ὅτι δὲ ταῦτ' ἐνόει, ἐπάκουσον ὅπως γυμνῇ καὶ ἀκατακαλύπτῳ φωνῇ τοὺς δὴ θεολόγους ἅπαντας διαβάλλει, κόπτων ἐν Ἐπινομίδι τούτοις τοῖς ῥήμασιν·
βʹ. ΕΤΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ ΛΟΓΟΥ ΕΠΙΝΟΜΙΔΟΣ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ «Θεογονίαν τοίνυν καὶ ζῳογονίαν ἀναγκαῖον, ὡς ἔοικε, πρῶτόν μοι, κακῶς ἀπεικασάντων τῶν ἔμπροσθεν, βέλτιον ἀπεικάσαι κατὰ τὸν ὕστερον λόγον, ἀναλαβόντα ὃν πρὸς τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς ἐπικεχείρηκα λόγον.» Ὅτι δ' εὐλόγως τὴν τῶν πρώτων θεολογίαν παραιτεῖται διδάσκει ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ τῆς Πολιτείας, ἔνθα τὸν νοῦν ἐπιστῆσαι ἄξιον ὁπόσα καὶ οἷα περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ποιητῶν τε καὶ θεολόγων τῶν τε ἐκ παλαιοῦ παραδεδομένων περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν θεῶν διέξεισιν, ὧδε ῥήμασιν αὐτοῖς φάσκων·
He next openly slanders the theologians, whom he said were offspring of the gods, through which he adds, saying, "although they speak without probable and necessary proofs," and through which he further adds the phrase "as they said." He seems to jest, saying, "clearly, at any rate, knowing their own ancestors," and "it is impossible to disbelieve the children of gods." And he plainly indicates that he says these things against his own judgment for the sake of the laws, having admitted that one ought to believe them in accordance with the law. And that he thought this, listen to how with a bare and unveiled voice he slanders all the theologians, cutting them down in the Epinomis with these words:
2. From the discourse of the Epinomis concerning the same: "Theogony, then, and zoogony are necessary, as it seems, first for me, since those before have made a bad likeness, to make a better likeness according to the later account, taking up the argument I have attempted against the impious." And that he reasonably declines the theology of the first he teaches in the second book of the Republic, where it is worth attending to how much and what sort of things he sets forth concerning the same poets and theologians and the traditions handed down from ancient times about the Greek gods, speaking in these very words:
γʹ. ΕΤΙ ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΟΥ ΤΗΣ ΠΟΛΙΤΕΙΑΣ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ «Ἐν τοῖς μείζοσιν, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ὀψόμεθα καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους. δεῖ γὰρ δὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τύπον εἶναι καὶ ταὐτὸν δύνασθαι τούς τε μείζους καὶ τοὺς ἐλάττους. ἢ οὐκ οἴει; Ἔγωγ', ἔφη· ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐννοῶ οὐδὲ τοὺς μείζους τίνας λέγεις. Οὓς Ἡσίοδός τε, εἶπον, καὶ Ὅμηρος ἡμῖν ἐλεγέτην καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ποιηταί. οὗτοι γάρ που μύθους ψευδεῖς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συντιθέντες ἔλεγόν τε καὶ λέγουσι. Ποίους δή, ἦ δ' ὅς, καὶ τί αὐτῶν μεμφόμενος λέγεις; Ὅπερ, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, χρὴ πρῶτόν τε καὶ μάλιστα μέμφεσθαι, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐάν τις μὴ καλῶς ψεύδηται. Τί τοῦτο; Ὅταν εἰκάζῃ τις κακῶς οὐσίαν τῷ λόγῳ περὶ θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων, οἷοί εἰσιν, ὥσπερ γραφεὺς μηδὲν ἐοικότα γράφων οἷς ἂν ὅμοια βουληθῇ γράψαι. Καὶ γάρ, ἔφη, ὀρθῶς ἔχει τὰ τοιαῦτα μέμφεσθαι. ἀλλὰ πῶς δὴ λέγομεν καὶ ποῖα; Πρῶτον μὲν δή, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, τὸ μέγιστον καὶ περὶ τῶν μεγίστων ψεῦδος ὁ εἰπὼν οὐ καλῶς ἐψεύσατο, ὡς Οὐρανός τε εἰργάσατο, ἅ φησι δρᾶσαι αὐτὸν Ἡσίοδος, ὅ τε αὖ Κρόνος ὡς ἐτιμωρήσατο αὐτόν. τὰ δὲ δὴ Κρόνου ἔργα καὶ πάθη ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱέος οὐδ' ἂν εἰ ἦν ἀληθῆ, ᾤμην δεῖν ῥᾳδίως οὕτω λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἄφρονάς τε καὶ νέους, ἀλλὰ μάλιστα μὲν σιγᾶσθαι, εἰ δ' ἀνάγκη τις ἦν λέγειν, δι' ἀπορρήτων ἀκούειν ὡς ὀλιγίστους, θυσαμένους οὐ χοῖρον, ἀλλά τι μέγα καὶ ἄπορον θῦμα, ὅπως ὡς ἐλαχίστοις συνέβη ἀκοῦσαι. Καὶ γάρ, ἦ δ' ὅς, οὗτοί γε οἱ λόγοι χαλεποί. Καὶ οὐ λεκτοί, ὦ Ἀδείμαντε, ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει.
3. Again from the second book of the Republic on the same subject: "In the greater things," I said, "we shall see also the lesser. For the same pattern must be present and the same power must belong to both the greater and the lesser. Or do you not think so?" "I do," he said, "but I do not understand what greater things you mean." "Those," I said, "that Hesiod and Homer told us, and the other poets. For they, composing false stories for men, told and still tell them." "What stories," he said, "and what fault do you find in them?" "That," I said, "which must first and most be blamed, especially if someone does not lie well." "What is that?" "When someone represents badly in speech the nature of gods and heroes, what they are like, just as a painter paints nothing like the things he wishes to portray." "Yes," he said, "it is right to blame such things. But what do we mean and what are they?" "First," I said, "the greatest lie about the greatest things, which the one who spoke it did not lie well, as when Uranus did what Hesiod says he did, and Cronus in turn how he punished him. And the deeds and sufferings of Cronus at the hands of his son, even if they were true, I thought should not be so readily told to the foolish and the young, but should rather be kept silent, and if there were any necessity to tell them, they should be heard in secret by as few as possible, after sacrificing not a pig but some great and difficult victim, so that as few as possible might hear them." "Yes," he said, "these stories are harsh." "And they are not to be told," I said, "in our city, Adeimantus.
οὐδὲ λεκτέον νέῳ ἀκούοντι ὡς ἀδικῶν τὰ ἔσχατα οὐδὲν ἂν θαυμαστὸν ποιοῖ οὐδ' αὖ ἀδικοῦντα πατέρα κολάζων παντὶ τρόπῳ, ἀλλὰ δρῴη ἂν ὅπερ θεῶν οἱ πρῶτοί τε καὶ μέγιστοι. Οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, ἦ δ' ὅς, οὐδὲ αὐτῷ μοι δοκεῖ ἐπιτήδεια εἶναι λέγειν. Οὐδέ γε, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, τὸ παράπαν ὡς θεοὶ θεοῖς πολεμοῦσί τε καὶ ἐπιβουλεύουσι καὶ μάχονται οὔτε γὰρ ἀληθῆ· εἴ γε δεῖ ἡμᾶς τοὺς μέλλοντας τὴν πόλιν φυλάσσειν αἴσχιστον νομίζειν τὸ ῥᾳδίως ἀλλήλοις ἀπεχθάνεσθαι. πολλοῦ δεῖ γιγαντομαχίας τε μυθολογητέον αὐτοῖς καὶ ποικιλτέον καὶ ἄλλας ἔχθρας πολλὰς καὶ παντοδαπὰς θεῶν τε καὶ ἡρώων πρὸς συγγενεῖς τε καὶ οἰκείους αὐτῶν, ἀλλ' εἴ πως μέλλοιμεν πείσειν, ὡς οὐδεὶς πώποτε πολίτης ἕτερος ἑτέρῳ ἀπήχθετο οὐδ' ἐστὶ τοῦτο ὅσιον, τοιαῦτα μᾶλλον λεκτέα πρὸς τὰ παιδία εὐθὺς καὶ γέρουσι καὶ γραυσὶ καὶ πρεσβυτέροις γινομένοις καὶ τοὺς ποιητὰς ἐγγὺς τούτων ἀναγκαστέον λογοποιεῖν. Ἥρας δὲ δεσμοὺς ὑπὸ υἱέος καὶ Ἡφαίστου ῥίψεις ὑπὸ πατρός, μέλλοντος τῇ μητρὶ ἀμύνειν τυπτομένῃ, καὶ θεομαχίας ὅσας Ὅμηρος πεποίηκεν, οὐ παραδεκτέον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, οὔτ' ἐν ὑπονοίαις πεποιημένας οὔτε ἄνευ ὑπονοιῶν. ὁ γὰρ νέος οὐχ οἷός τε κρίνειν ὅ τι τε ὑπόνοια καὶ ὅ τι μή, ἀλλ' ἃ ἂν τηλικοῦτος ὢν λάβῃ ἐν ταῖς δόξαις, δυσέκνιπτά τε καὶ ἀμετάστατα φιλεῖ γίγνεσθαι. ὧν δὴ ἴσως ἕνεκα περὶ παντὸς ποιητέον, ἃ πρῶτα ἀκούουσιν, ὅτι κάλ13.3.8 λιστα μεμυθολογημένα πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἀκούειν. Ἔχει
Nor should it be said to a young listener that the one who commits the worst injustices does nothing remarkable, nor that the one who punishes an unjust father in every way acts as the first and greatest of the gods. "No, by Zeus," he said, "it does not seem to me either that these things are fit to be said." "Nor indeed," I said, "should it be said at all that gods war against gods, plot against them, and fight with them; for these things are not true, if we who are to guard the city must consider it most shameful to be easily hostile to one another. Far from it: we must not only refrain from narrating gigantomachies to them and embellishing them, and many other varied enmities of gods and heroes against their own kin and kindred, but if we are to persuade them that no citizen has ever been hostile to another and that this is not holy, we must rather speak such things to children from the very beginning, and to the elderly, both men and women, and to those who are becoming older, and we must compel the poets to compose stories close to these. The binding of Hera by her son, the hurling of Hephaestus by his father when he was about to defend his mother being struck, and all the theomachies that Homer has composed are not to be admitted into the city, whether composed with hidden meanings or without them. For the young are not able to judge what is hidden meaning and what is not, but whatever they take in at such an age in their beliefs tends to become ineradicable and unchangeable. For these reasons, perhaps, one must take every care that the first things they hear are the most beautifully crafted stories conducive to virtue." So it is.
γάρ, ἔφη, λόγον· ἀλλ' εἴ τις αὖ καὶ ταῦτα ἐρωτῴη ἡμᾶς ἅττα ἐστὶ καὶ τίνες οἱ μῦθοι, τίνας ἂν φαῖμεν; Καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον· ὦ Ἀδείμαντε, οὔκ ἐσμεν ποιηταὶ ἐγώ τε καὶ σὺ ἐν τῷ παρόντι, ἀλλ' οἰκισταὶ πόλεως. οἰκισταῖς δὲ τοὺς μὲν τύπους προσήκει εἰδέναι ἐν οἷς δεῖ μυθολογεῖν τοὺς ποιητάς, παρ' οὓς ἐὰν ποιῶσιν οὐκ ἐπι13.3.9 τρεπτέον, οὐ μὴν αὐτοῖς γε ποιητέον μύθους. Ὀρθῶς, ἔφη· ἀλλ' αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο οἱ τύποι περὶ θεολογίας τίνες ἂν εἶεν; Τοιοίδε πού τινες, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, οἷος τυγχάνει ὢν ὁ θεός, ἀεὶ δή που ἀποδοτέον, ἐάν τέ τις αὐτὸν ἐν ἔπεσι ποιῇ ἐάν τε ἐν μέλεσιν ἐάν τε ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ. Δεῖ γάρ. Οὐκοῦν ἀγαθὸς ὁ θεὸς τῷ ὄντι τε καὶ λεκτέον οὕτω. Τί μήν; Ἀλλὰ μὴν οὐδέν γε τῶν ἀγαθῶν βλαβερόν. ἦ γάρ; Οὔ μοι δοκεῖ. Ἆρ' οὖν τὸ μὴ βλαβερὸν βλάπτει; Οὐδαμῶς. Ὃ δὲ μὴ βλάπτει, κακόν τι ποιεῖ; Οὐδὲ τοῦτο. Ὃ δέ γε μηδὲν κακὸν ποιεῖ, οὐδ' ἄν τινος εἴη κακοῦ αἴτιον. Πῶς γὰρ οὔ; Τί δέ; ὠφέλιμον τὸ ἀγαθόν; Ναί. Αἴτιον ἄρα εὐπραγίας; Ναί. Οὐκ ἄρα πάντων γε αἴτιον τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν εὖ ἐχόντων αἴτιον, τῶν δὲ κακῶν ἀναίτιον. Παντελῶς γε, ἔφη. Οὐδ' ἄρα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ὁ θεός, ἐπεὶ ἀγαθός, πάντων ἂν εἴη αἴτιος, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ λέγουσιν, ἀλλ' ὀλίγων μὲν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αἴτιος, πολλῶν δὲ ἀναίτιος· πολὺ γὰρ ἐλάττω τὰ ἀγαθὰ τῶν κακῶν ἡμῖν. καὶ τῶν μὲν ἀγαθῶν οὐδὲν ἄλλο αἰτιατέον, τῶν δὲ κακῶν ἄλλ' ἄττα δεῖ ζητεῖν τὰ αἴτια, ἀλλ' οὐ τὸν θεόν. Ἀληθέστατα, ἔφη, δοκεῖς μοι λέγειν.
For, he said, a story. But if someone were to ask us what these are and which myths, what would we say? And I said: Adeimantus, you and I are not poets at present, but founders of a city. It is fitting for founders to know the patterns in which poets must tell their myths, and if they compose contrary to these, it must not be permitted; but they themselves should not compose myths. Correct, he said. But what would these patterns concerning theology be? Something like this, I said: as God truly is, so must he always be represented, whether one composes in epic, in lyric, or in tragedy. For it must be so. Then God is good, in reality and must be spoken of as such. Of course. But nothing good is harmful, is it? I think not. Then does that which is not harmful cause harm? Not at all. Does that which does not harm do any evil? Not that either. And that which does no evil would not be the cause of any evil. How could it be? What then? Is the good beneficial? Yes. Then is it the cause of well-doing? Yes. So the good is not the cause of all things, but is the cause of good things and not the cause of evil things. Absolutely, he said. Therefore, I said, God, since he is good, would not be the cause of all things, as the many say, but is the cause of few things for men, and not the cause of many; for the good things are far fewer than the evil things for us. And of the good things, no other cause should be sought, but for the evil things, other causes must be sought, not God. Most true, he said; you seem to me to speak correctly.
Οὐκ ἄρα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ἀποδεκτέον οὔτε Ὁμήρου οὔτε ἄλλου ποιητοῦ ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἀνοήτως ἁμαρτάνοντος καὶ λέγοντος ὡς δοιοὶ πίθοι κατακείαται ἐν Διὸς οὔδει κηρῶν ἔμπλειοι, ὁ μὲν ἐσθλῶν, αὐτὰρ ὁ δειλῶν· καὶ ᾧ μὲν ἂν μίξας ὁ Ζεὺς ἀμφοτέρων δῷ, ἄλλοτε μέν γε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται, ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ. ᾧ δ' ἂν μή, ἀλλ' ἄκρατα τὰ ἕτερα, τὸν δὲ κακὴ βούβρωστις ἐπὶ χθόνα δῖαν ἐλαύνει· οὐδ' ὡς ταμίας ὁ Ζεὺς «ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε τέτυκται.» τὴν δὲ τῶν ὅρκων καὶ σπονδῶν σύγχυσιν, ἣν ὁ Πάνδαρος συνέχεεν, ἐάν τις φῇ δι' Ἀθηνᾶς τε καὶ Διὸς γεγονέναι, οὐκ ἐπαινεσόμεθα· οὐδὲ θεῶν ἔριν τε καὶ κρίσιν διὰ Θέμιδός τε καὶ Διός· οὐδ' αὖ, ὡς Αἰσχύλος λέγει, ἐατέον ἀκούειν τοὺς νέους, ὅτι θεὸς μὲν αἰτίαν φύει βροτοῖς, ὅταν κακῶσαι δῶμα παμπήδην θέλῃ. ἀλλ' ἐάν τις ποιῇ ἐν οἷς ταῦτα τὰ ἰαμβεῖα ἔνεστι, τὰ τῆς Νιόβης πάθη ἢ τὰ Πελοπιδῶν ἢ τὰ Τρωϊκὰ ἤ τι ἄλλο τῶν τοιούτων, ἢ οὐ θεοῦ ἔργα ἐατέον αὐτὰ λέγειν, ἢ εἰ θεοῦ, ἐξευρετέον αὐτοῖς σχεδὸν ὃν νῦν ἡμεῖς λόγον ζητοῦμεν, καὶ λεκτέον ὡς ὁ μὲν θεὸς δίκαιά τε καὶ ἀγαθὰ εἰργάζετο, οἱ δὲ ὤναντο κολαζόμενοι. ὡς δ' ἄθλιοι μὲν οἱ δίκην διδόντες, ἦν δὲ ὁ δρῶν ταῦτα θεός, οὐκ ἐατέον λέγειν τὸν ποιητήν. ἀλλ' εἰ μὲν ὅτι ἐδεήθησαν κολάσεως λέγοιεν ὡς ἄθλιοι οἱ κακοί, διδόντες δὲ δίκην ὠφελοῦντο ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐατέον.
Therefore, I said, we must not accept from Homer or any other poet this error about the gods, when he thoughtlessly errs and says that two jars lie in the threshold of Zeus, full of fortunes, one of good, the other of evil; and that to whomever Zeus gives a mixture of both, that man meets sometimes with evil, sometimes with good; but to whomever he gives unmixed portions, that man is driven by evil famine over the divine earth. Nor should we accept that Zeus is "the dispenser of good and evil alike." Nor will we praise it if someone says that the violation of oaths and truces, which Pandarus committed, was brought about through Athena and Zeus; nor the strife and judgment of the gods through Themis and Zeus. Nor, again, as Aeschylus says, should we allow the young to hear that a god plants the cause in mortals when he wishes to ruin a house utterly. But if a poet composes works containing these iambic lines—the sufferings of Niobe, or those of the Pelopidae, or the Trojan events, or anything else of the sort—either we must not allow him to say that these are the works of a god, or if they are of a god, we must find for them nearly the account we are now seeking, and we must say that the god did just and good things, and that those being punished benefited. But that those paying the penalty are wretched, and that the one doing these things is a god, we must not allow the poet to say. But if they were to say that they needed punishment, and that the wicked are wretched, but that in paying the penalty they were benefited by the god, that we must allow.
κακῶν δὲ αἴτιον φάναι θεόν τινι γίγνεσθαι ἀγαθὸν ὄντα, διαμαχητέον παντὶ τρόπῳ μήτε τινὰ λέγειν ταῦτα ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ πόλει, εἰ μέλλει εὐνομήσεσθαι, μήτε τινὰ ἀκούειν, μήτε νεώτερον μήτε πρεσβύτερον, μήτ' ἐν μέτρῳ μήτε ἄνευ μέτρου μυθολογοῦντα, ὡς οὔτε ὅσια ἂν λεγόμενα, εἰ λέγοιτο, οὔτε ξύμφορα ἡμῖν οὔτε ξύμφωνα αὐτὰ αὑτοῖς. Ξύμψηφός σοι εἰμί, ἔφη, τούτου τοῦ νόμου κἀμοὶ ἀρέσκει. Οὗτος μὲν τοίνυν, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, εἷς ἂν εἴη τῶν περὶ θεοῦ νόμων τε καὶ τύπων, ἐν οἷς δεήσει τούς τε λέγοντας λέγειν καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας ποιεῖν μὴ πάντων αἴτιον τὸν θεόν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Καὶ μάλα, ἔφη, ἀπόχρη. Τί δὲ δὴ ὁ δεύτερος ὅδε; ἆρα γόητα τὸν θεὸν οἴει εἶναι καὶ οἷον ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς φαντάζεσθαι ἄλλοτε ἐν ἄλλαις ἰδέαις, τοτὲ μὲν αὐτὸν γιγνόμενον καὶ ἀλλάττοντα τὸ αὑτοῦ εἶδος εἰς πολλὰς μορφάς, τοτὲ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀπατῶντα καὶ ποιοῦντα περὶ αὑτοῦ τοιαῦτα δοκεῖν, ἢ ἁπλοῦν τε εἶναι καὶ πάντων ἥκιστα τῆς αὑτοῦ ἰδέας ἐκβαίνειν; Οὐκ ἔχω, ἔφη, νῦν γε οὕτως εἰπεῖν. Τί δὲ τόδε; οὐκ ἀνάγκη, εἴπερ τι ἐξίσταιτο τῆς αὑτοῦ ἰδέας, ἢ αὐτὸ ὑφ' αὑτοῦ μεθίστασθαι, ἢ ὑπ' ἄλλου; Ἀνάγκη. Οὐκοῦν
evil, and to say that a god, being good, becomes the cause of evil to someone, one must fight in every way that no one in his own city should say these things, if it is to be well-governed, nor should anyone hear them, whether younger or older, whether in meter or without meter, telling such myths, since they would be neither holy if spoken, nor beneficial to us, nor consistent with themselves. I agree with you, he said, and this law pleases me as well. This then, I said, would be one of the laws and patterns concerning god, in which it will be necessary for those who speak to speak and for those who compose to compose, that god is not the cause of all things, but only of good things. And that is sufficient, he said. What then about this second one? Do you think that god is a sorcerer and, as it were, by design appears at different times in different forms, sometimes himself changing and altering his own form into many shapes, and sometimes deceiving us and making us think such things about him, or that he is simple and least of all departs from his own form? I cannot say now, he said, just like that. What about this? Is it not necessary, if something departs from its own form, that it either changes itself or is changed by another? It is necessary. Therefore
ὑπὸ μὲν ἄλλου τὰ ἄριστα ἔχοντα ἥκιστα ἀλλοιοῦταί τε καὶ κινεῖται, οἷον σῶμα ὑπὸ σιτίων τε καὶ ποτῶν καὶ πόνων καὶ πᾶν φυτὸν ὑπὸ εἱλήσεών τε καὶ ἀνέμων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων παθημάτων, οὐ τὸ ὑγιέστατόν τε καὶ χαριέστατον ἥκιστα ἀλλοιοῦται; Πῶς δ' οὔ; Ψυχὴν δὲ οὐ τὴν ἀνδρειοτάτην καὶ φρονιμωτάτην ἥκιστ' ἄν τι πάθος ἔξωθεν ταράξειέτε καὶ ἀλλοιώσειε; Ναί. Καὶ μήν που καὶ τά γε ξύνθετα πάντα σκεύη τε καὶ οἰκοδομήματα καὶ ἀμφιέσματα, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, τὰ εὖ εἰργασμένα καὶ εὖ ἔχοντα ὑπὸ χρόνου τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων παθημάτων ἥκιστα ἀλλοιοῦται. Ἔστι ταῦτα. Πᾶν δὴ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον ἢ φύσει ἢ τέχνῃ ἢ ἀμφοτέροις ἐλαχίστην μεταβολὴν ὑπ' ἄλλου ἐνδέχεται. Ἔοικεν. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ὁ θεός γε καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πάντη ἄριστα ἔχει. Πῶς δ' οὔ; Ταύτη μὲν δὴ ἥκιστ' ἂν πολλὰς μορφὰς ἴσχοι ὁ θεός. Ἥκιστα δή. Ἀλλ' ἆρα αὐτὸς αὑτὸν μετα13.3.23 βάλλοι ἂν καὶ ἀλλοιοῖ; Δηλονότι, ἔφη, εἴπερ ἀλλοιοῦται. Πότερον οὖν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιόν τε καὶ κάλλιον μεταβάλλει ἑαυτόν, ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον καὶ αἴσχιον αὑ τοῦ; Ἀνάγκη, ἔφη, ἐπὶ τὸ αἴσχιον ἑαυτοῦ, εἴπερ ἀλλοιοῦται· οὐ γάρ που ἐνδεᾶ γε φήσομεν τὸν θεὸν κάλλους ἢ ἀρετῆς εἶναι. Ὀρθότατα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, λέγεις. καὶ οὕτως ἔχοντος δοκεῖ ἄν τίς σοι, ὦ Ἀδείμαντε, ἑκὼν αὑτὸν χείρω ποιεῖν ὁπηοῦν ἢ θεῶν ἢ ἀνθρώπων; Ἀδύνατον, ἔφη. Ἀδύνατον ἄρα καὶ θεὸν ἐθέλειν αὑτὸν ἀλλοιοῦν, ἀλλ', ὡς ἔοικε, κάλλιστος καὶ ἄριστος ὢν εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν μένει ἀεὶ ἁπλῶς ἐν τῇ αὑτοῦ μορφῇ. Πᾶσα, ἔφη, ἀνάγκη ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ.
That which is in the best condition is least altered and moved by another, for example, a body by food, drink, and exertion, and every plant by the heat of the sun, winds, and such affections—is not the healthiest and most graceful least altered? Of course. And a soul, would not the bravest and most prudent be least disturbed and altered by any external affection? Yes. And indeed, all composite things, such as implements, buildings, and garments, according to the same principle, those that are well-made and in good condition are least altered by time and other affections. That is so. Everything that is in a good state, whether by nature or by art or by both, admits the least change from another. It seems so. But God and the things of God are in every way in the best condition. Of course. Then God would least of all take on many forms. Least of all. But would he change and alter himself? Obviously, he said, if he is altered. Then does he change himself for the better and more beautiful, or for the worse and more ugly? Necessarily, he said, for the worse, if he is altered; for we will not say that God is deficient in beauty or virtue. Very rightly, I said. And this being so, does it seem to you, Adeimantus, that anyone, either god or man, would willingly make himself worse in any respect? Impossible, he said. Therefore it is impossible for God to wish to alter himself, but, as it seems, being most beautiful and best, each of them remains always simply in his own form, as far as possible. That seems to me entirely necessary.
Μηδεὶς ἄρα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ὦ ἄριστε, λεγέτω ἡμῖν τῶν ποιητῶν ὡς θεοὶ ξείνοισιν ἐοικότες ἀλλοδαποῖσι, παντοῖοι τελέθοντες ἐπιστρωφῶσι πόληας· μηδὲ Πρωτέως τε καὶ Θέτιδος καταψευδέσθω μηδεὶς μηδ' ἐν τραγῳδίαις μηδ' ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ποιήμασιν εἰσαγέτω Ἥραν ἠλλοιωμένην ὡς ἱέρειαν ἀγείρουσαν Ἰνάχου Ἀργείου ποταμοῦ παισὶν βιοδώροις. καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα πολλὰ μὴ ἡμῖν ψευδέσθωσαν· μηδ' αὖ ὑπὸ τούτων ἀναπειθόμεναι αἱ μητέρες τὰ παιδία ἐκδειματούντων, λέγουσαι τοὺς μύθους κακῶς, ὡς ἄρα θεοί τινες περιέρχονται νύκτωρ πολλοῖς ζῴοις καὶ παντοδαποῖς ἰνδαλλόμενοι, ἵνα μὴ ἅμα μὲν εἰς θεοὺς βλασφημῶσιν, ἅμα δὲ τοὺς παῖδας ἀπεργάζωνται δειλοτέρους. Μὴ γάρ, ἔφη. Ἀλλ' ἆρα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, αὐτοὶ μὲν οἱ θεοί εἰσιν οἷοι μὴ μεταβάλλειν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ποιοῦσι δοκεῖν σφᾶς παντοδαποὺς φαίνεσθαι ἐξαπατῶντες καὶ γοητεύοντες; Ἴσως, ἔφη. Τί δέ; ἦν δ' ἐγώ· ψεύδεσθαι ὁ θεὸς ἐθέλοι ἂν ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ φαντάσματα προτείνων; Οὐκ οἶδα, ἦ δ' ὅς. Οὐκ οἶσθα, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ὅτι τό γε ἀληθῶς ψεῦδος, εἰ οἷόν τε τοῦτ' εἰπεῖν, πάντες θεοί τε καὶ ἄνθρωποι μισοῦσι; Πῶς, ἔφη, λέγεις; Οἶσθά που, ἦν δ' ἐγώ, ὅτι τῷ κυριωτάτῳ ἑαυτῶν ψεύδεσθαι καὶ περὶ τὰ κυριώτατα οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν ἐθέλει, ἀλλὰ πάντων μάλιστα φοβεῖται ἐκεῖ αὐτὸ κεκτῆσθαι. Οὐδὲ νῦν πω, ἦ δ' ὅς, μανθάνω. Οἴει γάρ τί με, ἔφην, σεμνὸν λέγειν· ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω ὅτι τῇ ψυχῇ περὶ τὰ ὄντα ψεύδεσθαί τε καὶ ἐψεῦσθαι καὶ ἀμαθῆ εἶναι καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἔχειν τε καὶ κεκτῆσθαι τὸ ψεῦδος πάντες ἥκιστ' ἂν δέξαιντο καὶ μισοῦσι μάλιστα αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ. Πολύ γ', ἔφη.
Let no one, then, I said, my good friend, tell us from the poets that gods, resembling foreign strangers, wander through our cities in all manner of forms; nor let anyone falsely tell of Proteus and Thetis, nor in tragedies or other poems introduce Hera transformed as a priestess collecting gifts for the life-giving children of Inachus, the Argive river. And let them not tell us many other such falsehoods; nor, persuaded by these, let mothers terrify their children by telling the stories badly, as if some gods go about by night appearing in many and various forms, so that they may both blaspheme against the gods and at the same time make the children more cowardly. "No, indeed," he said. "But then," I said, "are the gods themselves such as not to change, while they make us think that they appear in all manner of forms, deceiving and bewitching us?" "Perhaps," he said. "What then?" I said. "Would the god wish to lie, either in word or in deed, by presenting phantoms?" "I do not know," he said. "Do you not know," I said, "that the true lie, if one may so call it, is hated by all gods and men?" "How do you mean?" he said. "Do you know," I said, "that no one willingly wishes to lie in the most authoritative part of himself and about the most authoritative things, but everyone fears most of all to possess it there?" "Not even now," he said, "do I understand." "Do you think," I said, "that I am saying something solemn? I mean that to lie in the soul about the things that are, and to be deceived, and to be ignorant, and to have and possess the lie there—this is what all would least accept and most hate in that condition." "Very much so," he said.
Ἀλλὰ μὴν ὀρθότατά γε ἄν, ὃ νῦν δὴ ἔλεγον, τοῦτο ὡς ἀληθῶς ψεῦδος καλοῖτο, ἡ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ ἐψευσμένου ἄγνοια, ἐπεὶ τό γε ἐν τοῖς λόγοις μίμημά τι τοῦ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἐστι παθήματος καὶ ὕστερον γεγονὸς εἴδωλον, οὐ πάνυ ἄκρατον ψεῦδος. ἢ οὐχ οὕτω; Πάνυ μὲν οὖν. Τὸ μὲν δὴ τῷ ὄντι ψεῦδος οὐ μόνον ὑπὸ θεῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπ' ἀνθρώπων μισεῖται. Δοκεῖ μοι. Τί δὲ δή; τὸ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις ψεῦδος πότε καὶ ἐν τῷ χρήσιμον, ὥστε μὴ ἄξιον εἶναι μίσους; ἆρ' οὐ πρός τε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τῶν καλουμένων φίλων, ὅταν διὰ μανίαν ἤ τινα ἄνοιαν κακόν τι ἐπιχειρῶσι πράττειν, τότε ἀποτροπῆς ἕνεκα ὡς φάρμακον χρήσιμον γίγνε13.3.32 ται; καὶ ἐν αἷς νῦν δὴ ἐλέγομεν ταῖς μυθολογίαις, διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι ὅπη τἀληθὲς ἔχει περὶ τῶν παλαιῶν, ἀφομοιοῦντες τῷ ἀληθεῖ τὸ ψεῦδος
ὅτι μάλιστα, οὕτω χρήσιμον ποιοῦμεν; Καὶ μάλα, ἦ δ' ὅς, οὕτως ἔχει. Κατὰ τί δὴ οὖν τούτων τῷ θεῷ τὸ ψεῦδος χρήσιμον; πότερον διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι τὰ παλαιὰ ἀφομοιῶν ἂν ψεύδοιτο; Γελοῖον μεντἂν εἴη, ἔφη. Ποιητὴς μὲν ἄρα ἐν θεῷ ψευδὴς οὐκ ἔνι; Οὔ μοι δοκεῖ. Ἀλλὰ δεδιὼς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἂν ψεύδοιτο; Πολλοῦ γε δεῖ. Ἀλλὰ δι' οἰκείων ἄνοιαν ἢ μανίαν; Ἀλλ' οὐδείς, ἔφη, τῶν ἀνοήτων καὶ μαινομένων θεοφιλής. Οὐκ ἄρα ἐστὶν οὗ ἕνεκα ἂν θεὸς ψεύδοιτο; Οὐκ ἔστι. Πάντη ἄρα ἀψευδὲς τὸ δαιμόνιον καὶ τὸ θεῖον. Παντάπασι μὲν οὖν, ἔφη. Κομιδῇ ἄρα ὁ θεὸς ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀληθὲς ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ οὔτε αὐτὸς μεθίσταται οὔτε ἄλλους ἐξαπατᾷ οὔτε κατὰ φαντασίας οὔτε κατὰ λόγους οὔτε κατὰ σημείων πομπὰς ὕπαρ οὐδ' ὄναρ. Οὕτως, ἔφη, ἔμοιγε καὶ αὐτῷ φαίνεται σοῦ λέγοντος.
But would it not be most correct, as I was just saying, that this truly be called falsehood—the ignorance in the soul of the one who is deceived—since the falsehood in words is a kind of imitation of the affection in the soul and a later-born image, not entirely pure falsehood? Or is it not so? Certainly so. The real falsehood, then, is hated not only by gods but also by men. It seems so to me. What then? When is falsehood in words useful, so as not to be worthy of hatred? Is it not against enemies and against those called friends, when through madness or some folly they attempt to do something evil, that it becomes useful as a remedy for the sake of turning them aside? And in the myths we were just now speaking of, because we do not know how the truth stands concerning ancient matters, do we not make falsehood useful by likening it to the truth as much as possible? Yes indeed, he said, it is so. In which of these respects, then, is falsehood useful to God? Is it because he does not know ancient things that he would lie by likening? That would be ridiculous, he said. So there is no false poet in God? It does not seem so to me. But would he lie out of fear of enemies? Far from it. But because of the folly or madness of his own people? But none of the foolish or mad, he said, is dear to God. So there is no reason for which God would lie? There is not. So the divine and the godly are altogether free from falsehood. Entirely so, he said. Therefore God is altogether simple and true in deed and word, and neither changes himself nor deceives others, neither through apparitions nor through words nor through the sending of signs, whether waking or in dreams. So it seems to me, he said, and to him as well, as you speak.
Συγχωρεῖς ἄρα, ἔφην, τοῦτον δεύτερον τύπον εἶναι ἐν ᾧ δεῖ περὶ θεῶν καὶ λέγειν καὶ ποιεῖν, ὡς μήτε αὐτοὺς γόητας ὄντας τῷ μεταβάλλειν ἑαυτοὺς μήθ' ἡμᾶς ψεύδεσι παράγειν ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ; Συγχωρῶ. Πολλὰ ἄρα Ὁμήρου ἐπαινοῦντες τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπαινεσόμεθα, τὴν τοῦ ἐνυπνίου πομπὴν ὑπὸ Διὸς τῷ Ἀγαμέμνονι· οὐδ' Αἰσχύλου, ὅταν φῇ ἡ Θέτις τὸν Ἀπόλλω ἐν τοῖς αὑτῆς γάμοις ᾄδοντα ἐνδατεῖσθαι τὰς ἑὰς εὐπαιδίας νόσων τ' ἀπείρους καὶ μακραίωνος βίου. ξύμπαντά τ' εἰπών, θεοφιλεῖς ἐμὰς τύχας, παιῶν' ἐπευφήμησεν, εὐθυμῶν ἐμέ. κἀγὼ τὸ Φοίβου θεῖον ἀψευδὲς στόμα ἤλπιζον εἶναι, μαντικῇ βρύον τέχνῃ. ὁ δ' αὐτὸς ὑμνῶν, αὐτὸς ἐν θοίνῃ παρών, αὐτὸς τάδ' εἰπών, αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ κτανὼν τὸν παῖδα τὸν ἐμόν. ὅταν τις τοιαῦτα λέγῃ περὶ θεῶν, χαλεπανοῦμέν τε καὶ χορὸν οὐ δώσομεν οὐδὲ τοὺς διδασκάλους ἐάσομεν ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ χρῆσθαι τῶν νέων, εἰ μέλλουσιν ἡμῖν οἱ φύλακες θεοσεβεῖς τε καὶ θεῖοι γίγνεσθαι, καθ' ὅσον ἀνθρώπῳ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον οἷόν τε. Παντάπασιν, ἔφη, ἐγὼ τοὺς τύπους τούτους συγχωρῶ καὶ ὡς νόμοις ἂν αὐτοῖς χρῴμην.» Ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Πλάτων. εὕροις δ' ἂν τὴν Ἑβραίων γραφὴν οὐδαμῶς μὲν μύθους αἰσχροὺς περὶ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ περὶ τῶν ἀμφ' αὐτὸν θείων ἀγγέλων οὐδέ γε περὶ τῶν θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν ὁμοίως ταῖς Ἑλληνικαῖς θεολογίαις περιέχουσαν, τὸν δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος ἐκτεθέντα τύπον ὅτι τε ἀγαθὸς ὢν ὁ θεὸς τυγχάνει καὶ τὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγονότα πάντα τοιαῦτα. ἐφ' ἑκάστῳ δ' οὖν τῶν δημιουργημάτων ὁ θαυμάσιος Μωσῆς ἐπιλέγει· «Καὶ εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι καλόν» ἐπί τε πᾶσι τὸν περὶ πάντων συγκεφαλαιούμενος λόγον φησί·
You grant, then," I said, "that this is a second type in which one must speak and act concerning the gods: that they themselves are not sorcerers by changing themselves, nor do they lead us astray with falsehoods in word or deed?" "I grant it." "Then, while praising much of Homer, we will not praise this: the sending of the dream by Zeus to Agamemnon; nor Aeschylus, when Thetis says that Apollo at her own wedding sang, celebrating her good fortune of children free from disease and of long life, and having said all this, he praised her god-loved fortunes, cried out a paean, cheering me; and I thought the divine, truthful mouth of Phoebus, teeming with the prophetic art, was that; but the same one who sang, who was present at the feast, who said these things, is the same who killed my son. When anyone says such things about the gods, we will be angry and will not grant a chorus, nor will we allow teachers to use them for the education of the young, if our guardians are to become reverent and divine, as far as possible for a human being." "Absolutely," he said, "I grant these types and would use them as laws." So says Plato. But you would find that the writing of the Hebrews contains in no way shameful myths about the god of all, nor even about the divine angels around him, nor about the god-beloved men, similarly to the Greek theologies; but it contains the type set forth by Plato, that the god is good and that all things that have come into being by him are such. And so, concerning each of the creations, the wonderful Moses adds: "And God saw that it was good"; and, summarizing the account about all things, he says:
«Καὶ εἶδεν ὁ θεὸς πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησε, καὶ ἰδοὺ καλὰ λίαν.» δόγμα δὲ Ἑβραίων ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ μὴ εἶναι τὸν θεὸν κακῶν αἴτιον, εἰ δὴ ὁ θεὸς «θάνατον οὐκ ἐποίησεν οὐδὲ τέρπεται ἐπ' ἀπωλείᾳ ζώντων· ἔκτισε γὰρ εἰς τὸ εἶναι τὰ πάντα καὶ σωτήριοι αἱ γενέσεις τοῦ κόσμου·» «φθόνῳ δὲ διαβόλου θάνατος εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον.» διὸ καὶ παρὰ τῷ προφήτῃ εἰσῆκται λέγων ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τὸν ἐξ οἰκείας προαιρέσεως κακὸν γεγενημένον· «Ἐγὼ δὲ ἐφύτευσά σε ἄμπελον καρποφόρον πᾶσαν ἀληθινήν· πῶς ἐστράφης εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀλλοτρία;» εἰ δέ που λέγοιτο κακὰ τοῖς φαύλοις ἐκ θεοῦ συμβαίνειν, ὁμωνύμως ἀκουστέον ὡς τῶν τιμωριῶν οὕτω κεκλημένων, ἃς ἀγαθὸς ὢν ὁ θεὸς οὐκ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τῶν τιμωρουμένων, ἐπ' ὠφελείᾳ δὲ καὶ συμφέροντι λέγεται ἐπάγειν· ὥσπερ ἂν καὶ ἰατρὸς ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν καμνόν13.3.40 των κακὰ νομίζοιτο προσφέρειν τὰς ἀλγεινὰς καὶ πικρὰς θεραπείας. διὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θείας γραφῆς, ἔνθα εἴρηται κακὰ ἀνθρώποις ἐπάγεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, τὰ παρὰ τῷ Πλάτωνι λεκτέον, «ὡς ὁ μὲν θεὸς δίκαιά τε καὶ ἀγαθὰ εἰργάζετο,» καὶ ὅτε τὰ σκυθρωπὰ καὶ ἀνθρώποις κακὰ νενομισμένα τοῖς τούτων ἀξίοις ἐπῆγεν, «οἱ δὲ ὤναντο κολαζόμενοι,» οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὸν φιλόσοφον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἑβραίων γραφὴν λέγουσαν· «Ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος, παιδεύει· μαστιγοῖ δὲ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται.» «ὡς δ' ἄθλιοι μὲν οἱ δίκην διδόντες, ἦν δὲ ὁ δρῶν ταῦτα ὁ θεός, οὐκ
And God saw all that he had made, and behold, it was very good. It is also a doctrine of the Hebrews that God is not the cause of evils, since God did not make death nor does he delight in the destruction of the living; for he created all things for existence, and the generations of the world are salvific. But death entered the world through the envy of the devil. Hence also in the prophet, God is introduced speaking to one who has become evil from his own choice: But I planted you as a fruit-bearing vine, wholly true; how have you turned backward, a foreign vine? If somewhere it is said that evils befall the wicked from God, it must be understood homonymously, as punishments are so called, which God, being good, is said to inflict not for the harm of those punished, but for their benefit and advantage; just as a physician might be thought to apply painful and bitter treatments for the salvation of the sick. Therefore also in divine scripture, where it is said that evils are brought upon men by God, one must say, as with Plato, that God wrought just and good things, and when he brought gloomy things, considered evils by men, upon those worthy of them, those being punished benefited, not only according to the philosopher, but also according to the Hebrew scripture which says: For whom the Lord loves, he disciplines; and he scourges every son whom he accepts. But as those paying the penalty are wretched, yet the one doing these things, God, is not.
ἐατέον λέγειν τὸν ποιητήν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὲν ὅτι ἐδεήθησαν κολάσεως λέγοιεν ὡς ἄθλιοι κακοί, διδόντες δὲ δίκην ὠφελοῦντο ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐατέον· κακῶν δὲ αἴτιον φάναι θεόν τινι γίγνεσθαι, ἀγαθὸν ὄντα, διαμαχητέον παντὶ τρόπῳ.» ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἀλλοιοῦσθαι τὸν θεὸν ἡ παρ' Ἑβραίοις προφητεία ὧδέ πη ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ διδάσκει λέγουσα· «Διότι ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν καὶ οὐκ ἠλλοίωμαι.» καὶ ἐν ταῖς θεολογίαις δὲ ὁ Δαβὶδ ἀναφωνεῖ λέγων· «Πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιωθήσονται, καὶ ὡσεὶ περιβόλαιον ἑλίξεις αὐτούς, καὶ ἀλλαγήσονται· σὺ δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, καὶ τὰ ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν.» εἰ δέ πη τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον εἰσάγουσιν ἐν εἴδει καὶ σχήματι ἀνθρωπείῳ παραφαινόμενον, λεκτέον ὡς οὐ κατὰ τοὺς Ἑλλήνων μύθους ὁμοίως Πρωτεῖ καὶ Θέτιδι καὶ Ἥρᾳ οὐδ' ὡς οἱ θεοὶ οἱ «περιερχόμενοι νύκτωρ πολλοῖς ζῴοις καὶ παντοδαποῖς ἰνδαλλόμενοι» καὶ τὸν τοῦ θεοῦ λόγον ἀνθρώποις πεφηνότα εἰσάγουσιν οἱ Ἑβραίων λόγοι, ἀλλ' ὡς αὐτὸς ὁ Πλάτων δεῖν ποτέ φησιν ἐπὶ φίλων εὐεργεσίᾳ, «ὅταν διὰ μανίαν ἤ τινα ἄνοιαν κακόν τι ἐπιχειρῶσι πράττειν, τότε ἀποτροπῆς ἕνεκα ὡς φάρμακον χρήσιμον γενέσθαι» τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς ἀνθρώπους πάροδον.
One must allow the poet to speak, but if they should say that they were in need of punishment as wretched evildoers, and that in paying the penalty they were benefited by God, one must allow it; but to say that God, being good, becomes the cause of evils for anyone, one must resist by every means. And concerning the fact that God does not change, the prophecy among the Hebrews teaches somewhere in the person of God, saying: "Because I am the Lord your God and I have not changed." And in the theological writings David exclaims, saying: "All will grow old like a garment, and you will roll them up like a cloak, and they will be changed; but you are the same, and your years will not fail." But if they introduce the Word of God appearing in human form and shape, one must say that it is not like the myths of the Greeks, similarly to Proteus and Thetis and Hera, nor as the gods who "wander by night appearing in many and various animals," that the accounts of the Hebrews introduce the Word of God having appeared to men, but as Plato himself says that it is sometimes necessary for the benefit of friends, "when through madness or some folly they attempt to do something evil, then for the sake of turning them away, as a useful remedy," the descent of God to men occurs.
ἐπεὶ οὖν τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς ζῴων οὐδὲν ἦν θεοφιλέστερον γένος ἀνθρώπου, συγγενές τε καὶ οἰκεῖον τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ, παρ' οὗ καὶ λογικὸς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς φύσιν ἀπείργαστο, εἰκότως, οἷα φίλου ζῴου κηδόμενον, τὸν ἐπουράνιον λόγον ἥκειν ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ φασὶ παντὸς τοῦ γένους, νόσον καὶ μανίαν ἔκτοπον ὑπομείναντος, ὡς μήτε τὸν πατέρα γινώσκειν θεὸν μήτε τὴν οἰκείαν τῆς νοερᾶς φύσεως οὐσίαν μήτ' αὖ θεοῦ πρόνοιαν, σώτειραν τῶν ὅλων, εἰς ἀλόγου δὲ ζῴου σχεδὸν ὅσον παρατρο13.3.45 πὴν ἥκοντος. διὸ δὴ τὸν σωτῆρα καὶ ἰατρὸν ἐπιστῆναι λέγουσιν, οὐ μὲν δὴ τῆς οἰκείας ἐκστάντα φύσεως οὐδέ γε ψευσάμενον τοὺς ὁρῶντας, ἄμφω δὲ ἀληθῆ φυλάξαντα, τό τε ἀφανὲς καὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον. πῆ μὲν γὰρ ἀληθὴς ἄνθρωπος ἑωρᾶτο, πῆ δὲ θεοῦ λόγος ἦν ἀληθής, οὐ γοητεύων οὐδὲ τοὺς θεωμένους ἐξαπατῶν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ θεῖον ἀψευδὲς καλῶς ἔχειν ἐδόκει καὶ Πλάτωνι. «κομιδῇ ἄρα ὁ θεός, λόγος ἁπλοῦς ὢν καὶ ἀληθὴς ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ, οὔτε αὐτὸς μεθίστατο οὔτε ἄλλους ἐξηπάτα οὔτε κατὰ φαντασίας οὔτε κατὰ λόγους οὔτε κατὰ σημείων πομπὰς ὕπαρ οὐδ' ὄναρ.» πάντα γὰρ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, οἷα λογικῶν ψυχῶν ἰατρός, σωτηρίας ἕνεκα τοῦ παντὸς ἀνθρώπων γένους ἀληθῶς, ἀλλ' οὐ δοκήσει δι' οὗ ἀνείληφεν ἀνθρώπου διεπραγματεύσατο, τὴν πρὸς τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα φιλίαν τε καὶ ὑποστροφὴν διὰ τῆς κατηγγελμένης ὑπ' αὐτοῦ θεογνωσίας τε καὶ ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας πᾶσιν ἡμῖν δωρούμενος. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἡμέτερα τοιαῦτα·
Since, then, of the creatures on earth none was more beloved of God than the race of man, being akin and familiar to the Word of God, by whom also the nature of the soul was wrought rational, it is reasonable that, as caring for a beloved creature, they say that the heavenly Word came for the healing of the whole race, which had undergone an extraordinary disease and madness, so that it neither knew God the Father, nor its own proper essence of the intellectual nature, nor again the providence of God, the savior of all, but had come to a turning aside almost to the level of an irrational animal. Therefore they say that the savior and physician came, not indeed departing from his own nature, nor deceiving the beholders, but preserving both true, both the invisible and the visible. For on the one hand he was seen as a true man, on the other he was true Word of God, not practicing sorcery nor deceiving the spectators, since the divine is truth-speaking, as seemed good also to Plato. "So then God, being a simple and true word in deed and word, neither changed himself nor deceived others, neither by phantasies nor by words nor by processions of signs, waking or in dreams." For all such things, as a physician of rational souls, for the sake of the salvation of the whole human race, he truly, but not in appearance, accomplished through the man whom he assumed, bestowing upon us all the friendship with and return to his own Father through the knowledge of God and true piety proclaimed by him. And such are our teachings.
τοῖς δὲ ἄλλως λέγουσι «χαλεπανοῦμέν τε καὶ χορὸν οὐ δώσομεν οὐδέ γε τοὺς διδασκάλους ἐάσομεν ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ χρῆσθαι τῶν νέων, εἰ μέλλουσιν ἡμῖν οἱ φύλακες θεοσεβεῖς τε καὶ θεῖοι γίγνεσθαι,» ὡς καὶ τῷ φιλοσόφῳ ἄριστα ἔχειν ἐδόκει.
δʹ. ΟΤΙ ΠΛΕΟΝ ΟΥΔΕΝ ΤΩΝ ΑΙΣΧΡΩΝ ΜΥΘΩΝ ΑΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΩΝ ΘΕΩΝ ΔΙΗΓΗΣΕΙΣ ΠΕΡΙΕΧΟΥΣΙΝ, ΑΙΣ ΜΗ ΠΕΙΘΟΜΕΝΟΝ ΣΩΚΡΑΤΗΝ ΕΚΤΕΙΝΑΝ ΑΘΗΝΑΙΟΙ «Αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι τυγχάνουσι νομίζοντες τὸν Δία τῶν θεῶν ἄριστον καὶ δικαιότατον καὶ τοῦτον ὁμολογοῦσι τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα δῆσαι, ὅτι τοὺς υἱεῖς κατέπινεν οὐκ ἐν δίκῃ, καὶ ἐκεῖνόν γε αὖ τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα ἐκτεμεῖν δι' ἕτερα τοιαῦτα· ἐμοὶ δὲ χαλεπαίνουσιν ὅτι τῷ πατρὶ ἐπεξέρχομαι ἀδικοῦντι καὶ οὕτως αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς τὰ ἐναντία λέγουσι περί τε τῶν θεῶν καὶ περὶ ἐμοῦ. Ἆρά γε, ὦ Εὐθύφρον, τοῦτ' ἔστιν οὗ 'νεκα τὴν γραφὴν φεύγω ὅτι τὰ τοι13.4.2 αῦτα ἐπειδάν τις περὶ τῶν θεῶν λέγῃ, δυσχερῶς πως
ἀποδέχομαι; δι' ἃ δή, ὡς ἔοικε, φήσει τίς με ἐξαμαρτάνειν. νῦν οὖν εἰ καὶ σοὶ ταῦτα συνδοκεῖ τῷ εὖ εἰδότι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων, ἀνάγκη δή, ὡς ἔοικε, καὶ ἡμῖν συγχωρεῖν. τί γὰρ καὶ φήσομεν, οἵ γε αὐτοὶ ὁμολογοῦμεν περὶ αὐτῶν μηδὲν εἰδέναι; ἀλλά μοι εἰπὲ πρὸς φιλίου, σὺ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἡγῇ ταῦτα οὕτω γεγονέναι; Καὶ ἔτι τούτων θαυμασιώτερα, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἃ οἱ πολλοὶ οὐκ ἴσασι.
But to those who say otherwise, "We shall be indignant and will not grant them a chorus, nor will we allow the teachers to use the young for education, if our guardians are to become pious and divine," as also seemed excellent to the philosopher.
4. THAT THE NARRATIVES CONCERNING THE GREEK GODS CONTAIN NOTHING MORE THAN THE SHAMEFUL MYTHS, FOR WHICH, SINCE SOCRATES DID NOT BELIEVE THEM, THE ATHENIANS PUT HIM TO DEATH. "For the very men who consider Zeus the best and most just of the gods also admit that he bound his own father because he swallowed his sons unjustly, and that that one in turn castrated his own father for other such reasons; yet they are angry with me because I proceed against my father when he does wrong, and thus they contradict themselves concerning both the gods and me. Is it for this reason, Euthyphro, that I am fleeing the indictment, because when someone says such things about the gods, I somehow receive them with displeasure? For which reason, it seems, someone will say that I am doing wrong. Now then, if you also agree with these things, you who know well about such matters, then it seems necessary for us also to concede. For what shall we say, we who ourselves admit that we know nothing about them? But tell me, by friendship, do you truly believe that these things happened thus? And still more wonderful than these, Socrates, which the many do not know.
Καὶ πόλεμον ἄρα ἡγῇ τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ ἔχθρας γε δεινὰς καὶ μάχας καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα πολλά, οἷα λέγεταί τε ὑπὸ τῶν ποιητῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν γραφέων τά τε ἄλλα ἱερὰ ἡμῖν καταπεποίκιλται καὶ δὴ καὶ τοῖς μεγάλοις Παναθηναίοις ὁ πέπλος μεστὸς τῶν τοιούτων ποικιλμάτων ἀνάγεται εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν. ταῦτα ἀληθῆ φῶμεν εἶναι, ὦ Εὐθύφρον; Μὴ μόνα γε, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀλλ' ὅπερ ἄρτι εἶπον, καὶ ἄλλα σοι ἐγὼ πολλά, ἐάν περ βούλῃ, περὶ τῶν θεῶν διηγήσομαι, ἃ σὺ ἀκούων εὖ οἶδ' ὅτι ἐκπλαγήσῃ.» Ταῦτα ὁ Πλάτων ἐν τῷ Εὐθύφρονι. διασαφεῖ δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ὁ Νουμήνιος ἐν τῷ Περὶ τῶν παρὰ Πλάτωνι ἀπορρήτων ὧδέ πη λέγων.
εʹ. ΝΟΥΜΗΝΙΟΥ ΕΚ ΤΩΝ ΠΑΡΑ ΠΛΑΤΩΝΙ ΑΠΟΡΡΗΤΩΝ «Εἰ μὲν γράφειν ὑποτεινάμενος ὁ Πλάτων περὶ τῆς θεολογίας τῆς τῶν Ἀθηναίων εἶτα ἐδυσχέραινεν αὐτῇ καὶ κατηγόρει ἐχούσῃ στάσεις μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, τέκνων δὲ τῶν μὲν μίξεις, τῶν δὲ ἐδωδάς, τῶν δὲ ἀντὶ τούτων πατράσι τιμωρίας ἀδελφῶν τε ἀδελφοῖς ὑμνούσῃ καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα· εἴπερ ὁ Πλάτων ταυτὶ λαβὼν εἰς τὸ φανερὸν κατηγόρει, παρασχεῖν ἂν δοκεῖ μοι τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις αἰτίαν πάλιν κακοῖς γενέσθαι ἀποκτείνασι καὶ αὐτὸν ὥσπερ τὸν Σωκρά13.5.2 την. ἐπεὶ δὲ ζῆν μὲν οὐκ ἂν προείλετο μᾶλλον ἢ ἀληθεύειν, ἑώρα δὲ ζῆν τε καὶ ἀληθεύειν ἀσφαλῶς δυνησόμενος, ἔθηκεν ἐν μὲν τῷ σχήματι τῶν Ἀθηναίων τὸν Εὐθύφρονα, ὄντα ἄνδρα ἀλαζόνα καὶ κοάλεμον καὶ ὅστις, εἴ τις ἄλλος, θεολογεῖ κακῶς, αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Σωκράτην ἐπ' αὐτοῦ τε καὶ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σχηματισμῷ ἐν ᾧπερ εἰωθότως ἤλεγχεν ἑκάστῳ προσομιλῶν.»
And do you really believe that there is war among the gods against each other, and terrible enmities, and battles, and many other such things, as are told by the poets and by good writers, and with which our other sacred things are embroidered, and indeed at the great Panathenaea the robe full of such embroideries is brought up to the acropolis? Are we to say that these things are true, Euthyphro? Not only these, Socrates, but as I said just now, I will tell you many other things about the gods, if you wish, which when you hear I know well you will be astonished. These are the words of Plato in the Euthyphro. And Numenius explains the meaning in his work On the Secret Doctrines of Plato, speaking somewhat as follows.
5. NUMENIUS, FROM THE SECRET DOCTRINES OF PLATO: If Plato, having undertaken to write about the theology of the Athenians, had then been disgusted with it and accused it, as containing factions against each other, and mixtures of some children, and devourings of others, and in place of these, punishments inflicted by fathers on sons and by brothers on brothers, and other such things; if Plato, taking these things into the open, had accused them, he would, it seems to me, have given the Athenians cause to become evil again, and to kill him also, just as they killed Socrates. But since he would not choose to live rather than to speak the truth, yet saw that he would be able both to live and to speak the truth safely, he placed in the character of the Athenians Euthyphro, who was a boastful and impudent man, and one who, if anyone, theologizes badly, and he placed Socrates himself in his own character, in which he was accustomed to refute each one with whom he conversed.
ςʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΔΕΙ ΤΑΙΣ ΤΩΝ ΠΟΛΛΩΝ ΠΡΟΣΕΧΕΙΝ ΔΟΞΑΙΣ ΜΗΔΕ ΤΗΣ ΙΔΙΑΣ ΜΕΤΑΤΙΘΕΣΘΑΙ ΠΡΟΑΙΡΕΣΕΩΣ ΔΙΑ ΘΑΝΑΤΟΥ ΦΟΒΟΝ· ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ ΚΡΙΤΩΝΟΣ «Ὦ φίλε Κρίτων, ἡ προθυμία σου πολλοῦ ἀξία, εἰ μετά τινος ὀρθότητος εἴη· εἰ δὲ μή, ὅσῳ μείζων, τοσούτῳ χαλεπωτέρα. σκοπεῖσθαι οὖν χρὴ ἡμᾶς, εἴτε ταῦτα πρακτέον εἴτε μή, ὡς ἐγὼ οὐ μόνον νῦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ τοιοῦτος οἷος τῶν ἐμῶν μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ πείθεσθαι ἢ τῷ λόγῳ ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτι13.6.2 στος φαίνηται. τοὺς δὴ λόγους οὓς ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν ἔλεγον οὐ δύναμαι νῦν ἐκβάλλειν, ἐπειδή μοι ἥδε ἡ τύχη γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ σχεδόν τι ὅμοιοι φαίνονταί μοι, καὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς πρεσβεύω καὶ τιμῶ οὕσπερ καὶ πρότερον· ὧν ἐὰν μὴ βελτίω ἔχωμεν λέγειν ἐν τῷ παρόντι, εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι οὐ μή σοι συγχωρήσω, οὐδ' ἂν πλείω τῶν νῦν παρόντων ἡ τῶν πολλῶν δύναμις ὥσπερ παῖδας ἡμᾶς μορμολύττηται, δεσμούς τε καὶ θανάτους ἐπιπέμπουσα καὶ χρημάτων ἀφαι13.6.3 ρέσεις. πῶς οὖν ἂν μετριώτατα σκοποίμεθα αὐτά; εἰ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἀναλάβοιμεν, ὃν σὺ λέγεις, τὸν περὶ τῶν δοξῶν, πότερον καλῶς ἐλέγετο ἑκάστοτε ἢ οὔ, ὅτι ταῖς μὲν δεῖ τῶν δοξῶν προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ταῖς δὲ οὔ· ἢ πρὶν μέν με δεῖν ἀποθνήσκειν καλῶς ἐλέγετο, νῦν δὲ κατάδηλος ἄρα ἐγένετο ὅτι ἄλλως ἕνεκα λόγου
6. THAT ONE OUGHT NOT TO ATTEND TO THE OPINIONS OF THE MANY, NOR TO ABANDON ONE'S OWN CHOICE THROUGH FEAR OF DEATH; FROM THE CRITO: "My dear Crito, your eagerness is worth much, if it were accompanied by some correctness; but if not, the greater it is, the more troublesome. Therefore we must consider whether these things are to be done or not, for I am not only now, but always, such a man as to obey nothing else among my own than the argument which appears to me best when I reason. Now the arguments which I used in the former discussion I am unable to reject now that this fortune has befallen me, but they appear to me nearly the same, and I honor and reverence the same ones as before; and if we have nothing better to say at present, be well assured that I will not yield to you, not even if the power of the many, more than is now present, should frighten us like children, sending bonds and deaths and confiscations of property. How then might we consider these matters most moderately? If first we should take up this argument which you mention, the one concerning opinions, whether it was well said on each occasion or not, that one must attend to some opinions and not to others; or whether before I had to die it was well said, but now it has become evident that it was said for the sake of argument otherwise.
ἐλέγετο, ἦν δὲ παιδιὰ καὶ φλυαρία ὡς ἀληθῶς. ἐπιθυμῶ δ' ἔγωγε ἐπισκέψασθαι, ὦ Κρίτων, κοινῇ μετὰ σοῦ, εἴ τί μοι ἀλλοιότερος φανεῖται, ἐπειδὴ ὧδ' ἔχω, ἢ ὁ αὐτός, καὶ ἐάσομεν χαίρειν ἢ πεισόμεθα αὐτῷ. ἐλέγετο δέ, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, ἑκάστοτε ὧδε ὑπὸ τῶν οἰομένων τι λέγειν ὥσπερ νῦν δὴ ἐγὼ ἔλεγον, ὅτι τῶν δοξῶν ἃς οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοξάζουσι δέοι τὰς μὲν περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι, τὰς δὲ μή. τοῦτο πρὸς θεῶν, ὦ Κρίτων, οὐ δοκεῖ καλῶς σοι λέγεσθαι; σὺ γάρ, ὅσα γε τἀνθρώπεια, ἐκτὸς εἶ τοῦ μέλλειν ἀποθνήσκειν αὔριον, καὶ οὐκ ἄν σε παρακρούοι ἡ παροῦσα συμφορά. σκόπει δή· οὐχ ἱκανῶς δοκεῖ σοι λέγεσθαι ὅτι οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μέν, τὰς δ' οὔ; οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μέν, τῶν δ' οὔ; τί φῄς; ταῦτα οὐχὶ καλῶς λέγεται; Καλῶς. Οὐκοῦν τὰς μὲν χρηστὰς τιμᾶν, τὰς δὲ πονηρὰς μή; Ναί. Χρησταὶ δὲ οὐχ αἱ τῶν φρονίμων, πονηραὶ δὲ αἱ τῶν ἀφρόνων; Πῶς δ' οὔ; Φέρε δή, πῶς αὖ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐλέγετο; γυμναζόμενος ἀνὴρ καὶ τοῦτο πράττων πότερον παντὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐπαίνῳ καὶ ψόγῳ καὶ δόξῃ τὸν νοῦν προσέχει, ἢ ἑνὸς μόνου ἐκείνου ὃς ἂν τυγχάνῃ ἰατρὸς ἢ παιδοτρίβης ὤν; Ἑνὸς μόνου. Οὐκοῦν φοβεῖσθαι χρὴ τοὺς ψόγους καὶ ἀσπάζεσθαι τοὺς ἐπαίνους τοὺς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἐκείνου, ἀλλὰ μὴ τοὺς τῶν πολλῶν. Δηλαδή. Ταύτη ἄρα αὐτῷ πρακτέον καὶ γυμναστέον καὶ ἐδεστέον γε καὶ ποτέον, ᾗ ἂν τῷ ἑνὶ δοκῇ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ καὶ ἐπαΐοντι μᾶλλον ἢ ξύμπασι τοῖς ἄλλοις. Ἔστι ταῦτα. Εἶεν. ἀπειθήσας δὲ τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ ἀτιμάσας αὐτοῦ τὴν δόξαν καὶ τοὺς ἐπαίνους, τιμήσας δὲ τοὺς τῶν πολλῶν καὶ μηδὲν ἐπαϊόντων ἆρα οὐδὲν κακὸν πείσεται; Πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
It was said, but it was truly play and nonsense. I myself desire to examine, Crito, together with you, whether this argument will appear to me any different now that I am in this state, or the same, and whether we shall dismiss it or be persuaded by it. It was said, as I think, each time here by those who think they have something to say, just as I was saying just now, that of the opinions which men hold, some must be taken seriously, others not. By the gods, Crito, does this not seem to you to be well said? For you, as far as human affairs go, are outside the prospect of dying tomorrow, and the present misfortune would not mislead you. Consider then: does it not seem to you sufficiently well said that not all the opinions of men must be honored, but some, and others not? Nor those of all men, but of some, and not of others? What do you say? Are these things not well said? They are well said. Then are the good ones to be honored, and the bad ones not? Yes. And are not the good ones those of the wise, and the bad ones those of the foolish? How could it be otherwise? Come then, how were such things said? A man who exercises and does this—does he attend to the praise and blame and opinion of every man, or of that one only who happens to be a doctor or a trainer? Of one only. Then must he fear the blame and welcome the praise of that one only, and not of the many? Clearly. Therefore he must act and exercise and eat and drink in the way that seems good to that one, the expert and knowledgeable one, rather than to all the others together. That is so. Well then, if he disobeys that one and dishonors his opinion and praise, but honors the opinions of the many who know nothing, will he suffer no harm? How could he not?
Τί δ' ἐστὶ τὸ κακὸν τοῦτο; καὶ ποῖ τείνει καὶ εἰς τί τῶν τοῦ ἀπειθοῦντος; Δηλονότι εἰς τὸ σῶμα τοῦτο ὃ διόλλυσι. Καλῶς λέγεις. οὐκοῦν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ὦ Κρίτων, οὕτως, ἵνα μὴ πάντα διίωμεν. καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων καὶ αἰσχρῶν καὶ καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν, περὶ ὧν νῦν ἡ βουλὴ ἡμῖν ἐστι, πότερον τῇ τῶν πολλῶν δόξῃ δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἕπεσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι αὐτήν, ἢ τῇ τοῦ ἑνός, εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐπαΐων, ὃν δεῖ καὶ αἰσχύνεσθαι καὶ φοβεῖσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ξύμπαντας τοὺς ἄλλους; ᾧ εἰ μὴ ἀκολουθήσομεν, διαφθεροῦμεν ἐκεῖνο καὶ λωβησόμεθα ὃ τῷ μὲν δικαίῳ βέλτιον ἐγίνετο, τῷ δὲ ἀδίκῳ ἀπώλλυτο. ἢ οὐδέν ἐστι τοῦτο; Οἶμαι ἔγωγε, ὦ Σώκρατες. Φέρε δή, ἐὰν τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑγιεινοῦ μὲν βέλτιον γινόμενον, ὑπὸ τοῦ νοσώδους δὲ διαφθειρόμενον διολέσωμεν, πειθόμενοι μὴ τῇ τῶν ἐπαϊόντων δόξῃ, ἆρα βιωτὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι διεφθαρμένου αὐτοῦ; ἔστι δέ που τὸ σῶμα, ἢ οὐχί; Ναί. Ἆρ' οὖν βιωτὸν ἡμῖν ἐστι μετὰ μοχθηροῦ καὶ διεφθαρμένου σώματος; Οὐδαμῶς. Ἀλλὰ μετ' ἐκείνου ἄρα ἡμῖν βιωτὸν διεφθαρμένου ὃ τὸ ἄδικον μὲν λωβᾶται, τὸ δὲ δίκαιον ὀνίνησιν; ἢ φαυλότερον ἡγούμεθα εἶναι τοῦ σώματος ἐκεῖνο, ὅ τί ποτ' ἐστὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων, περὶ ὃ ἥ τε ἀδικία καὶ ἡ δικαιοσύνη ἐστίν; Οὐδαμῶς. Ἀλλὰ τιμιώτερον; Πολύ γε. Οὐκ ἄρα, ὦ βέλτιστε, πάνυ ἡμῖν οὕτω φροντιστέον τί ἐροῦσιν οἱ πολλοὶ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ τί ὁ ἐπαΐων περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων, ὁ εἷς, καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ἀλήθεια. ὥστε πρῶτον μὲν ταύτη οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰσηγῇ, εἰσηγούμενος τῆς τῶν πολλῶν δόξης δεῖν ἡμᾶς φροντίζειν περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων.» Καὶ ὁ σωτήριος δὲ λόγος φησί·
What is this evil? And to what does it tend, and to what part of the disobedient one? Clearly to this body, which it destroys. You speak well. So too with the other things, Crito, that we may not go through everything. And indeed also concerning just and unjust things, shameful and noble things, good and evil things, about which we are now deliberating, whether we ought to follow the opinion of the many and fear it, or that of the one, if there is someone who understands, whom we ought to respect and fear more than all the others? If we do not follow him, will we not destroy and ruin that which is improved by justice and destroyed by injustice? Or is this nothing? I think so, Socrates. Come then, if we destroy that which is improved by health and corrupted by disease, by not following the opinion of those who understand, is life possible for us when it is corrupted? And is the body something, or not? Yes. Then is life possible for us with a wretched and corrupted body? Not at all. But is life possible for us with that corrupted which injustice injures and justice benefits? Or do we consider that thing, whatever it is of ours, about which injustice and justice exist, to be inferior to the body? Not at all. But more honorable? Much more. Therefore, best of men, we must not at all be so concerned with what the many will say about us, but with what the one who understands about just and unjust things says, and with the truth itself. So first of all, you do not advise correctly when you suggest that we ought to care about the opinion of the many concerning just and noble and good things and their opposites. And the saving word says:
«Δόξαν τὴν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ζητεῖτε καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ μόνου τοῦ ἑνὸς οὐ ζητεῖτε.» διὸ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας ἀγῶσιν ὀρθῶς πράττομεν οὐ σκοποῦντες τί ἡμᾶς οἱ πολλοὶ ἐροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τί βούλεται εἷς ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγος, ὃν ἅπαξ κρίσει ἑλομένους προσήκει καὶ τότε ὁμοίως ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ πρότερον τιμᾶν καὶ μὴ μετατίθεσθαι, μηδ' «ἂν ἡ τῶν πολλῶν δύναμις ὥσπερ παῖδας ἡμᾶς μορμολύττηται.» τοιοῦτοι δὲ ἦσαν καὶ οἱ πάλαι παρ' Ἑβραίοις ἐν μαρτυρίῳ διαλάμψαντες.
ζʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΔΕΙ ΑΜΥΝΕΣΘΑΙ ΤΟΥΣ ΑΔΙΚΕΙΝ ΗΜΑΣ ΠΡΟΑΙΡΟΥΜΕΝΟΥΣ· ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ «Οὐδενὶ τρόπῳ φαμὲν ἑκόντας ἀδικητέον εἶναι, ἢ τινὶ μὲν ἀδικητέον τρόπῳ, τινὶ δὲ οὔ; ἢ οὐδαμῶς τό γε ἀδικεῖν οὔτε καλὸν οὔτε ἀγαθόν, ὡς πολλάκις ἡμῖν καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσθεν χρόνῳ ὡμολογήθη; ὅπερ καὶ ἄρτι ἐλέγετο. ἢ πᾶσαι ἡμῖν ἐκεῖναι αἱ πρόσθεν ὁμολογίαι ἐν ταῖσδε ταῖς ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις ἐκκεχυμέναι εἰσί, καὶ πάλαι, ὦ Κρίτων, ἄρα τηλικοίδε γέροντες ἄνδρες πρὸς ἀλλήλους σπουδῇ διαλεγόμενοι ἐλάθομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παίδων οὐδὲν διαφέροντες; ἢ παντὸς μᾶλλον οὕτως ἔχει ὥσπερ τότε ἐλέγετο ἡμῖν, εἴτε φασὶν οἱ πολλοὶ εἴτε μὴ καὶ εἴτε δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἔτι τῶνδε χαλεπώτερα πάσχειν εἴτε καὶ πραότερα, ὅμως τό γε ἀδικεῖν τῷ ἀδικοῦντι καὶ κακὸν καὶ αἰσχρὸν τυγχάνει ὂν παντὶ τρόπῳ; φαμὲν ἢ οὔ; Φαμέν. Οὐδαμῶς ἄρα δεῖ ἀδικεῖν. Οὐ δῆτα. Οὐδὲ ἀδικούμενον ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν, ὡς οἱ πολλοὶ οἴονται, ἐπειδή γε οὐδαμῶς δεῖ ἀδικεῖν; Οὐ φαίνεται. Τί δὲ δή; κακουργεῖν δεῖ, ὦ Κρίτων, ἢ οὔ; Οὐ δεῖ δήπου, ὦ Σώκρατες. Τί δέ; ἀντικακουργεῖν κακῶς πάσχοντα, ὡς οἱ πολλοί φασι, δίκαιον, ἢ οὐ δίκαιον; Οὐδαμῶς.
You seek glory from men, but you do not seek the glory that comes from the one alone." Therefore we also, in the contests for piety, act rightly, not considering what the many will say about us, but what the one, the Word of God, wills, whom, once we have chosen by judgment, it is fitting to honor then as before, and not to change, not even "if the power of the many frightens us like children." Such also were those who long ago among the Hebrews shone forth in martyrdom.
7. THAT ONE MUST NOT DEFEND ONESELF AGAINST THOSE WHO CHOOSE TO INJURE US. FROM THE SAME: "Do we say that in no way must one willingly commit injustice, or that in some way one must commit injustice, and in some way not? Or is committing injustice in no way either noble or good, as has often been agreed by us in previous time? Which was also said just now. Or have all those former agreements of ours been poured out in these few days, and long ago, Crito, did we, men of such an age, conversing earnestly with each other, fail to notice that we were no different from children? Or is it most certainly the case, as was said to us then, whether the many say so or not, and whether we must suffer things more severe than these or milder, that committing injustice is for the one who does it both evil and shameful in every way? Do we say so or not? We say so. Therefore one must never commit injustice. Certainly not. Nor, then, must one who is wronged retaliate, as the many think, since one must never commit injustice? It appears not. What then? Must one do evil, Crito, or not? One must not, I suppose, Socrates. What then? Is it just for one who suffers evil to do evil in return, as the many say, or is it not just? In no way.
Τὸ γάρ που κακὸν ποιεῖν ἀνθρώπους τοῦ ἀδικεῖν οὐδὲν διαφέρει. Καλῶς λέγεις. Οὔτε ἄρα ἀνταδικεῖν δεῖ οὔτε κακῶς ποιεῖν οὐδένα ἀνθρώπων, οὐδ' ἂν ὁτιοῦν πάσχῃ τις ὑπ' αὐτῶν. ἀλλ' ὅρα, ὦ Κρίτων, ταῦτα καθομολογῶν ὅπως μὴ παρὰ δόξαν ὁμολογῇς. οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι ὀλίγοις τισὶ ταῦτα καὶ δοκεῖ καὶ δόξει. οἷς οὖν οὕτω δέδοκται καὶ οἷς μή, τούτοις οὐκ ἔστι κοινὴ βουλή, ἀλλ' ἀνάγκη τούτους ἀλλήλων καταφρονεῖν, ὁρῶντας τὰ ἀλλήλων βουλεύματα. σκόπει δὴ οὖν καὶ σὺ εὖ μάλα, πότερον κοινωνεῖς καὶ συνδοκεῖ σοι καὶ ἀρχώμεθα ἐντεῦθεν βουλευόμενοι, ὡς οὐδέποτε ὀρθῶς ἔχοντος οὔτε τοῦ ἀδικεῖν οὔτε τοῦ ἀνταδικεῖν οὔτε τοῦ κακῶς πάσχοντα ἀμύνεσθαι ἀντιδρῶντα κακῶς· ἢ ἀφίστασαι καὶ οὐ κοινωνεῖς τῆς ἀρχῆς; ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ πάλαι οὕτω καὶ νῦν ἔτι δο13.7.4 κεῖ. καὶ σοὶ δὲ εἴ πη ἄλλῃ δέδοκται, λέγε καὶ δίδασκε· εἰ δ' ἐμμένεις τοῖς πρόσθεν, τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἄκουε. Ἀλλ' ἐμμένω τε καὶ συνδοκεῖ μοι· ἀλλὰ λέγε. Λέγω δὴ αὖ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο, μᾶλλον δ' ἐρωτῶ, πότερον ἃ ἄν τις ὁμολογήσῃ τῳ δίκαια ὄντα ποιητέον, ἢ ἐξαπατητέον; Ποιητέον.» Τούτοις παράθες τὸ «μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδιδόντες» καὶ τὸ «εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς· προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπηρεαζόντων καὶ διωκόντων ὑμᾶς, ἵνα γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὅστις τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους» καὶ ἔτι τὸ «λοιδορούμενοι εὐλογοῦμεν, διωκόμενοι ἀνεχόμεθα, δυσφημούμενοι παρακαλοῦμεν,» ἐν τοῖς παρ' ἡμῖν ἱεροῖς φερόμενα γράμμασι. καὶ ὁ προφήτης δὲ παρ' Ἑβραίοις φησίν·
For doing evil to people is no different from doing injustice. You speak well. Therefore one must neither retaliate nor do evil to any person, not even if one suffers anything at their hands. But see, Crito, that in agreeing to these things you do not agree contrary to your own belief. For I know that these things seem right and will seem right only to a few. Therefore, between those who hold this opinion and those who do not, there is no common counsel, but they must necessarily despise one another, seeing each other's deliberations. So consider well, then, whether you share this view and agree with it, and whether we may begin from this point in our deliberation, that it is never right either to do injustice or to retaliate, or when suffering evil to defend oneself by doing evil in return; or do you withdraw and not share this starting point? For my part, I have held this for a long time and still hold it now. And if you have been persuaded otherwise, speak and instruct; but if you abide by what was said before, then hear what follows. I abide by it and agree; speak. Then I say what follows, or rather I ask: whether one must do what one has agreed with another is just, or must one deceive? One must do it. Set beside these words: "rendering no evil for evil," and "bless those who curse you; pray for those who abuse and persecute you, that you may become sons of your Father in heaven, who makes his sun rise on the wicked and the good and rains on the just and the unjust," and further: "when reviled, we bless; when persecuted, we endure; when slandered, we exhort," which are borne in our sacred writings. And the prophet among the Hebrews says:
«Εἰ ἀνταπέδωκα τοῖς ἀνταποδιδοῦσί μοι κακά·» καὶ πάλιν· «Μετὰ τῶν μισούντων τὴν εἰρήνην ἤμην εἰρηνικός.»
ηʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΔΕΙ ΤΑ ΑΠΑΞ ΟΡΘΩΣ ΚΡΙΘΕΝΤΑ ΑΘΕΤΕΙΝ ΜΗΔ' ΕΙ ΘΑΝΑΤΟΝ ΤΙΣ ΕΠΑΓΟΙ· ΑΡΜΟΣΕΙ ΔΕ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΝ ΚΑΙΡΟΙΣ ΔΙΩΓΜΩΝ ΕΞΟΜΝΥΜΕΝΟΥΣ ΤΗΝ ΕΥΣΕΒΕΙΑΝ «Σὺ δὲ τότε μὲν ἐκαλλωπίζου ὡς οὐκ ἀγανακτῶν εἰ δέοι τεθνάναι σε, ἀλλὰ ᾑροῦ, ὡς ἔφησθα, πρὸ τῆς φυγῆς θάνατον· νῦν δὲ οὔτε ἐκείνους τοὺς λόγους αἰσχύνῃ οὔτε ἡμῶν τῶν νόμων ἐντρέπῃ, ἐπιχειρῶν ἡμᾶς διαφθεῖραι· πράττεις τε ὅπερ ἂν δοῦλος ὁ φαυλότατος πράξειεν, ἀποδιδράσκειν ἐπιχειρῶν παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας τε καὶ ὁμολογίας
καθ' ἃς ἡμῖν συνέθου πολιτεύεσθαι. πρῶτον μὲν ἡμῖν τοῦτ' αὐτὸ ἀπόκριναι, εἰ ἀληθῆ λέγομεν φάσκοντές σε ὡμολογηκέναι πολιτεύεσθαι καθ' ἡμᾶς ἔργῳ, ἀλλ' οὐ λόγῳ, ἢ οὐκ ἀληθῆ; τί φῶμεν πρὸς ταῦτα, ὦ Κρίτων; ἄλλο τι ἢ ὁμολογῶμεν; Ἀνάγκη, ὦ Σώκρατες. Ἀλλὰ τί οὖν, ἂν φαῖεν, ἢ συνθήκας πρὸς ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ ὁμολογίας παραβαίνεις, οὐχ ὑπὸ ἀνάγκης ὁμολογήσας οὐδὲ ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ ἀναγκασθεὶς βουλεύσασθαι, ἀλλ' ἐν ἔτεσιν ἑβδομήκοντα, ἐν οἷς ἐξῆν σοι ἀπιέναι, εἰ μὴ ἠρέσκομεν ἡμεῖς μηδὲ δίκαιαι ἐφαίνοντό σοι αἱ ὁμολογίαι εἶναι. σὺ δὲ οὔτε Λακεδαίμονα προῃροῦ οὔτε Κρήτην, ἃς δὴ ἑκάστοτε φῂς εὐνομεῖσθαι, οὔτε ἄλλην οὐδεμίαν τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων οὐδὲ τῶν βαρβαρικῶν, ἀλλὰ ἐλάττω ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀπεδήμησας ἢ οἱ χωλοί τε καὶ τυφλοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἀνάπηροι. οὕτω σοι διαφερόντως τῶν ἄλλων Ἀθηναίων ἤρεσκεν ἡ πόλις τε καὶ ἡμεῖς οἱ νόμοι δηλονότι· τίνι γὰρ ἂν πόλις ἀρέσκοι ἄνευ νόμων; νῦν δὲ δὴ οὐκ ἐμμένεις τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις;
If I returned evil to those who return evil to me,” and again: “I was peaceful with those who hate peace.”
8. That one must not set aside what has once been rightly judged, not even if death is brought upon one. This will apply to those who in times of persecution abjure piety: “But then you prided yourself on not being vexed if you had to die, and you said you chose death before exile; but now you are not ashamed of those words, nor do you respect us, the laws, as you attempt to destroy us. You are doing what the basest slave would do, trying to run away contrary to the agreements and compacts according to which you agreed to live with us. First, answer us this: whether we speak the truth in saying that you have agreed to live by us in deed, not merely in word, or whether we do not speak the truth? What shall we say to this, Crito? Something else, or do we agree? Necessarily, Socrates. But what then, if they should say, ‘You are breaking the compacts and agreements with us, not having agreed under compulsion nor having been forced to deliberate in a short time, but in seventy years, during which it was possible for you to leave if we did not please you nor did the agreements seem just to you. But you preferred neither Lacedaemon nor Crete, which you always say are well-governed, nor any other Greek city nor any barbarian one, but you left the city less often than the lame, the blind, and the other disabled. Thus the city and we, the laws, evidently pleased you more than other Athenians; for to whom would a city be pleasing without laws? But now you do not abide by what was agreed?’
ἐὰν ἡμῖν γε πείθῃ, ὦ Σώκρατες.»
θʹ. ΟΠΟΙΟΣ ΠΟΤ' ΕΣΤΑΙ ΤΗΝ ΔΙΑΘΕΣΙΝ Ο ΔΙΑ ΘΑΝΑΤΟΥ ΦΟΒΟΝ ΕΞΟΜΝΥΜΕΝΟΣ ΤΗΝ ΟΙΚΕΙΑΝ ΠΡΟΘΕΣΙΝ «Ὅστις γὰρ νόμων διαφθορεύς ἐστι, σφόδρα που δόξειεν ἂν νέων τε καὶ ἀνοήτων ἀνθρώπων διαφθορεὺς εἶναι. πότερον οὖν φεύξῃ τάς τε εὐνομουμένας πόλεις καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τοὺς κοσμιωτάτους; καὶ τοῦτο ποιοῦντι ἆρα ἄξιόν σοι ζῆν ἔσται; ἢ πλησιάσεις τούτοις καὶ ἀναισχυντήσεις διαλεγόμενος τίνας λόγους, ὦ Σώκρατες; ἢ οὕσπερ ἐνθάδε, ὡς ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ δικαιοσύνη πλείστου ἄξιον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ τὰ νόμιμα καὶ οἱ νόμοι; καὶ οὐκ οἴει ἄσχημον φανεῖσθαι τὸ τοῦ Σωκράτους πρᾶγμα; οἴεσθαί γε χρή. ἀλλ' ἐκ μὲν τούτων τῶν τόπων ἀπαρεῖς, ἥξεις δὲ εἰς Θετταλίαν παρὰ τοὺς ξένους τοὺς Κρίτωνος· ἐκεῖ γὰρ δὴ πλείστη ἀταξία καὶ ἀκολασία, καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἡδέως σου ἀκούοιεν ὡς γελοίως ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου ἀπεδίδρασκες σκευήν τέ τινα περιθέμενος ἢ διφθέραν λαβὼν ἢ ἄλλα, οἷα δὴ εἰώθασιν ἐνσκευάζεσθαι οἱ ἀποδιδρά13.9.3 σκοντες, καὶ τὸ σχῆμα τὸ σαυτοῦ μεταλλάξας. ὅτι δὲ γέρων ἀνὴρ μικροῦ χρόνου τῷ βίῳ λοιποῦ ὄντος, ὡς τὸ εἰκός, ἐτόλμησας οὕτω γλίσχρως ἐπιθυμεῖν ζῆν, νόμους τοὺς μεγίστους παραβάς, οὐδείς σε ἐρεῖ ἴσως, ἂν μή τινα λυπήσῃς· εἰ δὲ μή, ἀκούσῃ, ὦ Σώκρατες, πολλὰ καὶ ἀνάξια σαυτοῦ. ὑπερχόμενος δὴ βιώσῃ πάντας ἀνθρώπους καὶ δουλεύων, τί ποιῶν ἢ εὐωχούμενος ἐν Θετταλίᾳ, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ δεῖπνον ἀποδεδημηκὼς εἰς Θετταλίαν. λόγοι δὲ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ποῦ ἡμῖν ἔσονται; ἀλλὰ δὴ τῶν παίδων ἕνεκα βούλει ζῆν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς ἐκθρέψῃς καὶ παιδεύσῃς; τί δέ;
if you are persuaded by us, Socrates.
9. What sort of disposition will the man have who, through fear of death, forswears his own purpose? "For whoever is a corrupter of laws would seem to be a corrupter of young and foolish men. Will you then flee from well-governed cities and the most orderly of men? And if you do this, will life be worth living for you? Or will you approach them and shamelessly converse, what words will you use, Socrates? Or the same as here, that virtue and justice are of the greatest value to men, and that which is lawful and the laws? And do you not think that the affair of Socrates will appear shameful? You must think so. But you will depart from these places and go to Thessaly to the friends of Crito; for there there is the greatest disorder and licentiousness, and perhaps they would gladly hear how you absurdly escaped from prison, putting on some disguise or taking a leather cloak or other things, such as those who escape are accustomed to equip themselves with, and changing your own appearance. And that an old man, with but a short time of life remaining, as is likely, dared so greedily to desire to live, transgressing the greatest laws, no one will perhaps mention, unless you annoy someone; but if not, you will hear, Socrates, many things unworthy of yourself. Living submissively, you will then serve all men and be a slave, what will you be doing but feasting in Thessaly, as if you had traveled to Thessaly for a banquet? And those discourses about justice and the rest of virtue, where will they be for us? But do you wish to live for the sake of your children, so that you may rear and educate them? What then?
εἰς Θετταλίαν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγὼν θρέψεις τε καὶ παιδεύσεις, ξένους ποιήσας, ἵνα καὶ τοῦτο ἀπολαύσωσιν; ἢ τοῦτο μὲν οὔ, αὐτοῦ δὲ τρεφόμενοι σοῦ ζῶντος βέλτιον θρέψονται καὶ παιδεύσονται, μὴ συνόντος σοῦ αὐτοῖς; οἱ γὰρ ἐπιτήδειοι οἱ σοὶ ἐπιμελήσονται αὐτῶν. πότερον δὲ ἐὰν εἰς Θετταλίαν ἀποδημήσῃς, ἐπιμελήσονται· ἐὰν δὲ εἰς Ἅιδου ἀποδημήσῃς, οὐχὶ ἐπιμελήσονται, εἴπερ γέ τι ὄφελος αὐτῶν ἐστι τῶν σοι φασκόντων ἐπιτηδείων εἶναι; οἴεσθαί γε χρή. ἀλλ', ὦ Σώκρατες, πειθόμενος ἡμῖν τοῖς σοῖς τροφεῦσι μήτε παῖδας περὶ πλείονος ποιοῦ μήτε τὸ ζῆν μήτε ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ δικαίου, ἵνα εἰς Ἅιδου ἐλθὼν ἔχῃς ταῦτα πάντα ἀπολογήσασθαι τοῖς ἐκεῖ ἄρχουσιν· οὔτε γὰρ ἐνθάδε σοι φαίνεται ταῦτα πράττοντι ἄμεινον εἶναι οὐδὲ δικαιότερον οὐδὲ ὁσιώτερον οὐδὲ ἄλλῳ τῶν σῶν οὐδενί, οὔτε ἐκεῖ ἀφικομένῳ ἄμεινον ἔσται. ἀλλὰ νῦν μὲν ἠδικημένος ἄπει, ἐὰν ἀπίῃς, οὐχ ὑφ'
ἡμῶν τῶν νόμων, ἀλλ' ὑπ' ἀνθρώπων· ἐὰν δὲ ἐξέλθῃς οὕτως αἰσχρῶς ἀνταδικήσας τε καὶ ἀντικακουργήσας, τὰς σαυτοῦ ὁμολογίας τε καὶ συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς παραβὰς καὶ κακὰ ἐργασάμενος τούτους οὓς ἥκιστα ἔδει, σαυτόν τε καὶ τοὺς φίλους καὶ πατρίδα καὶ ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς τέ σοι χαλεπανοῦμεν ζῶντι καὶ ἐκεῖ οἱ ἡμέτεροι ἀδελφοί, οἱ ἐν Ἅιδου νόμοι, οὐκ εὐμενῶς σε ὑποδέξονται, εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐπεχείρησας ἀπολέσαι τὸ σὸν μέρος.»
If you lead them to Thessaly, will you rear and educate them, making them strangers, so that they may enjoy this as well? Or will they not, but while being reared by you, will they be better reared and educated while you are alive, even if you are not with them? For your suitable friends will take care of them. But if you go abroad to Thessaly, will they take care of them? And if you go abroad to Hades, will they not take care of them, if indeed there is any benefit from those who claim to be your suitable friends? You must think so. But, Socrates, persuaded by us, your nurturers, do not value either your children or your life or anything else more than justice, so that when you go to Hades you may have all these things to plead before the rulers there. For neither does it appear to you, while doing these things, to be better or more just or more holy for you or for any of your own, nor will it be better for you when you arrive there. But now you depart wronged, if you depart, not by us the laws, but by men. But if you depart in this shameful way, having retaliated and done evil in return, having broken your own agreements and covenants with us, and having done evil to those whom you least should—to yourself, your friends, your country, and us—then we will be harsh with you while you live, and there our brothers, the laws in Hades, will not receive you kindly, knowing that you attempted to destroy us, so far as in you lay.
ιʹ. ΟΤΙ ΜΗ ΔΕΟΙ ΦΕΥΓΕΙΝ ΤΟΝ ΥΠΕΡ ΑΛΗΘΕΙΑΣ ΘΑΝΑΤΟΝ· ΑΠΟ ΤΗΣ ΣΩΚΡΑΤΟΥΣ ΑΠΟΛΟΓΙΑΣ «Ἴσως ἂν οὖν εἴποι τις· εἶτ' οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ, ὦ Σώκρατες, τοιοῦτον ἐπιτήδευμα ἐπιτηδεύσας, ἐξ οὗ κινδυνεύεις νυνὶ ἀποθανεῖν; ἐγὼ δὲ τούτῳ δίκαιον ἂν λόγον ἀντείποιμι, ὅτι οὐ καλῶς λέγεις, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, εἰ οἴει δεῖν κίνδυνον ὑπολογίζεσθαι τοῦ ζῆν ἢ τεθνάναι ἄνδρα ὅτου τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελός ἐστιν, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον σκοπεῖν, ὅταν πράττῃ, πότερον δίκαια ἢ ἄδικα πράτ13.10.2 τει καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἔργα ἢ κακοῦ. φαῦλοι γὰρ ἂν τῷ γε σῷ λόγῳ εἶεν τῶν ἡμιθέων ὅσοι ἐν Τροίᾳ τετελευτήκασιν, οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ ὁ τῆς Θέτιδος υἱός, ὃς τοσοῦτον τοῦ κινδύνου κατεφρόνησε παρὰ τὸ αἰσχρόν τι ὑπομεῖναι ὥστε, ἐπειδὴ εἶπεν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτῷ προθυμουμένῳ Ἕκτορα ἀποκτεῖναι, θεὸς οὖσα, οὑτωσί πως, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι· ὦ παῖ, εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ τῷ ἑταίρῳ τὸν φόνον καὶ Ἕκτορα ἀποκτενεῖς, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ· αὐτίκα γάρ τοι φησί μεθ' Ἕκτορα πότμος ἑτοῖμος. ὁ δὲ τοῦτο ἀκούσας τοῦ μὲν θανάτου καὶ τοῦ κινδύνου ὠλιγώρησεν, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον δείσας τὸ ζῆν κακὸς ὢν καὶ τοῖς φίλοις μὴ τιμωρεῖν, «αὐτίκα», φησί, «τεθναίην» δίκην ἐπιθεὶς τῷ ἀδικοῦντι, ἵνα μὴ ἐνθάδε μένω καταγέλαστος παρὰ νηυσὶ κορωνίσιν, ἄχθος ἀρούρης. μὴ αὐτὸν οἴει φροντίσαι θανάτου καὶ κινδύνου; οὕτω γὰρ ἔχει, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· οὗ ἄν τις αὑτὸν τάξῃ ἡγησάμενος βέλτιστον εἶναι ἢ ὑπ' ἄρχοντος ταχθῇ, ἐνταῦθα δεῖ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μένοντα κινδυνεύειν, μηδὲν ὑπολογιζόμενον μήτε θάνατον μήτε ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ.
10. That one ought not to flee death for the sake of truth. From the Apology of Socrates: "Perhaps then someone might say: 'Are you not ashamed, Socrates, of having pursued such a pursuit, from which you now run the risk of dying?' And I would answer this with a just argument, that you do not speak well, O man, if you think that a man who is of any worth at all ought to take into account the risk of living or dying, and not rather consider only this, when he acts, whether he does just or unjust deeds, and the works of a good man or a bad man. For by your argument, all those demigods who died at Troy would be base, both the others and the son of Thetis, who so despised danger in the face of doing something shameful that, when his mother, being a goddess, said to him, as he was eager to kill Hector, something like this, I think: 'My son, if you avenge the murder of your comrade Patroclus and kill Hector, you yourself will die; for immediately after Hector, fate is ready.' And hearing this, he made light of death and danger, but feared much more living as a coward and not avenging his friends, and said, 'Let me die immediately,' inflicting punishment on the wrongdoer, so that I may not remain here a laughingstock by the curved ships, a burden on the earth. Do you think he cared about death and danger? For this is the truth, O men of Athens: wherever a man stations himself, thinking it best, or is stationed by a commander, there he must, as it seems to me, remain and face danger, taking into account neither death nor anything else before shame.
ἐγὼ οὖν δεινὰ ἂν εἴην εἰργασμένος, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, εἰ ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον, οὓς ὑμεῖς εἵλεσθε ἄρχειν μου, καὶ ἐν Ποτιδαίᾳ καὶ ἐν Ἀμφιπόλει καὶ ἐπὶ Δηλίῳ καὶ ἄλλοθί που οὗ ἐκεῖνοι ἔταττον, ἔμενον ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλος τις καὶ ἐκινδύνευον ἀποθανεῖν, τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος, ὡς ἐγὼ ᾠήθην τε καὶ ὑπέλαβον, φιλοσοφοῦντά με δεῖν ζῆν καὶ ἐξετάζοντα ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ἐνταῦθα δὲ φοβηθεὶς θάνατον ἢ ἄλλ' ὁτιοῦν πρᾶγμα λίποιμι τὴν τά13.10.5 ξιν. δεινὸν μεντἂν εἴη καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς τότ' ἄν με δικαίως εἰσάγοι τις εἰς δικαστήριον, ὅτι οὐ νομίζω θεοὺς εἶναι ἀπειθῶν τῇ μαντείᾳ καὶ δεδιὼς θάνατον καὶ οἰόμενος σοφὸς εἶναι οὐκ ὤν. τὸ γάρ τοι θάνατον δεδιέναι, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ δοκεῖν σοφὸν εἶναι μὴ ὄντα· δοκεῖν γὰρ εἰδέναι ἐστὶν ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν. οἶδε μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς τὸν θάνατον οὐδ' εἰ τυγχάνει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πάντων μέγιστον ὂν τῶν ἀγαθῶν, δεδίασι δὲ ὡς εὖ εἰδότες ὅτι μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν ἐστι. καίτοι πῶς οὐκ ἀμαθία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ ἐπονείδιστος, ἡ τοῦ οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν; ἐγὼ δ', ὦ ἄνδρες, τούτῳ καὶ ἐνταῦθα διαφέρω τῶν πολλῶν ἴσως ἀνθρώπων· καὶ εἰ δή τῳ σοφώτερός του φαίην εἶναι, τούτῳ ἄν, ὅτι οὐκ εἰδὼς ἱκανῶς περὶ τῶν ἐν Ἅιδου οὕτω καὶ οἴομαι οὐκ εἰδέναι· τὸ δὲ ἀδικεῖν καὶ ἀπειθεῖν τῷ βελτίονι, καὶ θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ, ὅτι κακὸν καὶ αἰσχρόν ἐστιν οἶδα. πρὸ οὖν τῶν κακῶν ὧν οἶδα ὅτι κακά ἐστιν, ἃ μὴ οἶδα εἰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ ὄντα τυγχάνει, οὐδέποτε φοβήσομαι οὐδὲ φεύξομαι· ὥστε οὐδ' εἴ με νῦν ὑμεῖς ἀφίετε, Ἀνύτῳ ἀπιστήσαντες, ὃς ἔφη ἢ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐ δεῖν ἐμὲ δεῦρο εἰσελθεῖν ἢ ἐπειδὴ
I then would be guilty of a terrible thing, men of Athens, if, when the commanders whom you chose to command me stationed me at Potidaea and Amphipolis and at Delium and elsewhere, wherever they stationed me, I remained like anyone else and risked death, but when the god stationed me, as I thought and supposed, that I must live philosophizing and examining myself and others, I were to desert my post here from fear of death or any other thing. It would be a terrible thing, and truly then someone might justly bring me into court, because I do not believe in gods, disobeying the oracle, and fearing death, and thinking I am wise when I am not. For to fear death, men, is nothing else than to think one is wise when one is not; for it is to think one knows what one does not know. For no one knows death, nor whether it happens to be for man the greatest of all goods, but they fear it as if they knew well that it is the greatest of evils. And yet how is this not that reproachful ignorance, the thinking one knows what one does not know? But I, men, differ from the many perhaps in this and here; and if I might claim to be wiser than anyone in anything, it would be in this, that not knowing sufficiently about the things in Hades, I also think I do not know; but that doing wrong and disobeying the better, whether god or man, is evil and shameful, I know. Therefore, before the evils which I know are evils, I will never fear nor flee those which I do not know whether they may even be goods; so that not even if you now release me, distrusting Anytus, who said that either I should not have come here at the beginning, or since I have come,
εἰσῆλθον οὐχ οἷόν τ' εἶναι τὸ μὴ ἀποκτεῖναί με, λέγων πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὡς εἰ διαφευξοίμην, ἤδη ἂν ὑμῶν οἱ υἱεῖς ἐπιτηδεύοντες ἃ Σωκράτης διδάσκει, πάντες παντάπασι διαφθαρήσονται–εἴ μοι πρὸς ταῦτα εἴποιτε· ὦ Σώκρατες, νῦν μὲν Ἀνύτῳ οὐ πεισόμεθα, ἀλλ' ἀφίεμέν σε, ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέντοι ἐφ' ᾧ τε μηκέτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ζητήσει διατρίβειν μηδὲ φιλοσοφεῖν· ἐὰν δὲ ἁλῷς ἔτι τοῦτο πράττων, ἀποθανῇ. εἰ οὖν με, ὅπερ εἶπον, ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀφίοιτε, εἴποιμι ἂν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, ἀσπάζομαι μὲν καὶ φιλῶ, πείθομαι δὲ μᾶλλον τῷ θεῷ ἢ ὑμῖν, καὶ ἕως περ ἂν ἐμπνέω καὶ οἷός τε ὦ, οὐ μὴ παύσωμαι φιλοσοφῶν καὶ ὑμῖν παρακελευόμενός τε καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενος, ὅτῳ ἂν ἀεὶ ἐντυγχάνω ὑμῶν, λέγων οἷάπερ εἴωθα.» Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει· «Ἐννοήσωμεν δὴ καὶ τῇδε, ὡς πολλὴ ἐλπίς ἐστιν ἀγαθὸν αὐτὸ εἶναι. δυοῖν γὰρ θάτερόν ἐστι τὸ τεθνάναι· ἢ γὰρ οἷον μηδέν τι εἶναι μηδὲ αἴσθησιν μηδεμίαν μηδενὸς ἔχειν τὸν τεθνεῶτα ἢ κατὰ τὰ λεγόμενα μεταβολή τις τυγχάνει οὖσα καὶ μετοίκησις τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἐνθένδε εἰς ἄλλον τόπον. καὶ εἴτε δὴ μηδεμία αἴσθησίς ἐστιν, ἀλλ' οἷον ὕπνος, ἐπειδάν τις ὄναρ καθεύδων μηδὲ ὄναρ μηδὲν ὁρᾷ, θαυμάσιον κέρδος ἂν εἴη θάνατος.
I entered, not that it was possible for them not to kill me, saying to you that if I should escape, then your sons, practicing what Socrates teaches, would all be utterly corrupted—if to this you should say: O Socrates, now we will not be persuaded by Anytus, but we release you, on this condition, however, that you no longer spend time in this investigation nor philosophize; and if you are caught doing this again, you will die. If then you were to release me on these terms, as I said, I would say to you that I, O men of Athens, greet you and love you, but I obey the god rather than you, and as long as I breathe and am able, I will not cease philosophizing and exhorting you and pointing out, to whomever of you I may always meet, saying the things I am accustomed to. And after a little he adds: Let us consider also in this way, that there is great hope that it is a good thing. For death is one of two things: either it is like nothing, and the dead person has no perception of anything, or, according to what is said, it is a kind of change and migration of the soul from this place to another place. And if indeed there is no perception, but it is like a sleep, when someone sleeping sees no dream at all, death would be a wonderful gain.
ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν οἶμαι, εἴ τινα ἐκλεξάμενον δέοι ταύτην τὴν νύκτα ἐν ᾗ οὕτω κατέδαρθεν ὥστε μηδὲ ὄναρ ἰδεῖν, καὶ τὰς ἄλλας νύκτας τε καὶ ἡμέρας τὰς τοῦ βίου τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ ἀντιπαραθέντα ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ εἰ δέοι σκεψάμενον εἰπεῖν πόσας ἄμεινον καὶ ἥδιον ἡμέρας καὶ νύκτας ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς βεβίωκεν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ βίῳ, οἶμαι ἂν οὐχὶ ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα εὐαριθμήτους ἀνευρεῖν αὐτὸν ταύτας πρὸς τὰς ἄλλας ἡμέρας τε καὶ νύκτας. εἰ οὖν τοιοῦτον ὁ θάνατός ἐστι, κέρδος ἔγωγε λέγω· καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲν πλεῖον ὁ πᾶς χρόνος φαί13.10.11 νεται οὕτω εἶναι ἢ μία νύξ. εἰ δ' αὖ οἷον ἀποδημῆσαί ἐστιν ὁ θάνατος ἐνθένδε εἰς ἄλλον τόπον καὶ ἀληθῆ ἐστι τὰ λεγόμενα, ὡς ἄρα ἐκεῖ εἰσιν ἅπαντες οἱ τεθνεῶτες, τί μεῖζον ἀγαθὸν τούτου εἴη ἄν, ὦ ἄνδρες δικασταί; εἰ γάρ τις ἀφικόμενος εἰς Ἅιδου, ἀπαλλαγεὶς τούτων τῶν φασκόντων δικαστῶν εἶναι, εὑρήσει τοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς δικαστάς, οἵπερ καὶ λέγονται ἐκεῖ δικάζειν, Μίνως τε καὶ Ῥαδάμανθυς καὶ Αἰακὸς καὶ Τριπτόλεμος καὶ ἄλλοι ὅσοι τῶν ἡμιθέων δίκαιοι ἐγένοντο ἐν τῷ ἑαυτῶν βίῳ, ἆρα φαύλη ἂν εἴη ἡ ἀποδημία; ἢ αὖ Ὀρφεῖ ξυγγενέσθαι καὶ Μουσαίῳ καὶ Ἡσιόδῳ καὶ Ὁμήρῳ ἐπὶ πόσῳ ἄν τιςδέξαιτ' ἂν ὑμῶν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ πολλάκις ἐθέλω τεθνάναι, εἴπερ ταῦτ' ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, ἐπεὶ ἔμοιγε καὶ αὐτῷ θαυμαστὴ ἂν εἴη ἡ διατριβὴ αὐτόθι, ὁπότε ἐντύχοιμι Παλαμήδει καὶ Αἴαντι τῷ Τελαμῶνος καὶ εἴ τις ἄλλος τῶν παλαιῶν διὰ κρίσιν ἄδικον τέθνηκεν, ἀντιπαραβάλλοντι τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πάθη πρὸς τὰ ἐκείνων, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι οὐκ ἂν ἀηδὲς εἶναι.
I think that if someone were to select that night in which he slept so soundly as to see not even a dream, and were to set beside it all the other nights and days of his own life, and then, after considering, were to say how many days and nights he had lived better and more pleasantly than that night, I think that not just any private person, but even the Great King would find them to be few in number compared with the other days and nights. If, then, death is like this, I say it is a gain; for the whole of time appears to be no more than a single night. But if, on the other hand, death is a kind of journey from here to another place, and what is said is true, that there are all the dead, what greater good could there be than this, gentlemen judges? For if someone, on arriving in Hades, freed from those who claim to be judges, should find the true judges, who are said to judge there—Minos and Rhadamanthus and Aeacus and Triptolemus and all the other demigods who were just in their own lives—would that journey be a worthless one? Or again, to associate with Orpheus and Musaeus and Hesiod and Homer—at what price would any of you accept that? For my part, I would often be willing to die, if these things are true, since for me too the time there would be wonderful, whenever I might meet Palamedes and Ajax son of Telamon and any other of the ancients who died through an unjust judgment, comparing my own sufferings with theirs—which, I think, would not be unpleasant.
καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, τοὺς ἐκεῖ ἐξετάζοντα καὶ ἐρευνῶντα ὥσπερ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα διάγειν, τίς αὐτῶν σοφός ἐστι καὶ τίς οἴεται μέν, ἔστι δ' οὔ.» Καὶ παρ' ἡμῖν «πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις» εἴρηται καὶ «μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν οὐ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι» «εἰδέναι τε, ὅτι ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς» ὅτι τε «ἐκδημοῦντες ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἐνδημοῦμεν τῷ κυρίῳ,» ὃς καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν ἠλπικόσιν ἐπήγγελται εἰς κόλπους Ἁβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ ἀναπαύσεσθαι μετά τε τῶν ἄλλων παρ' Ἑβραίοιςθεοφιλῶν προφητῶν τε καὶ δικαίων ἐν μακαρίᾳ ζωῇ τὸν μακρὸν αἰῶνα διάξειν.
ιαʹ. ΟΠΩΣ ΔΕΟΙ ΤΙΜΑΝ ΤΟΝ ΘΑΝΑΤΟΝ ΤΩΝ ΕΥΚΛΕΩΣ ΜΕΤΑΛΛΑΞΑΝΤΩΝ ΤΟΝ ΒΙΟΝ
«Τῶν δὲ δὴ ἀποθανόντων ἐπὶ στρατείας ὃς ἂν εὐδοκιμήσας τελευτήσῃ, ἆρ' οὐ πρῶτον μὲν φήσομεν τοῦ χρυσοῦ γένους εἶναι; Πάνυ γε μάλιστα. Ἀλλ' οὐ πεισόμεθα Ἡσιόδῳ, ἐπειδάν τινες τοῦ τοιούτου γένους τελευτήσωσιν, ὡς ἄρα οἱ μὲν δαίμονες ἁγνοὶ ἐπιχθόνιοι τελέθουσιν, ἐσθλοί, ἀλεξίκακοι, φύλακες μερόπων ἀνθρώπων; Πεισόμεθα μὲν οὖν. Διαπυθόμενοι ἄρα τοῦ θεοῦ πῶς χρὴ τοὺς δαιμονίους τε καὶ θείους τιθέναι καὶ τίνι διαφόρῳ, οὕτω καὶ ταύτη θήσομεν ᾗ ἂν ἐξηγῆται; Τί δ' οὐ μέλλομεν; Τὸν λοιπὸν δὴ χρόνον ὡς δαίμονας γεγονότας οὕτω θεραπεύσομέν τε καὶ προσκυνήσομεν αὐτῶν τὰς θήκας;
And indeed the greatest thing is to examine and scrutinize those there as if they were here, to see which of them is wise and which thinks he is but is not." And among us it has been said, "One must obey God rather than men" and "Do not fear those who kill the body, but cannot kill the soul" and "Know that if our earthly house of the tabernacle is dissolved, we have a building from God, a handless-made eternal house in the heavens" and that "departing from the body we dwell in the Lord," who has promised to all who have hoped in him to rest in the bosoms of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, and to pass the long age in blessed life together with the other God-beloved prophets and righteous among the Hebrews.
11. HOW ONE SHOULD HONOR THE DEATH OF THOSE WHO HAVE GLORIOUSLY EXCHANGED LIFE
"Of those who die in military service, whoever dies having gained a good reputation, shall we not first say that he is of the golden race? Yes, indeed. But shall we not be persuaded by Hesiod, when some of such a race die, that they become pure daemons, earthly, noble, averters of evil, guardians of mortal men? We shall be persuaded, then. Having inquired of the god how we ought to place the daemonic and divine beings and by what distinction, shall we thus place them in the manner he prescribes? Why should we not? For the rest of time, then, shall we honor and worship their tombs as having become daemons?
τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα νομιοῦμεν, ὅταν τις γήρᾳ ἤ τινι ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ τελευτήσῃ τῶν ὅσοι ἂν διαφερόντως ἐν τῷ βίῳ ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσι.» Καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἁρμόζει ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν θεοφιλῶν τελευτῇ, οὓς στρατιώτας τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐσεβείας οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοις εἰπὼν παραλαμβάνεσθαι. ὅθεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς θήκας αὐτῶν ἔθος ἡμῖν παριέναι καὶ τὰς εὐχὰς παρὰ ταύταις ποιεῖσθαι τιμᾶν τε τὰς μακαρίας αὐτῶν ψυχάς, ὡς εὐλόγως καὶ τούτων ὑφ' ἡμῶν γιγνομένων. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν Πλάτωνος ἀνελεξάμεθα· φιλόκαλος δέ τις ἄλλος καὶ τούτων ἔτι πλείω ἂν εὕροι παρὰ τῷ αὐτῷ σύμφωνα τοῖς ἡμετέροις δόγμασι, τάχα δὲ καὶ παρ' ἑτέροις. ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμῖν ὑποθέσεως προλαβόντες ἐφήψαντο καὶ ἄλλοι, εὖ μοι δοκεῖ ἐπισκέψασθαι δεῖν καὶ τὰ τούτοις πεπονημένα. παραθήσω δὲ πρώτου Ἀριστοβούλου, τοῦ ἐξ Ἑβραίων φιλοσόφου, τὰς οὕτως ἐχούσας φωνάς·
ιβʹ. ΟΠΩΣ ΚΑΙ Ο ΠΡΟ ΗΜΩΝ ΕΞ ΕΒΡΑΙΩΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΟΒΟΥΛΟΣ Ο ΠΕΡΙΠΑΤΗΤΙΚΟΣ ΕΚ ΤΗΣ ΠΑΡ' ΕΒΡΑΙΟΙΣ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑΣ ΩΜΟΛΟΓΕΙ ΤΟΥΣ ΕΛΛΗΝΑΣ ΩΡΜΗΣΘΑΙ· ΕΚ ΤΩΝ ΑΡΙΣΤΟΒΟΥΛΟΥ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙ ΠΤΟΛΕΜΑΙΩΙ ΠΡΟΣΠΕΦΩΝΗΜΕΝΩΝ «Φανερὸν ὅτι κατηκολούθησεν ὁ Πλάτων τῇ καθ' ἡμᾶς νομοθεσίᾳ καὶ φανερός ἐστι περιειργασμένος ἕκαστα τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ. διηρμήνευται γὰρ πρὸ Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως δι' ἑτέρων, πρὸ τῆς Ἀλεξάνδρου καὶ Περσῶν ἐπικρατήσεως, τά τε κατὰ τὴν ἐξαγωγὴν τὴν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου τῶν Ἑβραίων, ἡμετέ ρων δὲ πολιτῶν, καὶ ἡ τῶν γεγονότων ἁπάντων αὐτοῖς ἐπιφάνεια καὶ κράτησις τῆς χώρας καὶ τῆς ὅλης νομοθεσίας ἐπεξήγησις, ὡς εὔδηλον εἶναι τὸν προειρημένον φιλόσοφον εἰληφέναι πολλά·
We shall consider the same things, when someone dies of old age or in some other way, of all those who have been judged preeminently good in life." And these things are fitting for the death of the God-beloved, whom one would not err in calling soldiers of true piety. Hence it is also our custom to go to their tombs and to make prayers there, and to honor their blessed souls, as these things are reasonably done by us. But we have gathered these things from Plato; another lover of beauty might find even more than these in the same author, in agreement with our doctrines, and perhaps also in others. Since others before us have touched upon the same subject, it seems good to me to examine also the works composed by them. I will set forth first the words of Aristobulus, the philosopher from the Hebrews, which are as follows:
12. HOW ARISTOBULUS THE PERIPATETIC, WHO WAS BEFORE US AND FROM THE HEBREWS, ACKNOWLEDGED THAT THE GREEKS DREW FROM THE PHILOSOPHY AMONG THE HEBREWS. FROM THE WORKS OF ARISTOBULUS ADDRESSED TO KING PTOLEMY: "It is evident that Plato followed our legislation, and it is clear that he worked through each of the things in it. For before Demetrius of Phalerum, before the domination of Alexander and the Persians, there was translated through others both the account of the exodus of the Hebrews—our fellow citizens—from Egypt, and the manifestation of all that happened to them, and the conquest of the land, and the exposition of the whole legislation, so that it is obvious that the aforementioned philosopher took many things.
γέγονε γὰρ πολυμαθής, καθὼς καὶ Πυθαγόρας πολλὰ τῶν παρ' ἡμῖν μετενέγκας εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δογματοποιίαν κατε13.12.2 χώρισεν. ἡ δ' ὅλη ἑρμηνεία τῶν διὰ τοῦ νόμου πάντων ἐπὶ τοῦ προσαγορευθέντος Φιλαδέλφου βασιλέως, σοῦ δὲ προγόνου, προσενεγκαμένου μείζονα φιλοτιμίαν, Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως πραγματευσαμένου τὰ περὶ τούτων.» Εἶτα μεταξύ τινα εἰπὼν ἐπιφέρει λέγων· «Δεῖ γὰρ λαμβάνειν τὴν θείαν φωνὴν οὐ ῥητὸν λόγον, ἀλλ' ἔργων κατασκευάς, καθὼς καὶ διὰ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἡμῖν ὅλην τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ κόσμου θεοῦ λόγους εἴρηκεν ὁ Μωσῆς. συνεχῶς γάρ φησιν ἐφ' ἑκάστου· «καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς, καὶ ἐγένετο.» δοκοῦσι δέ μοι περιειργασμένοι πάντα κατηκολουθηκέναι τούτῳ Πυθαγόρας τε καὶ Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων λέγοντες ἀκούειν φωνῆς θεοῦ, τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ὅλων συνθεωροῦντες ἀκριβῶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγονυῖαν καὶ συνεχομένην ἀδιαλείπτως. ἔτι δὲ καὶ Ὀρφεὺς ἐν ποιήμασι τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἱερὸν Λόγον αὐτῷ λεγομένων οὕτως ἐκτίθεται περὶ τοῦ διακρατεῖσθαι θείᾳ δυνάμει τὰ πάντα καὶ γενητὰ ὑπάρχειν καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τὸν θεόν. λέγει δ' οὕτως· φθέγξομαι οἷς θέμις ἐστί, θύρας δ' ἐπίθεσθε βέβηλοι, φεύγοντες δικαίων θεσμούς, θείοιο τιθέντος πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ· σὺ δ' ἄκουε, φαεσφόρου ἔκγονε Μήνης Μουσαῖ'. ἐξενέπω γὰρ ἀληθέα· μηδέ
has become very learned, just as Pythagoras also transferred many of our teachings into his own doctrinal system and established them. The entire interpretation of all the things in the law, under the king called Philadelphus, your ancestor, who displayed greater ambition, was undertaken by Demetrius of Phalerum, who managed these matters." Then, after saying something in between, he adds, saying: "For one must take the divine voice not as a literal word, but as the construction of works, just as through the legislation Moses has spoken to us the entire generation of the world by the words of God. For he continually says in each case: 'And God said, and it came to be.' And it seems to me that Pythagoras, Socrates, and Plato, having thoroughly examined everything, have followed this, saying that they hear the voice of God, observing that the construction of the whole has been made by God and is continuously held together. Moreover, Orpheus, in the poems of what is called the Sacred Word, sets forth in this way concerning the fact that all things are held together by divine power, are generated, and that God is over all. He speaks thus: 'I will speak to those for whom it is lawful; close the doors, you profane ones, fleeing the ordinances of the just, of the divine one who ordains for all alike; and you, O son of the light-bearing Moon, Musaeus, listen. For I will speak the truth; let not...
σε τὰ πρὶν ἐν στήθεσσι φανέντα φίλης αἰῶνος ἀμέρσῃ, εἰς δὲ λόγον θεῖον βλέψας τούτῳ προσέδρευε, ἰθύνων κραδίης νοερὸν κύτος· εὖ δ' ἐπίβαινε ἀτραπιτοῦ, μοῦνον δ' ἐσόρα κόσμοιο τυπωτὴν ἀθάνατον. παλαιὸς δὲ λόγος περὶ τοῦδε φαείνει· Εἷς ἔστ' αὐτοτελής, αὐτοῦ δ' ὕπο πάντα τελεῖται, ἐν δ' αὐτοῖς αὐτὸς περινίσσεται, οὐδέ τις αὐτὸν εἰσοράᾳ ψυχὴν θνητῶν, νῷ δ' εἰσοράαται. αὐτὸς δ' ἐξ ἀγαθῶν θνητοῖς κακὸν οὐκ ἐπιτέλλει ἀνθρώποις· αὐτῷ δὲ χάρις καὶ μῖσος ὀπηδεῖ· καὶ πόλεμος καὶ λοιμὸς ἰδ' ἄλγεα δακρυόεντα· οὐδέ τίς ἐσθ' ἕτερος. σὺ δέ κεν ῥέα πάντ' ἐσορήσω, αἴ κεν ἴδῃς αὐτόν· πρὶν δή ποτε δεῦρ' ἐπὶ γαῖαν, τέκνον ἐμόν, δείξω σοι, ὁπηνίκα δέρκομαι αὐτοῦ ἴχνια καὶ χεῖρα στιβαρὴν κρατεροῖο θεοῖο. αὐτὸν δ' οὐχ ὁρόω· περὶ γὰρ νέφος ἐστήρικται λοιπὸν ἐμοί· 'στᾶσιν δὲ δεκάπτυχον ἀνθρώποισιν. οὐ γάρ κέν τις ἴδοι θνητῶν μερόπων κραίνοντα, εἰ μὴ μουνογενής τις ἀπορρὼξ φύλου ἄνωθεν Χαλδαίων· ἴδρις γὰρ ἔην ἄστροιο πορείης καὶ σφαίρης κίνημ' ἀμφὶ χθόνα ὡς περιτέλλει κυκλοτερές τ' ἐν ἴσῳ, κατὰ δὲ σφέτερον κνώδακα. πνεύματα δ' ἡνιοχεῖ περί τ' ἠέρα καὶ περὶ χεῦμα νάματος· ἐκφαίνει δὲ πυρὸς σέλας ἰφιγενήτου. αὐτὸς δὴ μέγαν αὖθις ἐπ' οὐρανὸν ἐστήρικται χρυσέῳ εἰνὶ θρόνῳ· γαίη δ' ὑπὸ ποσσὶ βέβηκε· χεῖρα δὲ δεξιτερὴν ἐπὶ τέρμασιν Ὠκεανοῖο ἐκτέτακεν· ὀρέων δὲ τρέμει βάσις ἔνδοθι θυμῷ οὐδὲ φέρειν δύναται κρατερὸν μένος. ἔστι δὲ πάντως αὐτὸς ἐπουράνιος καὶ ἐπὶ χθονὶ πάντα τελευτᾷ, ἀρχὴν αὐτὸς ἔχων καὶ μέσσην ἠδὲ τελευτήν, ὡς λόγος ἀρχαίων, ὡς ὑδογενὴς διέταξεν, ἐκ θεόθεν γνώμῃσι λαβὼν κατὰ δίπλακα θεσμόν.
the things that previously appeared in your breast, the beloved age may deprive you of; but look to the divine word and attend to it, guiding the intelligent vessel of your heart. Walk well on the path, and behold only the immortal molder of the cosmos. An ancient account concerning this reveals: He is one, self-complete, and from him all things are completed; in them he himself revolves, and no one among mortals sees him with the soul, but he is seen by the mind. He himself does not ordain evil for mortal men from good things; but grace and hatred attend him, and war and plague and tearful pains. There is no other. But you will see all these things easily, if you see him. Before I came here to earth, my child, I will show you, when I perceive his tracks and the strong hand of the mighty god. But I do not see him himself; for a cloud is fixed around him, remaining for me—a tenfold standing for men. For no mortal man could see the ruler, unless he were a monogenous offshoot of the Chaldean race from above; for he was skilled in the course of the star and the motion of the sphere around the earth as it revolves, and in the equal circle, according to its own axis. He guides the spirits around the air and around the stream of water; he reveals the light of fire, born of great might. He himself is again fixed upon the great heaven on a golden throne; the earth stands beneath his feet. He stretches his right hand to the limits of Ocean; the base of the mountains trembles within from his wrath and cannot bear his strong might. He is altogether the heavenly one, and on earth he brings all things to completion, having himself the beginning, the middle, and the end, as the account of the ancients says, as the water-born one ordained, receiving from the divine mind according to the double law.
ἄλλως οὐ θεμιτὸν δὲ λέγειν· τρομέω δέ γε γυῖα, ἐν νόῳ· ἐξ ὑπάτου κραίνει περὶ πάντ' ἐνὶ τάξει. ὦ τέκνον, σὺ δὲ τοῖσι νόοισι πελάζευ, γλώσσης εὖ μάλ' ἐπικρατέων, στέρνοισι δὲ ἔνθεο φήμην. καὶ Ἄρατος δὲ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν φησιν οὕτως· Ἐκ θεοῦ ἀρχώμεσθα, τὸν οὐδέποτ' ἄνδρες ἐῶσιν ἄρρητον· μεσταὶ δὲ θεοῦ πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγυιαί, πᾶσαι δ' ἀνθρώπων ἀγοραί, μεστὴ δὲ θάλασσα καὶ λιμένες, πάντη δὲ θεοῦ κεχρήμεθα πάντες. τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν· ὁ δ' ἤπιος ἀνθρώποισι δεξιὰ σημαίνει, λαοὺς δ' ἐπὶ ἔργον ἐγείρει μιμνήσκων βιότοιο· λέγει δ' ὅτε βῶλος ἀρίστη βουσί τε καὶ μακέλῃσι, λέγει δ' ὅτε δεξιαὶ ὧραι καὶ φυτὰ γυρῶσαι καὶ σπέρματα πάντα βαλέσθαι. σαφῶς οἴομαι δεδεῖχθαι διότι διὰ πάντων ἐστὶν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ. καθὼς δὲ δεῖ, σεσημάγκαμεν περιαιροῦντες τὸν διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων Δία καὶ Ζῆνα· τὸ γὰρ τῆς διανοίας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ θεὸν ἀναπέμπεται, διόπερ οὕτως ἡμῖν εἴρηται. οὐκ ἀπεοικότως οὖν τοῖς ἐπεζητημένοις προενηνέγμεθα ταῦτα. πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς φιλοσόφοις ὁμολογεῖται διότι δεῖ περὶ θεοῦ διαλήψεις ὁσίας ἔχειν, ὃ μάλιστα παρακελεύεται καλῶς ἡ καθ' ἡμᾶς αἵρεσις. ἡ δὲ τοῦ νόμου κατασκευὴ πᾶσα τοῦ καθ' ἡμᾶς περὶ εὐσεβείας τέτακται καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν.» Τούτοις ἑξῆς μεθ' ἕτερα ἐπιλέγει· «Ἐχομένως δ' ἐστὶν ὡς ὁ θεός, ὃς τὸν ὅλον κόσμον κατεσκεύακε, καὶ δέδωκεν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμῖν, διὰ τὸ κακόπαθον εἶναι πᾶσι τὴν βιοτήν, ἑβδόμην ἡμέραν, ἣ δὴ καὶ πρώτη φυσικῶς ἂν λέγοιτο φωτὸς γένεσις, ἐν ᾧ τὰ πάντα συνθεωρεῖται. μεταφέροιτο δ' ἂν τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς σοφίας·
Otherwise it is not lawful to speak; but I tremble in my limbs, in my mind: from the highest one decrees concerning all things in order. O child, approach with your thoughts, well mastering your tongue, and place the divine utterance in your breast. And Aratus says about the same things as follows: "Let us begin from God, whom men never leave unspoken; all streets are full of God, all marketplaces of men are full, the sea and harbors are full, and everywhere we all have need of God. For we are also of his race; and he, gentle to men, gives favorable signs, and rouses the peoples to work, reminding them of livelihood; he tells when the soil is best for oxen and mattocks, he tells when the seasons are right for planting vines and casting all seeds." I think it has been clearly shown that the power of God is through all things. And as is necessary, we have signified, removing the Zeus and Zenas of the poems; for the intention of their thought is referred to God, and therefore it has been stated by us in this way. Not unreasonably, then, have we brought these things forward in response to the inquiries. For it is agreed by all philosophers that one must have holy conceptions about God, which our own school especially exhorts well. And the whole construction of our law is ordered concerning piety, justice, temperance, and the remaining goods that are true." After these things, he adds further: "It is consistent that God, who constructed the whole world and gave us rest, because life is full of hardship for all, gave the seventh day, which indeed might naturally be called the first generation of light, in which all things are contemplated together. The same could be transferred also to wisdom.
τὸ γὰρ πᾶν φῶς ἐστιν ἐξ αὐτῆς. καί τινες εἰρήκασι τῶν ἐκ τῆς αἱρέσεως ὄντες τῆς ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου λαμπτῆρος αὐτὴν ἔχειν τάξιν· ἀκολουθοῦντες γὰρ αὐτῇ συνεχῶς ἀτάραχοι καταστήσονται δι' ὅλου τοῦ βίου. σαφέστερον δὲ καὶ κάλλιον τῶν ἡμετέρων προγόνων τις εἶπε Σολομῶν αὐτὴν πρὸ οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὑπάρχειν· τὸ δὴ σύμφωνόν ἐστι τῷ προειρημένῳ. τὸ δὲ διασαφούμενον διὰ τῆς νομοθεσίας ἀποπεπαυκέναι τὸν θεὸν ἐν αὐτῇ, τοῦτο οὐχ, ὥς τινες ὑπολαμβάνουσι, μηκέτι ποιεῖν τι τὸν θεὸν καθέστηκεν, ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τῷ κατα13.12.12 πεπαυκέναι τὴν τάξιν αὐτῶν οὕτως εἰς πάντα τὸν χρόνον τεταχέναι. σημαίνει γὰρ ὡς ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησε τόν τε οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ πάντα
τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα τοὺς χρόνους δηλώσῃ καὶ τὴν τάξιν προείπῃ τί τίνος προτερεῖ. τάξας γάρ, οὕτως αὐτὰ συνέχει καὶ μεταποιεῖ. διασεσάφηκε δ' ἡμῖν αὐτὴν ἔννομον ἕνεκεν σημείου τοῦ περὶ ἡμᾶς ἑβδόμου λόγου καθεστῶτος, ἐν ᾧ γνῶσιν ἔχομεν ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ θείων πραγμάτων. δι' ἑβδομάδων δὲ καὶ πᾶς ὁ κόσμος κυκλεῖται τῶν ζῳογονουμένων καὶ τῶν φυομένων ἁπάντων· τῷ δὲ σάββατον αὐτὴν προσαγορεύεσθαι διερμηνεύεται ἀνάπαυσις οὖσα. διασαφεῖ δὲ καὶ Ὅμηρος καὶ Ἡσίοδος, μετειληφότες ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων βιβλίων ἱερὰν εἶναι. Ἡσίοδος μὲν οὕτως· πρῶτον ἕνη τετράς τε καὶ ἑβδόμη ἱερὸν ἦμαρ· καὶ πάλιν λέγει· ἑβδομάτη δ' αὖτις λαμπρὸν φάος ἠελίοιο. Ὅμηρος δὲ οὕτω λέγει· ἑβδομάτη δἤπειτα κατήλυθεν, ἱερὸν ἦμαρ· καὶ πάλιν· ἕβδομον ἦμαρ ἔην καὶ τῷ τετέλεστο ἅπαντα καί· ἑβδομάτῃ δ' ἠοῖ λίπομεν ῥόον ἐξ Ἀχέροντος.
For the whole is light from her. And some of those belonging to the heresy from the Peripatos have said that she holds the rank of a lamp; for following her continuously they will be established untroubled throughout the whole of life. But more clearly and more beautifully one of our ancestors, Solomon, said that she exists before heaven and earth; this indeed is in harmony with what was previously stated. But the clarification through the legislation that God has ceased in her—this does not, as some suppose, mean that God no longer does anything, but that he has so ordered their arrangement for all time by having ceased. For it signifies that in six days he made both heaven and earth and all things in them, in order to indicate the times and to declare beforehand the precedence of one thing over another. For having ordered them, he thus maintains and transforms them. And she has been clarified to us as lawful for the sake of the sign of the seventh word established around us, in which we have knowledge of human and divine matters. And through hebdomads the whole cosmos of all living beings and all growing things is cycled; and that she is called Sabbath is interpreted as being rest. And Homer and Hesiod also clarify, having taken from our books that she is sacred. Hesiod thus: "First the fourth and the seventh day are a sacred day." And again he says: "And the seventh again is the bright light of the sun." And Homer speaks thus: "And the seventh day then came, a sacred day." And again: "It was the seventh day, and all was accomplished." And: "On the seventh dawn we left the stream of Acheron.
τοῦτο δὴ σημαίνων, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ ψυχὴν λήθης καὶ κακίας ἐν τῷ κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἑβδόμῳ λόγῳ καταλιμπάνεται τὰ προειρημένα καὶ γνῶσιν ἀληθείας λαμβάνομεν, καθὼς προείρηται. Λίνος δέ φησιν οὕτως· ἑβδομάτῃ δ' ἠοῖ τετελεσμένα πάντα τέτυκται· καὶ πάλιν· ἑβδόμη εἰν ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ γενέθλη καί· ἑβδόμη ἐν πρώτοισι καὶ ἑβδόμη ἐστὶ τελείη καί· ἑπτὰ δὲ πάντα τέτυκται ἐν οὐρανῷ ἀστερόεντι, ἐν κύκλοισι φανέντ' ἐπιτελλομένοις ἐνιαυτοῖς.» Τὰ μὲν οὖν Ἀριστοβούλου τοιαῦτα. ὁποῖα δὲ καὶ Κλήμεντι περὶ τῆς αὐτῆς εἴρηται ὑποθέσεως, γνοίης ἂν διὰ τούτων·
ιγʹ. ΩΣ ΚΑΙ ΚΛΗΜΗΣ ΟΜΟΙΩΣ ΤΑ ΚΑΛΩΣ ΕΛΛΗΣΙΝ ΕΙΡΗΜΕΝΑ ΣΥΜΦΩΝΑ ΤΥΓΧΑΝΕΙΝ ΤΟΙΣ ΕΒΡΑΙΩΝ ΠΑΡΙΣΤΗ ΔΟΓΜΑΣΙΝ· ΑΠΟ ΤΟΥ Ε ΣΤΡΩΜΑΤΕΩΣ ΚΛΗΜΕΝΤΟΣ «Τὰ δ' ἑξῆς προσαποδοτέον καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας Ἑλληνικὴν κλοπὴν σαφέστερον ἤδη παραστατέον. φασὶ γὰρ σῶμα εἶναι τὸν θεὸν οἱ Στωϊκοὶ καὶ πνεῦμα κατ' οὐσίαν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὴν ψυχήν. πάντα ταῦτα ἄντικρυς εὑρήσεις ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. μὴ γάρ μοι τὰς ἀλληγορίας αὐτῶν ἐννοήσῃς τὰ νῦν ὡς ἡ γνωστικὴ παραδίδωσιν ἀλήθεια, εἰ ἄλλο τι δεικνύουσαι, καθάπερ οἱ σοφοὶ παλαισταί, ἄλλο μηνύουσιν. ἀλλ' οἱ μὲν διήκειν διὰ πάσης τῆς οὐσίας τὸν θεόν φασιν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ποιητὴν μόνον αὐτὸν καλοῦμεν καὶ λόγῳ ποιητήν. παρήγαγε δ' αὐτοὺς τὸ ἐν τῇ Σοφίᾳ εἰρημένον «διήκει δὲ καὶ χωρεῖ διὰ πάντων διὰ τὴν καθαρότητα», ἐπεὶ μὴ συνῆκαν λέγεσθαι ταῦτα ἐπὶ τῆς σοφίας τῆς πρωτοκτίστου τῷ θεῷ. ναί, φασίν·
This then he indicates, that from the forgetfulness and evil of the soul in the seventh discourse according to truth the aforementioned things are left behind and we receive knowledge of truth, as has been said before. And Linus speaks thus: "On the seventh day all things have been accomplished." And again: "Seventh among good things and seventh is the birth." And: "Seventh among the first and seventh is the perfect." And: "Seven are all things accomplished in the starry heaven, appearing in the cycles of the revolving years." Such then are the things of Aristobulus. And what kind of things have been said by Clement concerning the same subject, you would know through these:
13. HOW CLEMENT LIKEWISE SHOWS THAT THE THINGS WELL SAID BY THE GREEKS HAPPEN TO BE IN AGREEMENT WITH THE DOGMAS OF THE HEBREWS. FROM THE FIFTH STROMATEUS OF CLEMENT. "And the following must be added, and the Greek theft from the barbarian philosophy must now be more clearly set forth. For the Stoics say that God is body and spirit in essence, just as indeed also the soul. All these things you will find outright in the scriptures. For do not now consider their allegories as the gnostic truth delivers, if showing something else, like skilled wrestlers, they indicate something else. But they say that God pervades all substance, while we call him only maker, and maker by word. And they were led by what is said in Wisdom, 'He pervades and goes through all things because of purity,' since they did not understand that these things are said of the first-created wisdom of God. Yes, they say.
ἀλλὰ ὕλην ὑποτίθενται οἱ φιλόσοφοι ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, οἵ τε Στωϊκοὶ καὶ Πλάτων καὶ Πυθαγόρας, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἀριστοτέλης ὁ Περιπατητικός, οὐχὶ δὲ μίαν ἀρχήν. ἴστωσαν οὖν τὴν καλουμένην ὕλην, ἄποιον καὶ ἀσχημάτιστον λεγομένην πρὸς αὐτῶν, τολμηρότερον δὲ ἤδη μὴ ὂν πρὸς τοῦ Πλάτωνος εἰρῆσθαι· καὶ μή τι μυστικώτατα, μίαν τὴν ὄντως οὖσαν ἀρχὴν εἰδώς, ἐν τῷ Τιμαίῳ αὐταῖς φησι λέξεσι· «Νῦν δὴ οὖν τό γε παρ' ἡμῶν ὧδε ἐχέτω· τὴν μὲν περὶ ἁπάντων εἴτε ἀρχὴν εἴτε ἀρχὰς εἴτε ὅπη δοκεῖ τούτων πέρι, τὸ νῦν οὐ ῥητέον, δι' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, διὰ δὲ τὸ χαλεπὸν εἶναι κατὰ τὸν παρόντα τρόπον τῆς διεξόδου δηλῶσαι τὰ δοκοῦντα.» Ἄλλως τε ἡ λέξις ἡ προφητικὴ ἐκείνη· «Ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος καὶ ἀκατασκεύαστος» ἀφορμὰς αὐτοῖς ὑλικῆς οὐσίας παρέσχηται. ναὶ μὴν Ἐπικούρῳ μὲν ἡ τοῦ αὐτομάτου παρείσδυσις οὐ παρακολουθήσαντι τῷ ῥητῷ γέγονεν ἐντεῦθεν· «Ματαιότης ματαιοτήτων, τὰ πάντα ματαιότης.» Ἀριστοτέλει δὲ μέχρι σελήνης ἐπῆλθε καταγαγεῖν τὴν πρόνοιαν ἐκ τοῦδε τοῦ ψαλμοῦ· «Κύριε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ τὸ ἔλεός σου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθειά σου ἕως τῶν νεφελῶν.» οὐδέπω γὰρ ἀπεκαλύπτετο ἡ τῶν προφητικῶν δήλωσις μυστηρίων πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου παρουσίας. τάς τε αὖ
But the philosophers posit matter among the principles—the Stoics, Plato, Pythagoras, and also Aristotle the Peripatetic—not a single principle. Let them know, then, the so-called matter, called by them qualityless and formless, and more boldly already said by Plato to be non-being; and perhaps most mysteriously, knowing the one truly existing principle, in the Timaeus he says in these very words: "Now then, let it be thus on our part: concerning all things, whether principle or principles or however it seems about these, it is not to be spoken now, for no other reason than that it is difficult to declare what seems to be the case in the present manner of exposition." Moreover, that prophetic saying, "And the earth was invisible and unfurnished," has provided them with starting points for material substance. Indeed, for Epicurus, the intrusion of chance arose from not following the text: "Vanity of vanities, all is vanity." And for Aristotle, it came to bring providence down as far as the moon from this psalm: "Lord, your mercy and your truth in the heaven as far as the clouds." For the revelation of the prophetic mysteries was not yet disclosed before the coming of the Lord. And again
μετὰ θάνατον κολάσεις καὶ τὴν διὰ πυρὸς τιμωρίαν ἀπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας ἥ τε ποιητικὴ πᾶσα μοῦσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ Ἑλληνικὴ φιλοσοφία ὑφείλετο. Πλάτων γοῦν ἐν τῷ τελευταίῳ τῆς Πολιτείας αὐταῖς φησι ταῖς λέξεσιν· «Ἐνταῦθα δὴ ἄνδρες ἄγριοι, διάπυροι ἰδεῖν παρεστῶτες, καταμανθάνοντες τὸ φθέγμα τοὺς μὲν ἰδίᾳ παραλαβόντες ἦγον, τὸν δὲ Ἀριδαῖον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους συμποδίσαντες χεῖράς τε καὶ πόδας καὶ κεφαλὴν καταβαλόντες καὶ ἐκδείραντες εἷλκον παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐκτὸς ἐπ' ἀσπαλάθων κνάμπτοντες.» Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄνδρες οἱ διάπυροι ἀγγέλους αὐτῷ βούλονται δηλοῦν, οἳ παραλαβόντες τοὺς ἀδίκους κολάζουσιν. «Ὁ ποιῶν,» φησί, «τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πῦρ φλέγον.» Ἕπεται δὲ τούτοις τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι ἀθάνατον. τὸ γὰρ κολαζόμενον ἢ παιδευόμενον ἐν αἰσθήσει ὂν ζῇ, κἂν πάσχειν λέγηται. τί δέ; οὐχὶ οἶδεν ὁ Πλάτων καὶ πυρὸς ποταμοὺς καὶ τῆς γῆς τὸ βάθος, τὴν πρὸς τῶν βαρβάρων γέενναν καλουμένην, Τάρταρον ποιητικῶς ὀνομάζων Κωκυτόν τε καὶ Ἀχέροντα καὶ Πυριφλεγέθοντα καὶ τοιαῦτά τινα εἰς τὴν παίδευσιν σωφρονίζοντα παρεισάγων κολαστήρια; τῶν σμικρῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν καὶ ἐλαχίστων τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοὺς ὁρῶντας τὸν θεόν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰς ἡμᾶς δι' ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐφεστώτων ἥκουσαν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐμφαίνων οὐκ ὀκνεῖ γράφειν· «Ἐπειδὴ πάσας τὰς ψυχὰς τοὺς βίους ᾑρῆσθαι, ὥσπερ ἔλαχον, ἐν τάξει προϊέναι πρὸς τὴν Λάχεσιν, ἐκείνην δὲ ἑκάστῳ, ὃν εἵλετο δαίμονα τοῦτον φύλακα τοῦ βίου συμπέμπειν καὶ ἀποπληρωτὴν τῶν αἱρεθέντων.» Τάχα δὲ καὶ τῷ Σωκράτει τὸ δαιμόνιον τοιοῦτό τι ᾐνίσσετο.
After death, punishments and the penalty through fire were derived from barbarian philosophy by the whole poetic muse, and also by Greek philosophy. Plato, at any rate, in the last book of the Republic says in these very words: "There fierce, fiery men standing by, listening to the utterance, took some aside and led them away, but Aridaeus and the others they bound hand and foot and head, threw them down, flayed them, and dragged them along the road outside over thorns, tearing them." For the fiery men are intended to signify angels, who take the unjust and punish them. "He who makes," he says, "his angels spirits and his ministers a burning fire." It follows from these things that the soul is immortal; for that which is punished or disciplined, being in a state of perception, lives, even if it is said to suffer. What then? Does not Plato also know rivers of fire and the depth of the earth, called Gehenna by the barbarians, poetically naming it Tartarus, and introducing Cocytus and Acheron and Pyriphlegethon and suchlike places of punishment for the sake of discipline and correction? And concerning the small and, according to scripture, the least of the angels who see God, and also indicating the oversight that comes to us through the presiding angels, he does not hesitate to write: "When all the souls had chosen their lives, as they had drawn lots, they proceeded in order to Lachesis, and she sent with each the daemon he had chosen as guardian of his life and fulfiller of his choices." Perhaps also the daimonion of Socrates hinted at something of this sort.
Ναὶ μὴν γενητὸν εἶναι τὸν κόσμον ἐκ Μωσέως παραλαβόντες ἐδογμάτισαν οἱ φιλόσοφοι. καὶ ὅ γε Πλάτων ἄντικρυς εἴρηκε· «Πότερον ἦν ἀρχὴν ἔχων γενέσεως οὐδεμίαν, ἢ γέγονεν, ἀπ' ἀρχῆς τινος ἀρξάμενος; ὁρατός τε γὰρ ἁπτός τε καὶ σῶμα ἔχει.» Αὖθίς τε ὁπόταν εἴπῃ· «Τὸν μὲν οὖν ποιητὴν καὶ πατέρα τοῦδε τοῦ παντὸς εὑρεῖν τε ἔργον,» οὐ μόνον γενητὸν ἔδειξε τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονέναι σημαίνει, ὡς ἂν ἐκ μόνου γενομένου καὶ ἐκ μὴ ὄντος ὑποστάν13.13.8 τος. γενητὸν δὲ καὶ οἱ Στωϊκοὶ τίθενται τὸν κόσμον. τόν τε ὑπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας θρυλούμενον διάβολον, τὸν τῶν δαιμόνων ἄρχοντα, κακοεργὸν εἶναι ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων ὁ Πλάτων λέγει ταῖσδε ταῖς λέξεσι· «Ψυχὴν διοικοῦσαν καὶ ἐνοικοῦσαν τοῖς πάντη κινουμένοις μῶν οὐ καὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνάγκη διοικεῖν φάναι; Τί μήν; Μίαν, ἢ πλείους; ἐγὼ ὑπὲρ σφῷν ἀποκρινοῦμαι. δυοῖν μέν που ἔλαττον μηδὲν τιθῶμεν, τῆς τε εὐεργέτιδος καὶ τῆς τἀναντία δυναμένης ἐξεργάζεσθαι.» Ὁμοίως δὲ κἀν τῷ Φαίδρῳ τάδε γράφει· «Ἔστι μὲν δὴ καὶ ἄλλα κακά, ἀλλά τις δαίμων ἔμιξε τοῖς πλείστοις ἐν τῷ παραυτίκα ἡδονήν.» Ἀλλὰ κἀν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων ἄντικρυς τὸ ἀποστολικὸν δείκνυσιν ἐκεῖνο· «Οὐκ ἔστιν ἡμῖν ἡ πάλη πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ τῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς»· ὧδέ πως γράφων· «Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ συνεχωρήσαμεν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς εἶναι μὲν τὸν οὐρανὸν πολλῶν μεστὸν ἀγαθῶν, εἶναι δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων, πλειόνων δὲ τῶν μή· μάχη, φαμέν, ἀθάνατός ἐσθ' ἡ τοιαύτη καὶ φυλακῆς θαυμαστῆς δεομένη.» Κόσμον τε αὖθις τὸν μὲν νοητὸν οἶδεν ἡ βάρβαρος φιλοσοφία, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητόν·
Indeed, the philosophers, having received from Moses that the cosmos is generated, have taught it. And Plato himself has plainly said: "Was it without any beginning of generation, or has it come into being, having begun from some beginning? For it is visible and tangible and has a body." And again, whenever he says: "Now to find the maker and father of this universe is a task," he not only showed that the cosmos is generated, but also indicates that it has come into being from him, as if having come into being from him alone and having subsisted from non-being. The Stoics also hold that the cosmos is generated. And as for the devil, the ruler of demons, who is talked about by barbarian philosophy, Plato in the tenth book of the Laws says that he is a maleficent soul in these words: "A soul that governs and dwells in all things that are moved in every way—must we not also say that it governs the heaven? Why not? One, or more? I will answer for you both. Let us posit no fewer than two, the beneficent one and the one capable of producing the opposite." Similarly, in the Phaedrus he writes thus: "There are indeed other evils, but some demon has mixed pleasure with most of them at the immediate moment." But also in the tenth book of the Laws he plainly shows that apostolic saying: "Our struggle is not against blood and flesh, but against the spiritual things in the heavens," writing somewhat as follows: "For since we have agreed among ourselves that the heaven is full of many good things, and also of their opposites, but of the latter more—such a battle, we say, is immortal and requires wonderful guardianship." And again, barbarian philosophy knows both the intelligible cosmos and the sensible cosmos.
καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀρχέτυπον, τὸν δὲ εἰκόνα τοῦ καλοῦ παραδείγματος. καὶ τὸν μὲν ἀνατίθησι μονάδι, ὡς ἂν νοητόν, τὸν δὲ αἰσθητὸν ἑξάδι· γάμος γὰρ παρὰ τοῖς Πυθαγορείοις, ὡς ἂν γόνιμος ἀριθμός, ἡ ἑξὰς καλεῖται. καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ μονάδι συνίστησιν οὐρανὸν ἀόρατον καὶ γῆν ἁγίαν καὶ φῶς νοητόν. «Ἐν ἀρχῇ γάρ,» φησίν, «ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν· ἡ δὲ γῆ ἦν ἀόρατος.» εἶτ' ἐπιφέρει· «Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεός· Γενέσθω φῶς, καὶ ἐγένετο φῶς.» ἐν δὲ τῇ κοσμογονίᾳ τῇ αἰσθητῇ στερεὸν οὐρανὸν ἐδημιούργει τὸ δὲ στερεὸν αἰσθητόν γῆν τε ὁρατὴν καὶ φῶς βλεπόμενον. ἆρ' οὐ δοκεῖ σοι ἐντεῦθεν ὁ
Πλάτων ζῴων ἰδέας ἐν τῷ νοητῷ ἀπολείπειν κόσμῳ καὶ τὰ εἴδη τὰ αἰσθητὰ κατὰ τὰ γένη δημιουργεῖν τὰ νοητά; εἰκότως ἄρα ἐκ γῆς μὲν τὸ σῶμα διαπλάττεσθαι λέγει Μωσῆς, ὃ γήϊνόν φησιν ὁ Πλάτων σκῆνος, ψυχὴν δὲ τὴν λογικὴν ἄνωθεν ἐμπνευσθῆναι ὑπὸ θεοῦ εἰς πρόσωπον. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἱδρῦσθαι λέγουσι, τὴν διὰ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων ἐπεισόδιον τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρωτοπλάστου εἴσοδον ἑρμηνεύοντες, διὸ καὶ «κατ' εἰκόνα καὶ καθ' ὁμοίωσιν» τὸν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι. εἰκὼν μὲν γὰρ θεοῦ λόγος ὁ θεῖος καὶ βασιλικός, ἄνθρωπος ἀπαθής, εἰκὼν δ' εἰκόνος ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς. ἑτέρῳ δ' εἰ βούλει παραλαβεῖν ὀνόματι τὴν ἐξομοίωσιν, εὕροις ἂν παρὰ τῷ Μωσεῖ ἀκολουθίαν ὀνομαζομένην θείαν. φησὶ γάρ· «Ὀπίσω κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν πορεύεσθε καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ φυλάξατε.» ἀκόλουθοι δ', οἶμαι, καὶ θεραπευταὶ θεοῦ πάντες οἱ ἐνάρετοι.
and he assigns the archetype to the monad, as intelligible, and the image of the beautiful paradigm to the hexad; for among the Pythagoreans, the hexad is called marriage, as a generative number. And in the monad he constitutes an invisible heaven and a holy earth and an intelligible light. "For in the beginning," he says, "God made the heaven and the earth; and the earth was invisible." Then he adds: "And God said, Let there be light, and there was light." But in the sense-perceptible cosmogony he fashioned a solid heaven—the solid being sense-perceptible—and a visible earth and a light that is seen. Does it not seem to you that from this Plato leaves behind ideas of living beings in the intelligible world and creates the sense-perceptible forms according to the intelligible kinds? Reasonably, then, Moses says that the body is formed from earth, which Plato calls an earthen tabernacle, and that the rational soul is breathed in from above by God into the face. For here they say the ruling part is established, interpreting the entry of the soul through the sense-organs as an addition in the case of the first-formed man, for which reason man is said to have come into being "according to the image and likeness." For the image of God is the divine and royal Logos, the impassible man, and the image of that image is the human mind. But if you wish to take up the assimilation under another name, you would find in Moses a sequence called divine. For he says: "Walk behind the Lord your God and keep his commandments." And all the virtuous, I think, are followers and servants of God.
Ἐντεῦθεν δ' οἱ μὲν Στωϊκοὶ τὸ τέλος τῆς φιλοσοφίας τὸ ἀκολούθως τῇ φύσει ζῆν εἰρήκασιν, ὁ Πλάτων δὲ ὁμοίωσιν θεῷ, ὡς ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ παρεστήσαμεν Στρωματεῖ, Ζήνων τε ὁ Στωϊκὸς παρὰ Πλάτωνος λαβών, ὁ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς βαρβάρου φιλοσοφίας, τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς πάντας ἀλλήλων εἶναι φίλους λέγει. φησὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ Φαίδρῳ Σωκράτης ὡς «οὐχ εἵμαρται κακὸν κακῷ φίλον εἶναι οὐδ' ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθῷ μὴ φίλον.» ὅπερ κἀν τῷ Λύσιδι ἀπέδειξεν ἱκανῶς, ὡς ἐν ἀδικίᾳ καὶ πονηρίᾳ οὐκ ἄν ποτε σωθείη φιλία. καὶ ὁ Ἀθηναῖος ξένος ὁμοίως φησὶ «πρᾶξιν εἶναι φίλην καὶ ἀκόλουθον θεῷ καὶ ἕνα λόγον ἔχουσαν ἀρχαῖον, ὅταν τὸ μὲν ὅμοιον τῷ ὁμοίῳ μετρίῳ ὄντι φίλον ᾖ, τὰ δὲ ἄμετρα οὔτε τοῖς ἀμέτροις οὔτε τοῖς ἐμμέτροις· ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἡμῖν πάντων χρημάτων μέτρον ἂν εἴη.» Εἶτα ὑποβὰς ἐπάγει πάλιν· «Πᾶς γὰρ δὴ ἀγαθὸς ἀγαθῷ ὅμοιος, κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ θεῷ ἐοικὼς ἀγαθῷ τε παντὶ φίλος ὑπάρχει καὶ θεῷ.» ἐνταῦθα γενόμενος κἀκείνου ἀνεμνήσθην· ἐπὶ τέλει γὰρ τοῦ Τιμαίου λέγει· «Τῷ κατανοουμένῳ τὸ κατανοοῦν ἐξομοιῶσαι δεῖν κατὰ τὴν ἀρχαίαν φύσιν, ὁμοιώσαντα δὲ τέλος ἔχειν τοῦ προτεθέντος ἀνθρώποις ὑπὸ θεῶν ἀρίστου βίου πρός τε τὸν παρόντα καὶ τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον.»« Καὶ μετὰ βραχέα ἐπιλέγει· «Ἀδελφοὺς δὲ εἶναι ἡμᾶς, ὡς ἂν τοῦ ἑνὸς θεοῦ ὄντας καὶ ἑνὸς διδασκάλου, φαίνεταί που καὶ Πλάτων καλῶν ὧδέ πως· «Ἐστὲ μὲν γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀδελφοί, ὡς φήσομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς μυθολογοῦντες. ἀλλ' ὁ θεὸς πλάττων, ὅσοι μὲν ὑμῶν ἱκανοὶ ἄρχειν, χρυσὸν ἐν τῇ γενέσει συνέμιξεν αὐτοῖς, διὸ τιμιώτατοί εἰσιν· ὅσοι δὲ ἐπίκουροι, ἄργυρον·
From this, the Stoics have said that the end of philosophy is to live in accordance with nature, while Plato says it is likeness to God, as we set forth in the second Stromateus. Zeno the Stoic, taking from Plato, and he from the barbarian philosophy, says that all good men are friends of one another. For Socrates says in the Phaedrus: "It is not fated that evil be friend to evil, nor that good not be friend to good." This he also sufficiently demonstrated in the Lysis, that in injustice and wickedness friendship could never be preserved. And the Athenian Stranger similarly says: "Action is friendly and follows God and has one ancient account, when like is friendly to like that is moderate, while immoderate things are friendly neither to immoderate nor to moderate things; and God would be for us the measure of all things." Then, going on, he adds again: "For every good man is like to a good man, and according to this he is also like to God, and is friend to every good man and to God." Having come to this point, I recalled that at the end of the Timaeus he says: "One must liken that which understands to that which is understood according to the ancient nature, and having likened it, one has the end of the best life set before men by the gods for both the present and the future time." And shortly after he adds: "And that we are brothers, as if being of one God and one teacher, Plato seems somewhere to call us thus: 'For you are all in the city brothers, as we will say to them in telling a myth. But the God, when molding, mixed gold into the generation of those of you who are capable of ruling, wherefore they are most honored; and those who are auxiliaries, silver;
σίδηρον δὲ καὶ χαλκὸν τοῖς γεωργοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δημιουργοῖς.» Ὅθεν ἀνάγκῃ φησὶ γεγονέναι «ἀσπάζεσθαί τε καὶ φιλεῖν τούτους μὲν ταῦτα ἐφ' οἷς γνῶσις, ἐκείνους δὲ ἐφ' οἷς δόξα.» ἴσως γὰρ τὴν ἐκλεκτὴν ταύτην φύσιν γνώσεως ἐφιεμένην μαντεύεται, εἰ μή τι τρεῖς τινας ὑποτιθέμενος φύσεις, τρεῖς πολιτείας, ὡς ὑπέλαβόν τινες, διαγράφει, καὶ Ἰουδαίων μὲν ἀργυρᾶν, Ἑλλήνων δὲ τὴν τρίτην, Χριστιανῶν δέ, οἷς ὁ χρυσὸς ὁ βασιλικὸς ἐγκαταμέμικται, τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα. τόν τε Χριστιανῶν βίον ἐμφαίνων κατὰ λέξιν γράφει ἐν τῷ Θεαιτήτῳ· «Λέγωμεν δὴ περὶ τῶν κορυφαίων· τί γὰρ ἄν τις τούς γε φαύλως διατρίβοντας ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ λέγοι; οὗτοι δέ που οὔτε εἰς ἀγορὰν ἴσασι τὴν ὁδὸν οὔτε ὅπου δικαστήριον ἢ βουλευτήριον ἤ τι κοινὸν ἄλλο τῆς πόλεως συνέδριον, νόμους δὲ καὶ ψηφίσματα γεγραμμένα οὔτε ὁρῶσιν οὔτε ἀκούουσι. σπουδαὶ δὲ ἑταιριῶν καὶ σύνοδοι ἢ σὺν αὐλητρίσι κῶμοι, οὐδὲ ὄναρ πράττειν προσίσταται αὐτοῖς. εὖ δὲ ἢ κακῶς τίς γέγονεν ἐν πόλει, ἢ τί τῳ κακόν ἐστι γεγονὸς ἐκ προγόνων, μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς λέληθεν ἢ οἱ τῆς θαλάσσης λεγόμενοι χόες. καὶ ταῦτα οὔθ' ὅτι οὐκ οἶδεν οἶδεν, ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι τὸ σῶμα κεῖται αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιδημεῖ, αὐτὸς δὲ πέταται κατὰ Πίνδαρον, τὰ γᾶς ὑπένερθεν οὐρανοῦ τε ὕπερ ἀστρονομῶν καὶ πᾶσαν πάντη φύσιν ἐρευνώμενος.» Πάλιν αὖ τῷ τοῦ κυρίου ῥητῷ τῷ «Ἔστω ὑμῶν τὸ ναὶ ναὶ καὶ τὸ
iron and bronze for the farmers and the other craftsmen." Hence, he says, it has come about by necessity "that these men embrace and love those things for which they have knowledge, and those others for which they have opinion." For perhaps he divines this chosen nature that yearns for knowledge, unless, positing three natures, he delineates three constitutions, as some have supposed, and for the Jews a silver one, for the Greeks the third, and for the Christians, in whom the royal gold is mingled, the Holy Spirit. And indicating the life of the Christians, he writes verbatim in the Theaetetus: "Let us speak then of the leaders; for why should one mention those who spend their time poorly in philosophy? These men, you see, know neither the way to the marketplace nor where the court or council chamber or any other public meeting place of the city is; they neither see nor hear laws and written decrees. As for the pursuits of clubs and assemblies or revels with flute-girls, it never even occurs to them to engage in such things. Whether someone in the city has fared well or ill, or what evil has befallen someone from his ancestors, escapes them more than the so-called measures of the sea. And they are not even aware that they do not know these things, but in truth their body lies and dwells there, while they themselves fly about, as Pindar says, 'above the earth and beneath the heaven,' stargazing and investigating every nature everywhere." Again, in turn, to the saying of the Lord, "Let your yes be yes and your
οὒ οὔ» ἐκεῖνο ἀπεικαστέον· «Ἀλλά μοι ψεῦδός τε συγχωρῆσαι καὶ ἀλήθειαν ἀφανίσαι οὐδαμῶς θέμις.» τῇ τε περὶ τοῦ ὀμόσαι ἀπαγορεύσει συνᾴδει ἥδε ἡ ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῶν Νόμων λέξις· «Ἔπαινός τε ὅρκος τε περὶ παντὸς ἀπέστω.» καὶ τὸ σύνολον Πυθαγόρας καὶ Σωκράτης καὶ Πλάτων λέγοντες ἀκούειν φωνῆς θεοῦ, τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ὅλων θεωροῦντες ἀκριβῶς ὑπὸ θεοῦ γεγονυῖαν καὶ συνεχομένην ἀδιαλείπτως, ἀκηκόασι τοῦ Μωσέως λέγοντος· «Εἶπε καὶ ἐγένετο,» τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἔργον εἶναι διαγράφοντος. ἐπί τε τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ χοὸς διαπλάσεως ἱστάμενοι γήϊνον μὲν οἱ φιλόσοφοι παρ' ἕκαστα τὸ σῶμα ἀναγορεύουσιν, Ὅμηρος δὲ οὐκ ὀκνεῖ ἐν κατάρας μέρει τίθεσθαι τὸ ἀλλ' ὑμεῖς μὲν πάντες ὕδωρ καὶ γαῖα γένοισθε, καθάπερ Ἡσαΐας «καὶ καταπατήσατε αὐτοὺς» λέγων «ὡς πηλόν.» Καλλίμαχος δὲ διαρρήδην γράφει· ἦν κεῖνος οὑνιαυτός, ᾧ ποτε πτηνὸν καὶ τοὐν θαλάσσῃ καὶ τὸ τετράπουν οὕτως ἐφθέγγεθ' ὡς ὁ πηλὸς ὁ Προμηθέως. πάλιν τε ὁ αὐτός· «Εἴ σε», ἔφη, «Προμηθεὺς ἔπλασε καὶ πηλοῦ μὴ ἐξ ἑτέρου γέγονας.» Ἡσίοδός τε ἐπὶ τῆς Πανδώρας λέγει Ἥφαιστον δὲ κέλευσε περικλυτὸν ὅττι τάχιστα γαῖαν ὕδει φύρειν, ἐν δ' ἀνθρώπου θέμεν αὐδὴν καὶ νόον. πῦρ μὲν οὖν τεχνικόν, ὁδῷ βαδίζον εἰς γένεσιν, τὴν φύσιν ὁρίζονται οἱ Στωϊκοί· πῦρ δὲ καὶ φῶς ἀλληγορεῖται ὁ θεὸς καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ πρὸς τῆς γραφῆς. τί δ', οὐχὶ καὶ Ὅμηρος παραφράζων τὸν χωρισμὸν τοῦ ὕδατος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τὴν ἐμφανῆ τῆς ξηρᾶς ἐπὶ τῆς Τηθύος καὶ τοῦ Ὠκεανοῦ λέγει· ἤδη γὰρ δηρὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλων ἀπέχονται εὐνῆς καὶ φιλότητος;
Not that," one must compare to that: "But it is not at all lawful for me to allow falsehood and to destroy truth." And with the prohibition concerning swearing, this saying in the tenth book of the Laws agrees: "Let praise and oath be absent from everything." And altogether, Pythagoras, Socrates, and Plato, saying that they hear the voice of God, observing that the construction of the universe has been made by God and is continuously sustained, have heard Moses saying, "He spoke and it came to be," describing the word of God as deed. And standing on the formation of man from dust, the philosophers on each occasion proclaim the body as earthly, while Homer does not hesitate to place in a curse the words "But may you all become water and earth," just as Isaiah says, "and trample them" "like clay." And Callimachus writes explicitly: "That was the year when once the winged, the sea creature, and the four-footed spoke thus, like the clay of Prometheus." And again the same: "If," he said, "Prometheus molded you and you came from no other clay." And Hesiod, concerning Pandora, says: "And he ordered Hephaestus, the famous craftsman, to mix earth with water as quickly as possible, and to put in a human voice and mind." Now the Stoics define nature as a technical fire proceeding methodically to generation; and fire and light are allegorized as God and his Word by Scripture. And what, does not Homer also, paraphrasing the separation of water from earth and the visible revelation of the dry land, say concerning Tethys and Oceanus: "For a long time now they have kept apart from each other's bed and love"?
πάλιν τὸ δυνατὸν ἐν πᾶσι προσάπτουσι καὶ οἱ παρ' Ἕλλησι λογιώτατοι τῷ θεῷ· ὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμος, Πυθαγόρειος δὲ ἦν, λέγων· οὐδὲν ἐκφεύγει τὸ θεῖον, τοῦτο γινώσκειν σε δεῖ· αὐτός ἐσθ' ἁμῶν ἐπόπτης, ἀδυνατεῖ δ' οὐδὲν θεός. ὁ μελοποιὸς δέ· θεῷ δυνατὸν ἐκ μελαίνας νυκτὸς ἀμίαντον ὄρσαι φάος, κελαινεφεῖ δὲ σκότει καλύψαι καθαρὸν ἁμέρας σέλας. ὁ μόνος ἡμέρας ἐνεστώσης νύκτα ποιῆσαι δυνάμενος, φησί, θεὸς οὗτός ἐστιν. ἔν τε τοῖς Φαινομένοις ἐπιγραφομένοις ὁ Ἄρατος· Ἐκ Διὸς ἀρχώμεθα εἰπών· τὸν οὐδέποτ' ἄνδρες ἐῶμεν ἄρρητον· μεσταὶ δὲ Διὸς πᾶσαι μὲν ἀγυιαί. πᾶσαι δ' ἀνθρώπων ἀγοραί, μεστὴ δὲ θάλασσα καὶ λιμένες, πάντη δὲ Διὸς κεχρήμεθα πάντες ἐπιφέρει· τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν, οἷον δημιουργίᾳ,... ὁ δ' ἤπιος ἀνθρώποισι δεξιὰ σημαίνει· αὐτὸς γὰρ τά γε σήματ' ἐν οὐρανῷ ἐστήριξεν, ἄστρα διακρίνας· ἐσκέψατο δ' εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν ἀστέρας, οἵ κε μάλιστα τετυγμένα σημαίνοιεν ἀνδράσιν ὡράων, ὄφρ' ἔμπεδα πάντα φύηται· καί μιν ἀεὶ πρῶτόν τε καὶ ὕστατον ἱλάσκονται. χαῖρε, πάτερ, μέγα θαῦμα, μέγ' ἀνθρώποισιν ὄνειαρ. καὶ πρὸ τούτου δὲ Ὅμηρος ἐπὶ τῆς Ἡφαιστοτεύκτου ἀσπίδος κοσμοποιῶν κατὰ Μωσέα ἐν μὲν γαῖαν ἔτευξ', ἐν δ' οὐρανόν, ἐν δὲ θάλασσαν, φησίν, ἐν δὲ τὰ τείρεα πάντα, τά τ' οὐρανὸς ἐστεφάνωται. ὁ γὰρ διὰ τῶν ποιημάτων καὶ καταλογάδην συγγραμμάτων ᾀδόμενος Ζεὺς τὴν ἔννοιαν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀναφέρει.
Again, the most learned among the Greeks attribute power over all things to God. Epicharmus, who was a Pythagorean, says: "Nothing escapes the divine; you must know this: it is our overseer, and God can do nothing impossible." The lyric poet says: "God can raise up pure light from black night, and cover the clear radiance of day with dark cloud." He who alone can make night when day is present, he says, is God. Aratus, in the work entitled *Phaenomena*, after saying "Let us begin from Zeus," adds: "We men never leave him unspoken; every street is full of Zeus, every marketplace of men, the sea and harbors are full, and we all have need of Zeus in everything; for we are also of his race, as of a creator... and he, gentle, gives favorable signs to men; for he himself fixed the signs in the sky, distinguishing the stars; he considered the stars for the year, which especially would signify the seasons to men, so that everything might grow securely; and they always propitiate him first and last. Hail, father, great marvel, great boon to men." And before this, Homer, in describing the shield made by Hephaestus, creating the cosmos after the manner of Moses, says: "On it he wrought the earth, on it the sky, on it the sea, on it all the constellations with which the sky is crowned." For Zeus, celebrated through poems and prose writings, refers the concept to God.
Ἤδη δέ, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ὑπ' αὐγὰς ὁ Δημόκριτος εἶναί τινας ὀλίγους γράφει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, «οἳ δὴ ἀνατείναντες τὰς χεῖρας ἐνταῦθα, οὗ νῦν ἠέρα καλέομεν οἱ Ἕλληνες–πάντα Ζεὺς μυθεῖται καὶ πάντα οὗτος οἶδε καὶ διδοῖ καὶ ἀφαιρεῖται, καὶ βασιλεὺς οὗτος τῶν πάντων.» μυστικώτερον δὲ ὁ μὲν Βοιώτιος Πίνδαρος, ἅτε Πυθαγόρειος ὤν, ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος, ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ ματρὸς πνέομεν ἄμφω, τῆς ὕλης, παραδίδωσι καὶ ἕνα τὸν τούτων δημιουργόν, τὸν «ἀριστοτέχναν πατέρα» λέγει, τὸν καὶ τὰς προκοπὰς κατ' ἀξίαν εἰς θειότητα παρεσχημένον. σιωπῶ γὰρ Πλάτωνα, ἃ ἄντικρυς οὗτος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ἐραστὸν καὶ Κορίσκον ἐπιστολῇ φαίνεται πατέρα καὶ υἱὸν οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως ἐκ τῶν Ἑβραϊκῶν γραφῶν ἐμφαίνων, παρακελευόμενος κατὰ λέξιν «ἐπομνύντας σπουδῇ τε ἅμα μὴ ἀμούσῳ καὶ τῇ τῆς σπουδῆς ἀδελφῇ παιδείᾳ τὸν πάντων θεὸν αἴτιον καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος καὶ αἰτίου
πατέρα κύριον ἐπομνύντας, ὃν ἐὰν ὀρθῶς φιλοσοφῆτε, εἴσεσθε.» ἥ τε ἐν Τιμαίῳ δημηγορία πατέρα λέγει τὸν δημιουργόν, λέγουσα ὧδέ πως· «Θεοὶ θεῶν, ὧν ἐγὼ πατὴρ δημιουργός τε ἔργων.» ὥστε καὶ ἐπὰν εἴπῃ· «Περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα πάντα ἐστὶ κἀκείνου ἕνεκεν τὰ πάντα κἀκεῖνο αἴτιον τῶν καλῶν, δεύτερον δὲ περὶ τὰ δεύτερα καὶ τρίτον περὶ τὰ τρίτα,» οὐκ ἄλλως ἔγωγε ἐξακούω ἢ τὴν ἁγίαν τριάδα μηνύεσθαι. τρίτον μὲν γὰρ εἶναι τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, τὸν υἱὸν δὲ δεύτερον, δι' οὗ πάντα ἐγένετο κατὰ βού13.13.30 λησιν τοῦ πατρός. ὁ δὲ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας Ἠρὸς τοῦ Ἀρμενίου, τὸ γένος Παμφύλου, μέμνηται, ὅς ἐστι Ζωρόαστρις. αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ Ζωρόαστρις γράφει·
Now, as if under the sun's rays, Democritus writes that there are some few men "who, stretching up their hands to that place which we Greeks now call the air—everything is called Zeus, and this one knows all, gives and takes away, and is king of all." More mystically, Pindar of Boeotia, being a Pythagorean, teaches that the race of men and the race of gods are one, and that we both breathe from one mother, matter, and that there is one craftsman of these, whom he calls the "father, the supreme artisan," who has granted advancements toward divinity according to worth. For I pass over Plato, who in his letter to Erastus and Coriscus clearly appears to indicate father and son, I know not how, from the Hebrew writings, urging verbatim: "swearing with earnestness not unmusical and with the sister of earnestness, education, by the god who is cause of all and of the leader and cause, the father lord, swearing by him, whom if you philosophize rightly, you will know." And the speech in the Timaeus calls the craftsman father, speaking somewhat as follows: "Gods of gods, of whom I am father and craftsman of works." So that when he says: "Around the king of all are all things, and all things are for his sake, and that is the cause of all good things; second around the second, and third around the third," I for my part understand nothing other than that the holy Trinity is indicated. For the third is the Holy Spirit, and the Son is second, through whom all things came to be according to the will of the Father. And the same author in the tenth book of the Republic mentions Er the Armenian, of the race of Pamphylus, who is Zoroaster. Zoroaster himself writes:
«Τάδε συνέγραψε Ζωρόαστρις Ἀρμενίου, τὸ γένος Πάμφυλος, ἐν πολέμῳ τελευτήσας, ὅσα ἐν Ἅιδῃ γενόμενος ἐδάην παρὰ θεῶν.» τὸν δὴ Ζωρόαστριν τοῦτον ὁ Πλάτων δωδεκαταῖον ἐπὶ τῇ πυρᾷ κείμενον ἀναβιῶναι λέγει. τάχα μὲν οὐ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνα αἰνίσσεται, ὡς διὰ τῶν δώδεκα ζῳδίων ἡ ὁδὸς ταῖς ψυχαῖς γίνεται εἰς τὴν ἀνάληψιν, αὐτὸς δὲ καὶ εἰς τὴν γένεσίν φησι τὴν αὐτὴν γίνεσθαι κάθοδον. ταῦτα ὑποληπτέον καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἡρακλέος ἆθλα λέγεσθαι δώδεκα, μεθ' ἃ τῆς ἀπαλλαγῆς παντὸς τοῦ κόσμου τοῦδε τυγχάνει ἡ ψυχή. παραπέμπομαι καὶ τὸν Ἐμπεδοκλέα· ὁ φυσικὸς οὗτος τῆς τῶν πάντων ἀναλήψεως μέμνηται, ὡς ἐσομένης ποτὲ εἰς τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς οὐσίαν μεταβολῆς. Σαφέστατα δ' Ἡράκλειτος ὁ Ἐφέσιος ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς δόξης, τὸν μέν τινα κόσμον ἀΐδιον εἶναι δοκιμάσας, τὸν δέ τινα φθειρόμενον, τὸν κατὰ τὴν διακόσμησιν, εἰδὼς οὐχ ἕτερον ὄντα ἐκείνου πως ἔχοντος. ἀλλ' ὅτι μὲν ἀΐδιον τὸν ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς οὐσίας αἰδίως ποιὸν κόσμον ᾔδει, φανερὸν ποιεῖ λέγων οὕτως· «Κόσμον τὸν αὐτὸν πάντων οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ' ἦν αἰεὶ καὶ ἔστι καὶ ἔσται, πῦρ ἀείζωον, ἁπτόμενον μέτρα καὶ ἀποσβεννύμενον μέτρα.» ὅτι δὲ καὶ γενητὸν καὶ φθαρτὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι ἐδογμάτιζε, μηνύει τὰ ἐπιφερόμενα· «Πυρὸς τροπάς· πρῶτον θάλασσα, θαλάσσης δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ γῆ, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ πρηστήρ.» δυνάμει γὰρ λέγει, ὅτι τὸ πῦρ ὑπὸ τοῦ διοικοῦντος λόγου καὶ θεοῦ τὰ σύμπαντα δι' ἀέρος τρέπεται εἰς ὑγρόν, τὸ ὡς σπέρμα τῆς διακοσμήσεως, ὃ καλεῖ θάλασσαν· ἐκ δὲ τούτου αὖθις γίνεται οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐμπεριεχόμενα.
These things Zoroaster the Armenian, by race a Pamphylian, who died in war, wrote, having learned them from the gods while in Hades. This Zoroaster, Plato says, lay on the pyre for twelve days and then revived. Perhaps he hints not at the resurrection, but at those things, that the path for souls into the ascent is through the twelve zodiac signs, and he himself says that the same descent occurs into generation. These things must be understood also as the twelve labors of Heracles being spoken of, after which the soul attains release from this entire world. I also refer to Empedocles; this natural philosopher mentions the restoration of all things, as a change into the substance of fire that will one day occur. Most clearly, Heraclitus of Ephesus is of this opinion, having judged that one cosmos is eternal, and another is perishable, the one according to the ordering, knowing that it is not other than that one being in a certain state. But that he knew the cosmos, which is eternally qualified from the whole substance, to be eternal, he makes clear by speaking thus: "The same cosmos of all things neither any god nor any man made, but it was always and is and will be, ever-living fire, kindled in measures and extinguished in measures." And that he also held it to be generated and perishable, the following words indicate: "Turnings of fire: first sea, and of sea half is earth, half is lightning-bolt." For he means in effect that fire, by the governing reason and god, is turned through air into moisture, as the seed of the ordering, which he calls sea; and from this in turn come into being heaven and earth and the things contained therein.
ὅπως δὲ πάλιν ἀναλαμβάνεται καὶ ἐκπυροῦται, σαφῶς διὰ τούτων δηλοῖ· «Θάλασσα διαχέεται καὶ μετρέεται εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν ἦν ἢ γενέσθαι.» ὁμοίως καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων στοιχείων τὰ αὐτά. Παραπλήσια τούτῳ καὶ οἱ ἐλλογιμώτατοι τῶν Στωϊκῶν δογματίζουσι περί τε ἐκπυρώσεως διαλαμβάνοντες καὶ κόσμου διοικήσεως καὶ τοῦ ἰδίως ποιοῦ κόσμου τε καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τῆς τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν ἐπιδιαμονῆς. πάλιν τε αὖ ὁ Πλάτων ἐν μὲν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ τῆς Πολιτείας τὴν ἐνταῦθα ἡμέραν νυκτερινὴν ἡμέραν κέκληκε διὰ «τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας,» οἶμαι, «τοῦ σκότους τούτου·» ὕπνον δὲ καὶ θάνατον τὴν εἰς σῶμα ὁδὸν τῆς ψυχῆς κατὰ ταὐτὰ τῷ Ἡρακλείτῳ. καὶ μή τι τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ σωτῆρος προεθέσπιζε τὸ πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ Δαβὶδ λέγον· «Ἐγὼ ἐκοιμήθην καὶ ὕπνωσα· ἐξηγέρθην, ὅτι κύριος ἀντιλήψεταί μου·» οὐ γὰρ τὴν ἀνάστασιν μόνον τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐξ ὕπνου ἔγερσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εἰς σάρκα κάθοδον τοῦ κυρίου ὕπνον ἀλληγορεῖ. αὐτίκα ὁ αὐτὸς σωτὴρ παρεγγυᾷ· «Γρηγορεῖτε,» οἷον μελετᾶτε ζῆν καὶ χωρίζειν τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος πειρᾶσθε. τήν τε κυριακὴν ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ δεκάτῳ τῆς Πολιτείας ὁ Πλάτων διὰ τούτων καταμαντεύεται· «Ἐπειδὴ δὲ τοῖς ἐν τῷ λειμῶνι ἑκάστοις ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι γένοιντο, ἀναστάντας ἐντεῦθεν δεῖ τῇ ὀγδόῃ πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἀφικνεῖσθαι τεταρταίους.» Λειμῶνα μὲν οὖν ἀκουστέον τὴν ἀπλανῆ σφαῖραν, ὡς ἥμερον χωρίον καὶ προσηνὲς καὶ τῶν ὁσίων χῶρον· ἑπτὰ δὲ ἡμέρας ἑκάστην κίνησιν τῶν ἑπτὰ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐργατικὴν τέχνην εἰς τέλος ἀναπαύσεως σπεύδουσαν· ἡ δὲ μετὰ τοὺς πλανωμένους πορεία ἐπὶ τὸν
How it is again taken up and consumed by fire, he makes clear through these words: "The sea is dispersed and measured according to the same principle as before it came to be." Similarly, the same applies to the other elements. The most distinguished of the Stoics also teach things similar to this, discussing the conflagration, the administration of the cosmos, the individually qualified cosmos and man, and the persistence of our souls after death. Again, Plato, in the seventh book of the Republic, has called the day here a "night day" because of, I think, "the world-rulers of this darkness"; and he calls sleep and death the journey of the soul into the body, in agreement with Heraclitus. And does not the Spirit through David foretell this concerning the Savior, saying: "I slept and slumbered; I awoke, because the Lord will support me"? For it allegorizes not only the resurrection of Christ as an awakening from sleep, but also the descent of the Lord into the flesh as sleep. Immediately the same Savior exhorts: "Watch," that is, practice living and try to separate the soul from the body. And in the tenth book of the Republic, Plato prophesies the Lord's day through these words: "When each of those in the meadow has spent seven days, they must rise up from there and on the eighth day travel, arriving on the fourth day." By "meadow" one must understand the sphere of the fixed stars, as a gentle and pleasant place and the region of the holy; and by "seven days" each motion of the seven planets and every productive art hastening toward the end of rest; and the journey after the wandering stars to the